_______ _______ __ __ _______ _______ _______ __ __ | || _ || |_| || | | _ || || | | | | ___|| |_| || || ___| | |_| || _ || |_| | | | __ | || || |___ | || | | || | | || || || || ___| | _ | | |_| ||_ _| | |_| || _ || ||_|| || |___ | |_| || | | | |_______||__| |__||_| |_||_______| |_______||_______| |___| _______ __ _ ______ ___ __ _ _______ _______ | || | | || | | | | | | || || | | ___|| |_| || _ || | | |_| || ___|| _____| | |___ | || | | || | | || | __ | |_____ | ___|| _ || |_| || | | _ || || ||_____ | | |___ | | | || || | | | | || |_| | _____| | |_______||_| |__||______| |___| |_| |__||_______||_______| A Guide to Game Endings for the original Nintendo Game Boy. v1.5 - Completed 12/18/14 Written and maintained by Adam Lamontagne Copyright ©2013-2014 Adam Lamontagne Email: alamont1 AT gmail DOT com Check out my other Game Endings guides: NES: http://www.gamefaqs.com/nes/916386-nes/faqs/26831 SMS: http://www.gamefaqs.com/sms/916382-sega-master-system/faqs/61734 =-=-=-=-=-= DEDICATION =-=-=-=-=-= I would like to dedicate this guide to nolberto82 from the gamehacking.org forums. Because of his expertise at making codes I was able to reach the end of many of the games you will read about below. For every request I made he was always able to figure out a code to get past the problem. Thanks buddy for making a lot of these endings possible to get to. =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= TABLE OF CONTENTS =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= I. Updates II. Introduction III. The Games A. USA Releases B. Non-USA Releases C. Prototypes IV. Miscellaneous V. Disclaimer =-=-=-=-=-= I. UPDATES =-=-=-=-=-= 12/18/14: v1.5 -Added finishes for over 125 Game Boy games -2nd Space (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* -A-Force (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* -Addams Family, The -Addams Family, The - Pugsley's Scavenger Hunt -Altered Space - A 3-D Alien Adventure -Amazing Penguin -Amazing Tater -Arctic Zone (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* -Banishing Racer (J) -Bart Simpson's Escape from Camp Deadly -Bases Loaded GB -Batman - The Animated Series -Battletoads -Battletoads and Double Dragon - The Ultimate Team (GB) -Battletoads in Ragnarok's World (GB) -Beast Fighter* -Beavis and Butt-Head -Black Forest Tale (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* -Bomb Disposer (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* -Bomberman GB -Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle, The -Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle 2, The -Captain America and the Avengers -Captain Knick-Knack (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* -Castelian -Centipede -Chalvo 55 (J) -Choplifter II -Choplifter III (E) -Cool World -Crazy Burger (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)* -Cutthroat Island -David Crane's The Rescue of Princess Blobette -Dexterity -Dick Tracy -Double Dragon -Double Dragon II -Double Dragon 3 - The Arcade Game -Dr. Franken -Dr. Franken II -Duck Tales -Explosive Brick 94 (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* -Faceball 2000 -Game & Watch Gallery -Gargoyle's Quest -Golf -HAL Wrestling -Heavyweight Championship Boxing -High Stakes -Hugo 2 (G) -Iron Man/X-O Manowar in Heavy Metal -Itchy & Scratchy in Miniature Golf Madness -Jankenman (J) -Jeopardy! -Kid Dracula -Klax -Klax (J) -Looney Tunes -Magic Maze (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* -Magical Tower (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* -Makai Mura Gaiden - The Demon Darkness (J) -Master Karateka (J) -Maui Mallard -Mega Man II -Metal Masters -Mickey's Ultimate Challenge -Mickey Mouse - Magic Wands -Minesweeper - Soukaitei (J) -Montezuma's Return! (E) -Mouse Trap Hotel -Ms. Pac-Man -Mulan -Mystical Ninja Starring Goemon -NFL Football -Ninja Taro -Out of Gas -Pac-In-Time -Pac-Man -Palamedes (E) -Panel Action Bingo -Paperboy -Penta Dragon (J) -Pit-Fighter -Primal Rage -Pyramids of Ra -Q*bert for Game Boy -Qix -Raging Fighter -Rainbow Prince* -Ring Rage -RoboCop -RoboCop 2 -RoboCop vs. The Terminator -seaQuest DSV -Shaq Fu -Simpsons, The - Bart & the Beanstalk -Skate or Die - Bad 'n Rad -Sky Ace (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)* -Smurfs Nightmare, The (E) -Snoopy's Magic Show -Space Invaders -Space Invaders (J) -Spanky's Quest -Spud's Adventure -Square Deal -StarHawk -Street Rider (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* -Sumo Fighter -Super Chinese Land - Updated, changed to (J) -Super Hunchback -T2 - The Arcade Game -Tarzan -Tasmania Story -Taz-Mania -Taz-Mania 2 -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles - Fall of the Foot Clan -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II - Back from the Sewers -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III - Radical Rescue -Tennis -Terminator 2 - Judgment Day -Tesserae -Tetris -Trap & Turn (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* -Trip World (E) -True Lies -Turok - Battle of the Bionosaurs -Ultima - Runes of Virtue -Universal Soldier -Vex Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* -Volley Fire (J) -Waterworld (E) -Wheel of Fortune -WordZap -World Bowling -Worm Visitor (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* -Yogi Bear in Yogi Bear's Goldrush -Zen - Intergalactic Ninja -Zipball (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)* -Zoo Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)* -Updated Super Chinese Land (J) and changed to (J) -Fixed minor spelling error in R-Type II (E) -Added a sentence to the Kwirk ending -Updated Dan Laser* ending description -Updated Deep - Final Mission* ending description -Added links to my NES and SMS endings guides -Removed the Past Updates section - will keep them in this section for now -Removed the Asian (A) designation - changed to (*) Unlicensed 10/31/13: v1.0 -Started the Guide -Added finishes for 142 Game Boy games =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= II. INTRODUCTION =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= Many of you have probably seen my NES endings guide on gamefaqs. That is and will always be a work in progress, as I will never finish every single NES, Famicom, PAL, Homebrew and other 8-bit related Nintendo game ever made, if only because of the language barrier for some of them and the fact that I simply will run out of time before I pass away. The NES was my first true love when it came to video games, but then in the summer of 1989 Nintendo released a handheld system called simple the Game Boy. My first game for it was Super Mario Land and I played the hell of it, very much like I did to Super Mario Brothers after I got my NES for Christ- mas in 1987. I have many fond memories of burning through batteries playing these small-screen black & white games. One day I purchased an AC adapter for it and decided to bring it to college with me somewhere around 1992. One weekend when all my friends had either gone home or were out doing something I was left in my dorm room alone with nothing to do so I decided I would have another go at beating that damned hard Castlevania game. It had frustrated me beyond belief but I was determined to finish it. After an hour or so I finally defeated Dracula for the first time and was ecstatic. I then figured since I was on a roll I would try to beat the other game my grandfather Gerard had gotten me for Christmas (these would be my last ties to him, as he passed away not long afterward), Batman - The Video game. An hour or so later I was sitting there in disbelief as I defeat the Joker for the first time. I was on such a roll at this point that I even grabbed my roommate's shitty Amazing Spider-Man game that was impossible to beat and threw that in there. Sure enough that game was taken down next. So even though the NES has always been my favorite, I have very fond memories with my Game Boy and now through emulation I am able to relieve those ending memories that go by so fast when you are watching them after beating the game. Best of all, my son is into video games now and we recently beat Super Mario Land together. Even though he is growing up on Wii and DS games, mainly Poke- mon releated, he still enjoys these old games and I think part of it is be- cause he knows his old man did and he knows he is playing the same games I did when I was younger. Spoilers abound throughout this guide, so if you don't want the ending to a game spoiled for you, DO NOT continue reading. Also, if there is a game that you cannot find in the guide that you are curious about, I am always open to suggestions that will help someone out. There are many photos of game endings at vgmuseum.com, many of them contributed by the game ending guru Rey Esteban, so if you just want to see what the ending is like, that is the place to go. However, if you want a bit of explanation on how to get the ending and want a bit of a back story on some of the games, then read on my friend. =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= III. THE GAMES =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= The following is a list of the games included in this guide that I have writ- ten ending descriptions for. If you have any special requests, please email them to me and I will try and get that game's ending in the next update. There are separate sections for the USA releases, Non-USA releases and for Prototype games that were never officially released. My ultimate goal would be to get every USA released game ending documented but I did not want to ex- clude the Non-USA releases so I will include them as well. The Non-USA re- leases will have a letter next to them noting which region of the World they were released in or a * next to them if they are unlicensed, which will be mostly the Sachen titles. USA RELEASES Addams Family, The Addams Family, The - Pugsley's Scavenger Hunt Adventure Island Adventures of Star Saver, The Aerostar Alfred Chicken Alien³ Alien Vs Predator - The Last of His Clan Alleyway Altered Space - A 3-D Alien Adventure Amazing Penguin Amazing Spider-Man, The Amazing Spider-Man 2, The Amazing Spider-Man 3, The: Invasion of the Spider-Slayers Amazing Tater Asteroids Atomic Punk Bart Simpson's Escape from Camp Deadly Bases Loaded GB Batman - Return of the Joker Batman - The Animated Series Batman - The Video Game Battle Bull Battle Unit Zeoth Battletoads Battletoads and Double Dragon - The Ultimate Team Battletoads in Ragnarok's World Beavis and Butt-Head Bill & Ted's Excellent Game Boy Adventure Bionic Battler Bionic Commando Blaster Master Boy Bomberman GB Boomer's Adventure in Asmik World Boxxle Boxxle II Brain Drain Bubble Bobble Bubble Bobble Part 2 Bubble Ghost Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle, The Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle 2, The Burai Fighter Deluxe Burgertime Deluxe Buster Brothers Captain America and the Avengers Casper Castelian Castlevania: The Adventure Castlevania II: Belmont's Revenge Castlevania Legends Catrap Centipede Chase H.Q. Chessmaster, The Choplifter II Chuck Rock Contra - The Alien Wars Cool Ball Cool World Cosmo Tank Crystal Quest Cutthroat Island Cyraid Daedalian Opus Darkwing Duck David Crane's The Rescue of Princess Blobette Dead Heat Scramble Dexterity Dick Tracy Dig Dug Double Dragon Double Dragon II Double Dragon 3 - The Arcade Game Dr. Franken Dr. Franken II Dragon's Lair Duck Tales Elevator Action Faceball 2000 Fastest Lap Final Fantasy Adventure Fish Dude Fist of the North Star Flash, The FOrtified Zone Frogger Game & Watch Gallery Game of Harmony, The Gargoyle's Quest Go! Go! Tank Godzilla Golf Gradius - The Interstellar Assault Great Greed Gremlins 2 - The New Batch HAL Wrestling Heavyweight Championship Boxing Heiankyo Alien High Stakes Hunt for Red October, The In Your Face Iron Man/X-O Manowar in Heavy Metal Itchy & Scratchy in Miniature Golf Madness James Bond 007 Jeopardy! Kid Dracula Kid Icarus: Of Myths and Monsters Kirby's Block Ball Kirby's Pinball Land Klax Knight Quest Kung Fu Master Kwirk Lazlos' Leap Lock'N Chase Looney Tunes Marble Madness Maru's Mission Maui Mallard Mega Man - Dr. Wily's Revenge Mega Man II Metal Masters Mickey's Dangerous Chase Mickey's Ultimate Challenge Mickey Mouse - Magic Wands Mighty Morphin Power Rangers Mighty Morphin Power Rangers - The Movie Milon's Secret Castle Miner 2049er Missile Command Mortal Kombat Motocross Maniacs Mouse Trap Motel Mr. Chin's Gourmet Paradise Mr. Do! Ms. Pac-Man Mulan Mysterium Mystical Ninja Starring Goemon Nail'N Scale Navy Seals Nemesis NFL Football NFL Quarterback Club Ninja Gaiden Shadow Ninja Taro Operation C Out of Gas Pac-In-Time Pac-Man Panel Action Bingo Paperboy Pinocchio, Disney's Pit-Fighter Popeye 2 Primal Rage Punisher, The: The Ultimate Payback Pyramids of Ra Q*bert for Game Boy Qix R-Type Raging Fighter Riddick Bowe Boxing Ring Rage RoboCop RoboCop 2 RoboCop vs. The Terminator Rolan's Curse II seaQuest DSV Serpent Shaq Fu Simpsons, The - Bart & the Beanstalk Skate or Die - Bad 'n Rad Smurfs, The Sneaky Snakes Snoopy's Magic Show Snow Bros. Jr. Solarstriker Solomon's Club Space Invaders Spanky's Quest Spider-Man and the X-Men in Arcade's Revenge Spud's Adventure Square Deal Star Trek - 25th Anniversary Star Wars Star Wars - The Empire Strikes Back StarHawk Stop That Roach! Sumo Fighter Super Breakout Super Hunchback Super Mario Land Super R.C. Pro-Am Super Star Wars - Return of the Jedi Sword of Hope, The T2 - The Arcade Game Tail 'Gator Talespin Tarzan Tasmania Story Taz-Mania Taz-Mania 2 Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles - Fall of the Foot Clan Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II - Back from the Sewers Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III - Radical Rescue Tennis Terminator 2 - Judgment Day Tesserae Tetris Trax True Lies Turok - Battle of the Bionosaurs Ultima - Runes of Virtue Universal Soldier Wario Land - Super Mario Land 3 Wheel of Fortune Who Framed Roger Rabbit Wizards & Warriors Chapter X: The Fortress of Fear WordZap World Bowling Xenon 2 - Megablast Yogi Bear in Yogi Bear's Goldrush Zen - Intergalactic Ninja NON-USA/OTHER RELEASES *: Unlicensed C: China E: Europe J: Japan G: Germany 2nd Space (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* A-Force (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* Adventures of Lolo (E) Arctic Zone (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* Banishing Racer (J) Battle of Olympus, The (E) Beast Fighter* Black Forest Tale (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* Block Kuzushi GB (J) Bomb Disposer (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)* Bomb Jack (E) Burning Paper (J) Captain Knick-Knack (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* Chalvo 55 (J) Choplifter III (E) Crazy Burger (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)* Dan Laser (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)* Deep - Final Mission (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)* Explosive Brick 94 (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* Fire Dragon (C) Fire Fighter (E) Ganso!! Yancha Maru (J) Hugo 2 (G) Jankenman (J) Klax (J) Lawnmower Man, The (E) Magic Maze (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)* Magical Tower (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* Makai Mura Gaiden - The Demon Darkness (J) Master Karateka (J) Minesweeper - Soukaitei (J) Montezuma's Return! (E) Palamedes (E) Parodius (E) Penta Dragon (J) Pop'N Twinbee (E) Popeye (J) R-Type II (E) Rainbow Prince* Sagaia (J) Sky Ace (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)* Smurfs Nightmare, The (E) Smurfs Travel the World, The (E) Space Invaders (J) Street Rider (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* Super Chinese Land (J) Trap & Turn (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* Trip World (E) Vex Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)* Volley Fire (J) Waterworld (E) Worm Visitor (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)* Zipball (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)* Zoo Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)* PROTOTYPES Adventures of Pinocchio ================ A. USA RELEASES ================ ADDAMS FAMILY, THE (Ocean) -This is a decent platform/action game where you play as Gomez and must res- cue the other members of your family who are being held captive in our out- side of the mansion and defeat Tully Alford, their attorney who has turned on them and evicted them from their home in an effort to acquire their for- tune. The game seems open-ended, but you can only get to certain areas after going through other areas first. The following is the order to play through the game according to Snow Dragon's guide on Gamefaqs.com: Graveyard, Boiler Room, River, Ice Box, Toy Box, Attic and finally the cellar. The Woods and Beehive area are not necessary to go through to complete the game. Along the way you will rescue Wednesday, Granny, Lurch, Pugsley and finally Morticia at the very end, who is being held captive by Tully in a secret area of the Cellar. The final battle looks like a scene right out of the classic game Jungle Hunt, as Morticia is hanging by rope over a boiling kettle. Fight Tully to save her and when you beat him his eyes will bulge out in defeat. It goes to a big pic of Morticia and she says the following: MY DARLING!!! GOMEZ I WAS ABOUT TO BE HURT! YOU ARE MY HERO It then shows a picture of the mansion and has the following text below it: THE FAMILY'S HOUSE HAS BEEN RECLAIMED THANKS TO GOMEZ' HEROISM. THE DETERMINATION OF THE FAMILY HAS WON THE DAY....... POISON THEM THROTTLE THEM HURT THEM THEY WILL COME BACK FOR MORE..... AND WHY? BECAUSE THEY LIKE IT!!! THE END Several screens of staff credits followed by your HI SCORE flash by and then pressing a button brings you back to the title screen. If you know exactly where you need to go and what to do in this game you can finish it fairly quickly, like in half an hour or so. Oh, I forgot to mention that you do get to fight Uncle Fester near the end of the game but he is under some kind of spell and beating him rescues him as well. ADDAMS FAMILY, THE - PUGSLEY'S SCAVENGER HUNT (Ocean) -This has the same basic story as The Addams Family where you need to rescue your family throughout rooms in the mansion and defeat the Judge, who had help from the nefarious attorney Tully, who was the boss in the first game for the Game Boy. In this game you control Pugsley. The game is open ended, as you can explore most of the rooms in any order you choose. Each rooms has a series of interconnected rooms, so the levels are definitely longer than in the first Addams Family game. When you reach a boss you will simply have to jump on its head several times to defeat it. It will show that you have res- cued a family member and now you can go rescue another one. You have to rescue Fester, Wednesday, Granny and Gomez. In the boss room that you rescue Fester in, Fester will be walking around hypnotized and you have to bounce off his head to get up to hurt the boss. Once you have rescued these 5 family members that locked door in the middle of the first floor will be unlocked. Go in there and you will immediately fight the Judge. He takes 6 hits to defeat. Once you defeat him his demise will be in a fiery explosion! It then goes to a screen showing MOrticia and says: CONGRATULATIONS PUGSLEY. YOU HAVE RESCUED MORTICIA. Now you will get the ending sequence, which shows Pugsley walking down a hall in the mansion and stopping at each of the family portraits and stuffing some- thing into his mouth at each one. After the last portrait you get the follow- ing message: WELL DONE PUGSLEY, YOU HAVE RESCUED YOUR FAMILY. Several staff credits will scroll by and then it will return to the title sequence. The game isn't a bad action game but the ending leaves a lot to be desired. ADVENTURE ISLAND (Hudson) -This first Adventure Island game for the Game Boy is more like the NES title Adventure Island 2 in that you can find different dinosaurs to ride on to help you get through a stage. There are 8 stages and each stage has 5 levels plus a boss battle, making a grand total of 48 areas to get through. When you finish Stage 8-5 you will battle against the larvae form of Diptera, the final boss. Thrash him with your axes and you will then have to battle his flying form. Hammer away at him and he will eventually explode and be no more. Master Higgins will throw an egg in the air and Tina comes out of it (weird). CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE SAVED YOUR LOVELY TINA FROM THE MONSTERS She jumps for joy as hearts come from the both of you. You hold hands and Higgins gives the peace sign as a big heart stays above you. It then goes to a scene showing you and Tina on the beach looking out at the island and says PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT beneath you, where it will stay until you reset. ADVENTURES OF STAR SAVER, THE (Taito) -This is a neat platform game where you control a little guy who is on a mission to save his sister. You control a mech but if you get hit you will have to go on foot until you find another mech to climb into. The object of the game is to make it to the end of each of the 9 Stages and fight a boss at the end of each one, then jump into a portal to escape. They throw a curveball at you in Stage 7, as the boss seems to be invincible, so you have to find the hidden exit to the bonus stage so you can bypass this boss and move on to Stage 8. As you go through Stage 9 (last stage) you will reach an energy chamber you have to go through. Not sure what this does to you but I'm sure it is a good thing. There will be another energy chamber after this. Go in it and you will lose your mech but will find your sister! When you find her the two of you will automatically run to the right and jump in a ship. Control it the same as you controlled the mech and work your way up platforms until you reach the portal at the top. No final boss fight! It will go to a scene show- ing you and your sister running to a building on what looks to be a giant space station and then the top of the building takes off and flies into space. It then shows the ship flying past a nice scenic lake and mountain area and is followed by END on a white screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen. Not much of an ending here, but the game was pretty simplistic. AEROSTAR (Vic Tokai) -This is definitely a shooter, but it has a Bump'n Jump type gameplay to it. YOu control a ship that must always be above a solid surface. There is a jump meter where you can "jump" from one solid surface to the next (over water or gaps) but you must be above a solid surface at all times. Think of your ship as a hovercraft more than an actual flying craft. Anyway, there are a total of 7 Stages, each with a boss fight at the end. There are also 3 difficulty set- tings: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. When you beat the Stage 7 boss on EAsy mode it will tally up your points and you get this screen: SCORE CHALLENGE NORMAL MODE So now play through the 7 Stages in NORMAL mode and when you defeat the boss of Stage 7 it will show a cool screen with your Aerostar escaping from the city as it sinks into the ground. The AEROSTAR STAFF credits will then start scrolling and you will will get this screen at the end of the scroll: SCORE CHALLENGE HARD MODE Now play through HARD mode and destroy the final boss again at the end of Stage 7. It will show the same ending you got in NORMAL mode, with the city sinking into the ground and the STAFF credits. However, at the end of the credits the following message will scroll by: THANKS TO YOUR BRAVE FIGHTERS. THE EARTH RESTORED PEACE. THE END It will show your score and pressing Start will bring you back to the title screen. Not the greatest of endings but at least you were given more when you beat the game on the higher difficulty modes. Also, kudos if you noticed they spelled BONUS wrong whenever you completed a Stage. ALFRED CHICKEN (Mindscape) -This is a very fun platform game with lots of hidden rooms and secret items to locate. In fact, one of the secret items, the Water Pail, must be found in each of the first 10 Stages in order to get the good ending. There are a total of 11 Stages. The Water Pail is hidden pretty good in each stage, usu- ally by finding a hidden door to a secret room using your bombs or by bumping your head against a seemingly empty space. You will also have to battle the Meka Chicken at the end of Stages 3, 7 and 11 (the final stage). Stage 11 is really straight forward. You only have to find 5 balloons and you will be warped to the final battle against the Meka Chicken. Blast his head and when his energy meter is depleted you will have to fight his body (and avoid the spiked ball in the process). Now blast away at the body until you deplete his second energy meter and he will be destroyed. Collect the egg that is left behind and you will be sent to a screen full of bonus starts that you can col- lect as you free fall. When you land at the bottom grab the egg then head in the door. You will go to the room with the flower, Mr. Pekles. He says the following to you: ALFRED: YOUR QUEST IS OVER. He spits out a heart that cracks in half and your girlfriend, Floella Chicken comes out of it. An exclamation mark (!) is Alfred's reply. It then goes to the CAST scroll with a starry background and lists the characters in the game as well as the STAFF who made the game. At the end of the scroll it says THANKS FOR PLAYING. Now here is where the ending will vary: --BAD ENDING-- If you did not find all 10 Water Pails it will show a screen with a Water Pail at the top and the number of how many you found next to it and will say: NOW FIND ALL 10 ONE ON EACH STAGE. It will then go back to the title screen where you can start over. It is bad that the programmers didn't allow you to go back into a previous stage to col- lect the Pail(s) you missed. --GOOD ENDING-- If you managed to hunt down all 10 Water Pails it will show you back on the screen with Mr. Pekles and Floella after the credits finish but Floella will start shaking and will turn into the Meka Chicken! Alfred simply replies with the exclamation mark (!) and it goes back to the starry screen and says TO BE CONTINUED... Now if you wait a few seconds it goes to a cool scene of Alfred in a hot air balloon with Mr. Pekles face on it, floating through the cloudy sky. It will do this until you hit Start. So at least Mindscape, known for making some pretty bad NES games, took the time to give the player a good end- ing for finding all those Water pails. This game was also released for the NES and the SNES, though the NES game is quite shorter than the GB and SNES games. ALIEN³ (LJN) -This is an interesting action game where you control Ripley and must go through several levels of a prison complex, destroying 5 Alien nest, then after that you must go through each level and exterminate all the Alien Drones, Face Huggers and finally the Alien Warriors. Once you clear the prison of these vermin the Alien Queen will appear on Level 3. I highly suggest using the FAQ and maps for the game, as you need to acquire a few different key cards to open various doors and various items to advance further in the game. When you have destroyed every Alien in the game and make it to the Queen in Level 3 you will have to avoid her while activating the piston. The piston will slowly travel down the level and end up at a pit of molten lead. The only way to defeat the Queen is to lure her in front of the piston as it is moving down and she will get trapped and pushed into the lead. After she perishes it will immediately place you back on the Surface level next to your escape ship. You have to ue the repair kit to fix Bishop's Head (right next to the ship) then use his head to activate the ship and make your escape. When he is activated it will show his head on the screen and say: BISHOP COMES ROUND AHHHH HI RIPLEY, HOW ARE YOU? I LIKE YOUR NEW HAIRCUT.. IT'S LUCKY YOU FOUND ME BECAUSE I CAN HELP YOU OPERATE THE EEV LAUNCH. You think this is the end, but just use Bishop's Head one more time and you get the ending message: USING BISHOP LINKED UP TO THE EEV COMPUTER THE CONTROLS ARE NOW ON LINE... YOU SET THE CO-ORDINATES FOR GATEWAY STATION AND SETTLE BACK INTO HYPER-SLEEP... It then shows a cool cut scene of your ship taking off from the prison colony and then you get a screeen showing the following: -MISSION SCORE- FACE HUGGERS-## WARRIORS-## ALIENS-## EGGS-## QUEEN KILLED-YES PRISONERS ALIVE-## EEV LIFT OFF-YES TRIES REMAINING-## TOTAL SCORE-###### This screen shows your game totals and you also get it if you use up all your lives during the mission, which explains whey it says YES or NO for a couple of the options. Pressing Start here will bring you back to the title screen. ALIEN VS PREDATOR - THE LAST OF HIS CLAN (Activision) -This is not the smoothest of games and I am guessing only fans of the Alien and/or Predator franchises really got into this one. You control a Predator and must kill your way through 7 Levels to beat this one. In each Level you need to find a key to open a black door that blocks the exit. There are also weapons to be found like a laser cannon, cutting disk and bombs, which will also help you blow up certain walls that impede your progress. When you get through the first 6 Levels you will start Level 7, which only consists of a short area to get through and then you just bomb out a piece of the floor to reach the Alien Queen. She is a pain and must be dealth with harshly. First, destroy her arm that attacks you. Once it is gone you must hit her body. It is a good idea to use the Invisibility Suit at some point during the battle so you can inflict a good amount of damage without taking any until the suit runs out. Once you nail her body enough times the screen will flash and go to the Level end scoring screen, which shows your BONUS points, SCORE and RANK as well as a picture of your Predator with YOU WON above him. Press Start and it goes to a white screen with the following on it: MISSION COMPLETED. It then brings you back to the opening screens of the game. Yes, that was the entire ending. This game is pretty difficult, so you have every right to feel ripped off at this ending. ALLEYWAY (Nintendo) -This is an Arkanoid/Breakout clone with the added bonus of the whole game be- ing Mario themed. I wasn't expecting this when I started the game up but you are basically controlling Mario inside your deflector bar. Also, whenever you complete 3 stages you play a bonus stage where you have a certain amount of time to knock out all the pieces of a Mario themed enemy, like a goomba and several other characters from the game. When you get to Stage 24 and finish it you play your last bonus stage, Bowser himself! Since it is a bonus stage you do not have to knock out all the bricks that comprise Bowser but if you do you will be rewarded with a good deal of points. Finish this bonus stage and it will show a picture of Mario's smiling mug with the words NICE PLAY! above him and NINTENDO below him. Also, if you manage to score over 9,999 pts you will get a fire flower symbol next to your score. Notice the words TRY AGAIN will appear beneath Mario now and you will be plopped back to Stage 1, though it says Stage 25 to the right. Play through the 24 stages again and you get the same ending as before. I went and played through the game 4 times, finishing Stage 96 and the Bowser bonus stage and got the same ending the 4th time around, so I can only assume the game repeats forever. The only thing that changes are the symbols next to your score when you hit a certain mark. I mentioned the Fire Flower and here I will list the other symbols: 10,000 - Fire Flower 20,000 - Mushroom 30,000 and above - Star So you could say beating the game would be beating all the 24 unique stages. It's too bad there wasn't a better ending than what they gave us, but it was still cool to have what is probably one of the most obscure Mario appearances in any game. ALTERED SPACE - A 3-D ALIEN ADVENTURE (Sony Imagesoft) -Sony Imagesoft put out similar games for the NES (Solstice) and SNES (Equinox) and Altered Space was their answer for a Game Boy game in the same vein. You control a spaceman named Humphrey who has been captured by aliens and now he must find his way off their awful, trap-filled spaceship. Not only does the isometric view make it very difficult to control Humphrey, but the degree of control needed to make the jumps has to be precise otherwise you die on contact with spikes and most enemies. Also, you run out of air fairly quickly, so that combined with all the other difficult elements make this game a not-so-fun challenge. If this was the only Game Boy game you owned and you managed to get past all this negativity, you tried your darndest to make it through all 8 levels of the ship. Luckily there are warps that let you skip a couple levels if you follow the walkthrough on Gamefaqs (Levels 2 and 4) and Level 6 is a cakewalk, but everything is a pain, especially the almost impossible to finish Level 8. Level 8 is comprised of some precision jumps around spikes where if you are off by a bug hair you are dead. The next to last room in the game has a jump where you have to get past a row of spikes, pick up a box, jump back past those same spikes and then make a jump the entire length of the room by jumping off the box you picked up, picking the box back up AS YOU JUMP FROM IT, and then at the peak of your jump placing the box back down IN MIDAIR and jumping high off of it again to make it to the other side. I cannot imagine doing this on an actual Game Boy un- less you practiced it many times as I had a hard enough time playing it with save states. Do all this and when you enter the next room try not to get bumped off by the alien, then make your way to the exit to beat the game. The elevator will carry you up and the rocket will scroll up showing all the Stages you finished and at the top it will say ESCAPE! above Stage 8. It then switches to a cutscene showing the spaceship cruising through space and the front of it breaks off and flies off the screen followed by this message: THE ESCAPE CAPSULE HAS BLASTED AWAY AND THANKS TO YOU OUR HERO HAS BEEN SET FREE FROM HIS ROCKETSHIP PRISON. THANKS TO YOU, HE IS SAFELY ON HIS WAY BACK HOME! CONGRATULATIONS FROM ALL AT SONY IMAGESOFT INC. AND SOFTWARE CREATIONS The screen then goes white and speeds up before it drops you into the ENTER YOUR INITIALS high scorers screen. Enter your initials and you go back to the title screen. AMAZING PENGUIN (Natsume) -This is an action game very similar to a Pac-Man type game. You control a penguin and must run over all the dots and minus symbols on the board, which in turn fill in parts of the board when they are run over, all while avoiding the various enemies that are looking to do you in. There are a total of 40 Rooms to play through, most of which take up only one screen but some are larger and will scroll a bit as your character moves to the edge of the area. Every few rooms you will get a password and a cutesy intermission scene. When you reach the very last level, Room 40, you only have one minus sign to run over (no dots), but this level is different from all the others because there are many different paths to take to the top and there are 2 large enemies (they look like polar bears to me) canvasing the entire level. If you pick the right path to take that leads to the top of the room you will find a bird enemy guarding the minus sign you need to get to. If you manage to get to the minus sign the screen will shake and the top of the screen will open up. You and the bird move through the opening as all the surrounding ice thaws out revealing what looks like grass and then the bird explodes. Your score is tallied up and a pathway opens up. A female penguin appears and you run up to her and stand beside her. They walk off the screen together and then appear on the next screen which shows them standing outside the castle with a nice tree and cloud backdrop. Your character then walks away from her as the STAFF credits flash by underneath. A blimp with the letter P will float by and you will eventually walk by a sign that says FIN with PRESENTED BY NATSUME at the bottom of the screen. It will stay here until you hit Start or Select then go to the title screen. AMAZING SPIDER-MAN, THE (LJN) -This is not a very fun game and the reviews for it on Gamefaqs prove it. In the game you have to make it through 8 un-numbered stages. In 6 of the stages you will fight bosses while 2 of them you switch to building climbing mode and need to make it to the top of the building (no boss fight). When you reach the end of Stage 8 (the Sewers) you will do battle with Venom. When you defeat him Mary Jane will drop onto the screen and you will embrace her while hearts come from the two of you. You then get the following text screen: DON'T WORRY MARY JANE, YOU'RE SAFE NOW. OH PETER, I KNEW YOU'D COME. BUT YOU REALLY NEED SOME NICER FRIENDS. GAME OVER I hate getting GAME OVER when you actually beat a game. You can then enter your initials in the TOP TEN screen and after this are returned to the title screen. AMAZING SPIDER-MAN 2, THE (LJN) -I feel bad for the young Spider-Man fan who begged his mom to get him this game...he was probably begging her to bring it back after playing it for a few minutes. The first Amazing Spider-Man for the Game Boy wasn't very good but this one is a bear of a game. There are no set stage sequences in this game, but instead are a couple of connected areas in which you must perform certain tasks to either defeat a boss or move to the next section. The sewers connect the starting area to a couple of other areas, including the nasty amusement park area where you must sling a web onto one of the rides going by and ride it through the entire area, while lowering and raising the length of your web to avoid platforms that will knock you back down to the ground floor where Carnage awaits. Did I mention Carnage is invincible? Anyway, once you get to this amusement park area, which is towards the middle-to-end of the game and manage to get by it, you will then have to make your way to the rooftop and then into a blimp where you will fight the final boss, Mysterio. Several Mysterio clones will appear but you will know which one is the real Mysterio because your Spidey senses will go off. Hit the one closest to you when they do. Also, do not fall through the hole in the floor or you will have to get back into the blimp, which isn't always easy. When you manage to whittle down Mysterio's life meter and give him his final blow, he will ex- plode as the blimp shakes and then it goes to a screen with a picture of Spider-Man slinging a web and you get these messages: CONGRATULATIONS WITH THE DEFEAT OF MYSTERIO THE REPUATION OF SPIDER-MAN HAS BEEN RESTORED It then promptly dumps you back to the title screen. That's it. I would re- commend against playing this game unless of course you just want to add it to your games beaten list like myself. Not worth the trouble. AMAZING SPIDER-MAN 3, THE: INVASION OF THE SPIDER-sLAYERS (LJN) -Most websites refer to this game as just Spider-Man 3, but the opening copy- right screen of the game says The Amazing Spider-Man 3, so that's what I'm calling it. Anyway, if you hated the original Amazing Spider-Man for the Game Boy then you definitely hated The Amazing Spider-Man 2. Those games seem like fun compared to The Amazing Spider-Man 3: Invasion of the Spider-Slayers. This game is laden with so many difficult jumps where if you fail you need to make previous difficult jumps again ad nauseum. Your only weapon is kicking your foes and learning to control your jumps and webs is a whole different story. There are a total of 15 stages in this game and they are numbered like this: 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 2-1, 2-2 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5 4-1, 4-2 5-1, 5-2, 5-3 Stage 1-3 is a super difficult climbing stage while Stage 5-1 is a stage where you basically crawl into a hole and takes about 10 seconds. I guess stuff like that is just what makes this game the mess it is. There is a boss fight at the end of each stage and you will encounter the final enemy, Alistair Smythe, at Stage 5-3. Like all the other bosses in the game just try and outlast him and get a kick in as soon as humanly possible. If you can manage to kick him so many times before he defeats you he will simply fall off the screen and it will do the usual end of stage Time Bonus tally. It will then show Spider-Man with the following text in squares around him: HE FEELS NO TRIUMPH, NO RUSH OF VICTORY. ONLY SICKNESS AT THE NEAR LOSS OF LIFE- -AND A BONE-WEARY RELIEF THAT, AT LAST IT'S OVER. It then abruptly goes to a CREDITS screen and then a DESIGN CREDITS screen and finally the ACCLAIM DEVELPMENT BY THE BLACK TEAM screen. This game was so bad these guys are only incriminating themselves by having their names appear in these credits. After this self gratification it shows your FINAL SCORE and simply goes back to the title screen. Not sure how Nintendo let this one pass. AMAZING TATER (Atlus) -This game is known as Puzzle Boy II in Japan and is the sequel to Kwirk (Puzzle Boy), with Spud's Adventure rounding out the 3 Game Boy Puzzle Boy games. This plays almost exactly like Kwirk in that you push around blocks in order to make your way to the exit. There are 4 Game Modes. I will list them below and write what you have to do to finish them: ------------- BEGINNER MODE ------------- This mode is simple and consists of 10 boards to play your way through, with helpful hints between each board. When you finish the 10th puzzle you will get a screen showing your teacher at the top with the following message: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE PASSED THE BEGINNER'S LESSON MODE. NOW TRY THE OTHER MODES! It will then return you to the SELECT MODE screen. ----------- PUZZLE MODE ----------- In PUZZLE mode there are 4 difficulty levels to choose from (Easy, Average, Hard and Pro). Each difficulty level has 10 Floors to beat. You can pick any Floor from 1-7 to start on but must beat the first 7 Floors before you can play Floors 8-10 in each difficulty. When you beat all 10 Floors in Level #1 Easy it will say YOU HAVE GRADUATED LEVEL #1 and show a pic of you walking away from 3 bad guys. You will get the same message when you finish all 10 Floors in Levels #2 and #3 also. When you finish all 10 Floors in Level #4 it will show the same message saying YOU HAVE GRADUATED LEVEL #4 but in addition you wll get a screen showing you standing with the 3 bad guys with the fol- lowing message at the top of the screen: ALL CLEAR! YOU ARE A PUZZLE MASTER It will then return you to the SELECT MODE screen. ------------- PRACTICE MODE ------------- In this mode you can do a 1 PLAYER mode where you play some practice puzzles or play a VS mode against another player who has a Game Boy link. As for the 1 PLAYER mode, you can choose 3 difficulties: Level #1 (Easy), #2 (Average) or #3 (Pro). You can choose how many Floors you want to play in each Level (up to 30) but this is just for practice purposes and there is no ending. ----------- ACTION MODE ----------- ACTION MODE gives you the option of playing 2 games: MEGA PICNIC or PUZZLE FOREST. They each consist of 10 screens with a storyline intertwined between Floors. MEGA PICNIC's story consists of you racing against other veggies. When you finish the 10th screen it will show Spud up on a podium holding a trophy with the following text under him: HOORAY! SPUD WINS!! VICTORY!! CLAP! CLAP! THIS YEAR'S MEGA PICNIC NOW COMES TO A HAPPY END!! DON'T FORGET TO CHALLENGE THE OTHER SCENES!! It then puts you back at the SELECT MODE screen. The PUZZLE FOREST selection also consists of 10 screens which has Spud trying to escape from the Puzzle Forest. When you finish the 10th screen of PUZZLE FOREST it will show Spud running to his house and below him says: ALL RIGHT! WE DID IT! WE'RE SAVED! IT SURE WAS ROUGH, BUT IT WAS FUN TOO! WAY TO GO! That is all the info on all the modes to get all the endings. If you enjoyed this make sure to check out Kwirk. Spud's Adventure is a completely different game with boss fights and minimal puzzle solving, but it does have the same characters that appear in Amazing Tater. ASTEROIDS (Accolade) -True fans of the arcade version of Asteroids will appreciate this version as there is absolutely no ending to it. You simply play round after round of shooting asteroids (and the occasional UFO) until you've had your fill. There are 3 difficulty modes to choose from and a preset high score of 35,000 points to shoot for but other than this the only other goal to try for is to turn the counter over at 99,990 points. At least if you let the title screen and demo run before starting a game you get to see the Staff Credits. That's pretty much all I've got for you on this one. ATOMIC PUNK (Hudson) -This is the name for Bomberman on the Game Boy. I'm not sure why they went with the name Atomic Punk, other than it being a kickass Van Halen song, but I guess it fits. The game is known as Bomber Boy in Japan and DynaBlaster in Europe. Atomic Punk has 2 Game Modes. GAME A is set up like an adventure, in that you have to visit different cities and beat a certain amount of enemies in each one and find the exit before time runs out. GAME B is pretty much a port of the classic NES Bomberman game, so you are basically getting two games in one with this cart. I will explain what you have to do to beat both GAME A and GAME B below. GAME A ENDING In GAME A you get to choose from 7 different cities to play through. Each city has a set amount of stages in it. You can also find various panels in certain cities that help you, like a remote detonator for your bombs and a panel that allows you to walk through walls. You can choose any of the 7 cities to play through but once you select one you have to beat all the stages in that city before you can choose a new city. Once you have gone through all the stages in all the cities you will be able to play through the 8th and final city, Faria, the city of fire (Faria is also the name of a pretty good RPG for the NES). Below is a list of each of the cities along with how many stages are in each one. They are listed in recommended order from the FAQ by RedIsPoetic, located on Gamefaqs.com, but you can play them in any order you want, except the last stage as mentioned: HEVOL - 5 STAGES CUOLECE - 8 STAGES WATHER - 9 STAGES GRAD - 7 STAGES WINDRIA - 9 STAGES THULIA - 6 STAGES JAGORAZ - 6 STAGES FARIA - 10 STAGES When you finish the 10th stage in Faria you will get the same scene that you get whenever you beat the other cities, the Punk rescuing a bunch of bomber- looking dudes with the words THANK YOU! KID! at the top of the screen. This time it will go to another screen showing the city of Faria being destroyed as the Atomic Punk runs to safety. The words ATOMIC PUNK STAFF appear and the credits start appearing under several pictures that will appear, including one of Punk overlooking the land, then getting tossed in the air by the people celebrating in the streets and then Punk waving good by to the citizens. The next screen shows Punk walking past the revelers and then another screen has him up on a rooftop looking over the city, then turning towards you as THE END appear on the screen. THANK YOU FOR PLAYING and 1991 HUDSON SOFT appear then it returns you back to the title screen eventually. GAME B ENDING There are a total of 50 Stages in Game B, which as I mentioned above, is the NES game Bomberman ported over to the Game Boy. Your goal in each stages is to bomb the bricks and find the exit so you can move on to the next stage. There are also bonus stages every 5th stage. The ending is also just like the NES version. When you complete Stage 50 it will show the Atomic Punk walking on the bottom of the screen with the following text above you: CONGRATULATIONS AT LAST BOMBERMAN HAS ESCAPED THE UNDERGROUND EMPIRE AND BECOME HUMAN In mid stride he turns into another Hudson Soft character, revealing himself to be the guy from Lode Runner. This is pretty much the exact same ending you get when beating the NES game. Pressing Start brings you back to Stage 1. BART SIMPSON'S ESCAPE FROM CAMP DEADLY (Acclaim) -This game is typical of some of the early Simpson's games for the NES in that it is not very fun nor is it easy to play. Certain enemies kill you with one hit and the controls seem a bit off. That being said, it does have that Simpson's charm, so if you are a fan of the series it won't hurt to give it a try, especially with some cheat codes. Your goal is to guide Bart through 6 different areas to escape Camp Deadly. The 6 Areas consist of one big long stage, but they are divided up by signs that explain what the next area entails. Areas 1, 3, 5 and 6 are side scrolling action stages, where you have to defeat camp counselors, spiders, nuclear plant workers and other vermin that get in your way. Areas 2 & 4 are also side scrolling, but they just consist of you running along tables in the mess hall collecting food to throw at your enemies. When you reach the end of the last area at the Power Station, you will get to your sister Lisa, who has been taken prisoner by Ironfist Burns, the camp director of Camp Deadly as well as a distant rela- tive of Montgomery Burns. You cannot hurt him in battle, but as you enter the area where he is holding Lisa you will see 4 lights on the ceiling. Be- fore you even get Burns to appear you can jump up and hit the lights with the boomerang to make it dark (or you can just try to do it with him chasing you and Lisa chained to the floor). At any rate, knock out the 4 lights and make it past Burns to the ladder and climb up. On the next screen climb up on the high voltage until and hit the switch that says DO NOT TOUCH. It will go to a screen showing Bart and Lisa on a cliff overlooking the camp as the camp's lights and power goes out. Now move Bart to the right (not left or he will fall off the cliff) and the next screen shows the whole family (Bart, Lisa, Homer, Marge, Maggie and a skunk) in front of the camp with a CAMP CLOSED sign on the door. Here it will stay until you press Start. Also, for those who care about scoring, when you clear 9,999,999 points the counter simply resets and starts from 0 again. BASES LOADED GB (Jaleco) -A very simplistic version of the popular NES game, yet not as simplistic as Jaleco's version of Hoops (In Your Face) for the Game Boy. You can either play against another player or play an exhibition game. If you want to get to the meat of this game, then select OFFICIAL GAME and you will enter the tournament. Pick EAST or WEST and you will embark on a 5-game tourney where you have to defeat the following teams: ROOKIE, 1A, 2A, 3A and M (MAJOR). When you defeat the MAJOR team, which is no small task, it will show the FINAL SCORE screen and then a screen showing your small player walking up to the MAJOR team who are all standing there with their mouth's open. You shake the hands of one of their team in a scene vaguely reminiscent of the un-implied masturbation scene from the NES game Ring King. Perhaps it was my dirty mind at work, but this just didn't look right. Anyway, after you "shake his hand" you run back down the screen to your team and jump into the air as the word CONGRATULATIONS! appears above you. It will stay here until you press Start or A. BATMAN - RETURN OF THE JOKER (Sunsoft) -This is the 2nd Batman game released on the Game Boy and even though it is very short it is technically more superior looking than Batman - The Video Game that was released before it. In the options mode you can choose from EASY, NORMAL (default) and HARD difficulty. There are only 4 Stages to play through. You can choose any of the first 3 stages to play through but can only play Stage 4 once you have beaten the first 3. When you get to Stage 4 you will battle the Joker. Try and avoid the giant magnet that will suck you in if you get too close. Hopefully you saved some Batarangs for the battle but regardless just keep hammering away at him. He will fall, making you think you have beaten him, but then he gets back up and attacks some more. Continue to hammer away at him and you will finally beat him. It goes to a black screen that has the following text: THE JOKER'S INSANE PLOT HAS FAILED. BATMAN PREVAILS OVER EVIL ONCE AGAIN. LIFE FOR THE CITIZENS OF GOTHAM CITY HAS RETURNED TO NORMAL FOR NOW. ALTHROUGH THE JOKER'S CRIME WAVE HAS ENDED , THE JOKER HAS THE LAST LAUGH. DUE TO THE STATE OF HIS PSYCHOTIC MENTAL CONDITION, HE WILL BE COMMITTED TO THE ARKHAM ASYLUM. BUT HE HAS ALWAYS FOUND MEANS OF AN ESCAPE. THE CITIZENS OF GOTHAM CITY CAN ONLY HOPE THIS WILL BE THE LAST.... It then shows a cool pic of Batman holding his grappling hook as the credits flash by to his right. PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT will appear on the next screen and then pressing Start will bring you to the title screen. That was from playing through the game on NORMAL difficulty. If you play through on EASY you get the exact same ending, the only major difference I noticed was that the giant mag- net is not present when fighting the Joker, but the ending is no different. If you play through the game on HARD difficulty the ending is exactly the same as well, so you get the same ending beating the game no all 3 difficulty settings and are not rewarded for beating the harder challenge. BATMAN - THE ANIMATED SERIES (Konami) -This is a good old-fashioned action game released by the pros at Konami. You control Batman (and Robin on a few of the levels) through 5 different episodes. Each episode has several areas to play through. When you finish an episode it tallies your score and any Time Bonus you got for getting through the Episode quick (I only got a Time Bonus on Episode 5, which is just the final boss fight). The usual Batman villains are present in this one, including the Joker, Mr. Freeze, Scarecrow, Penguin, Poison Ivy, the Riddler and even Cat WOman. When you make it to Episode 5 you will just run across the screen and into the next section where you will do battle against the Joker's Clown Drill. The fight is easy. Avoid the hands that come down after you, then when the drill lunges down at you, dodge it then hit it while it is in the ground. That is the only time you can damage it. Do this about 10 or so times and the Drill will be defeated. It flies up to the ledge where the Joker is standing and drops on him. The screen fades to black and goes to the score screen. Then the Bat signal appears and you get the following dialogue: "OK ROBIN, THE POLICE WILL BE HERE SOON. LET'S GO HOME!" "I COULD REALLY GO FOR A HOT MEAL!" "I"LL HAVE ALFRED PREPARE SOMETHING FOR US!" The staff credits then roll and it ends with THANK YOU FOR PLAYING with your score below it. Pressing start will go back to the title screen. Not much of an ending, but once you finish the game if you press Select at the title screen to bring up the options menu you will find an Episode select there to start at the beginning of any Episode. You will get the same ending whether you beat the game on Normal or Hard difficulty. BATMAN - THE VIDEO GAME (Sunsoft) -This original Batman game for the Game Boy isn't that long, but man is it tough to beat. There are 4 stages and here is the breakdown: Stage 1: 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 and 1-B (boss battle against Jack) Stage 2: 2-1, 2-2 and 2-3 Stage 3: Batwing stages 3-1 and 3-2 Stage 4: 4-1, 4-2 and 4-B (boss battle against The Joker) The battle against the Joker in the bell tower is tough and he takes quite a few hits to defeat, even with a high powered weapon, but when you blast him with the last shot it will blow him off the tower and it will show a picture of him embedded in the sidewalk below. The following words appear below: "JOKER, THE EVIL LEADER, IS DEFEATED AFTER THE FINAL BATTLE WITH BATMAN. HE LEAVES BEHIND HIM A WEIRD LAUGHTER THAT ECHO'S THROUGHOUT GOTHAM CITY." It then goes to a screen showing Batman standing on a platform with the Bat signal in the distance as the STAFF credits roll as his cape ripples in the breeze. THE END PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT appears and it returns to the title screen. BATTLE BULL (SETA) -This is a cool, old-style arcade action game where you control a bulldozer like vehicle and the object of each Stage is to eliminate a certain amount of enemy vehicles (noted at the bottom right of the screen after E) by either crushing them with blocks or shooting them. The higher the stage the more en- emy vehicles you will have to defeat. There are a total of 48 Stages to bull your way through. When you finish Stage 48 it will tally up your score and then will go to a screen showing your character sitting in the open cockpit of his vehicle with a girl greeting him as confetti falls around them. The following message appears above them: BATTLE IS OVER!! YOU ARE THE CHAMPION It then switches to another scene of you and the girl looking out at the sun as the STAFF credits flash by. The message SEE YOU AGAIN! appears and then you are brought back to the title screen. Since this is a relatively short ending description, I will give you a bit of useless information that I read in the game's FAQ: SETA, the company that made this game, is an acronym for Super Entertainment and Total Amusement. Bet you didn't know that. BATTLE UNIT ZEOTH (Jaleco) -This is an excellent shooter in the style of the Sega game Forgotten Worlds where you control a robot-like mech warrior who must battle through 5 stages to finish the game. Stage 1, 3 and 5 scroll horizontally while Stages 2 and 4 have you moving vertically. Each stage has a good sized boss to defeat. When you get to the final boss at the end of Stage 5, a giant mech warrior, wear him out by firing your weapon (a full powered laser finishes him off in no time if you are lucky enough to have it) and avoiding the several different kinds of projectiles he throws at you. Once defeated he will split apart and it will go to a screen showing you standing in front of the exploding robot as his gun arm falls off. You then face forward and the following appears: YOU HAVE ERADICATED THE ENEMY. MISSION COMPLETED THE END You turn back around and the STAFF credits begin to slowly scroll by. It ends on the PRESENTED BY JALECO screen then throws you back to Stage 1, but with your score and weapon intact. You can play through the game again but will get the exact same ending you got the first time. BATTLETOADS (Tradewest) -This was the first of 3 Game Boy Battletoads games. It is completely differ- ent from the NES version and is its own separate game. The NES version was ported over to the Game Boy 2 years after this game was released and is called Battletoads in Ragnarok's World (with 6 or so stages cut from the game in the conversion). Anyway, in this original Game Boy Battletoads game there are a total of 9 Stages to fight through. Most are side-scrolling beat'em ups but they throw in a couple shooter type stages as well as a stage where you have to outrun a boulder chasing you, like a cross between the Clinger Winger stage from Battletoads (NES) and that scene from Raiders of the Lost Ark. Anyway, when you get to Stage 9 it will just be a final battle against the main villain of the game named Robo-Manus. He takes up most of the screen and can be defeated by taking out both of his arms and his head. Do this and he will be done for. The screen will shake and he will break up into pieces. It will then show Zitz (the Toad you controlled) rescuing his 2 companions, Rash and Pimple I believe. It shows a screen with the Toads taking what amounts to a selfie with the following text below: ...AND THE TOADALLY AWESOME TRIO ARE REUNITED AND READY FOR ACTION ONCE AGAIN!! The bird-like captain of your ship appears and says: WELL DONE, ZITZ!! NO-ONE CAN BEAT YOU WHEN YOU GET GOIN !! On the next screen the Dark Queen appears. You did not encounter her during gameplay but that doesn't mean she can't pop in to comment, as she says: HA! DON'T BET ON IT, BIRDBRAIN! I'LL BE BACK SOON - WITH A VENGEANCE! It then abruptly goes back to the title screen. This game seemed much more polished compared to Battletoads in Ragnarok's World. BATTLETOADS AND DOUBLE DRAGON - THE ULTIMATE TEAM (Tradewest) -This is quite the team up, putting members of two of the more popular NES games together (this was released on the NES, Game Boy and SNES). It's too bad you are stuck with the character you choose at the beginning of the game and aren't allowed to switch between Levels. You can choose from Rash, Zitz, Pimple, Billy or Jimmy. The game definitely uses elements from both franch- ises but has more of a Battletoads feeling to me, even when playing as one of the Double Dragon boys. There are 7 Levels to play through, with each Level having a varying amount of stages in it. They break down as follows: 1-1, 1-2 2-1, 2-2, 2-3 3-1, 3-2, 3-3 4-1, 4-2 5-1, 5-2 6-1 7-1 Level 5 is one of the more difficult as you have 3 mini-boss fights during the Level as well as a difficult final boss in Robo-Manus. Level 6 is fairly short and you take on the Shadow Boss from Double Dragon at the end. Level 9 is quick, as the Dark Queen appears not long after starting the Level. She burrows into the ground and attacks you before burrowing again. Just keep putting the boots to her and elbow dropping her as she goes back into the ground and eventually you will do her in. You will go to a screen showing your bird friend at the top and the Dark Queen at the bottom with the message IT'S THE RIGHT RESULT FOR LEVEL SEVEN! EXCELLENT! scrolling across the top. The birdman says: IT'S GAME OVER FOR YOU, DARK HAS-BEEN! YOU'LL BE BANISHED FOREVER! The Dark Queen replies: DON'T COUNT YOUR CHICKENS, WINGED WEIRDO. I'LL BE BACK, THAT'S A PROMISE! It then goes to a scene showing the Queen's ship taking off as the Shadow Boss gets tossed from it and the Queen says GET OUT! HA! HA! HA! Well that was mean. The following message appears on the next screen: THE DARK QUEEN, BEATEN AND HUMBLED, MAKES HER ESCAPE INTO SPACE, WHILE THE SHADOW BOSS SEEKS SANCTUARY IN THE MURKY ALLEYWAYS! THE TOADS AND DRAGONS GO THEIR SEPARATE WAYS, BUT EVIL FORCES BEWARE.. BATTLETOADS AND DOUBLE DRAGON ARE -THE ULTIMATE TEAM- TOTAL TIME ## Pressing the start button brings you back to the title screen. BATTLETOADS IN RAGNAROK'S WORLD (Tradewest) -So only recently did I discover that the game Battletoads for the Game Boy was a different game than the NES version and that this game, Battletoads in Ragnarok's World is actually the Game Boy version of the NES classic, minus a few of the Stage. There are 7 Stages in this version as opposed to the 13 in the NES version of the game. Unfortunately that damn Clinger Winger stage is still in the GB game at Stage 6. If you are skillful enough to finish that Stage you go on to the final Stage, where you have to scale the tower. There are a lot of hard jumps onto disappearing platforms and springs but if you manage to make it to the top you will face off against the Dark Queen. Just keep punching her while avoiding her in tornado mode and eventually you will do her in. It then goes to a screen with your bird buddy in the spaceship and you get the following text: OKAY, LET'S BREAK OUT THE SODAS AND JUNK- FOOD, IT'S PARTY TIME After this it shows the evil Dark Queen who has this to say: I GUESS YOU SLIPPERY SUCKERS THINK YOU'RE PRETTY HOT STUFF, HUH WELL, YOU DON'T CHEAT THE DARK LADY THAT EASILY! 'TILL NEXT TIME, CATTLE LOADS! She disappears leaving a black screen and the following text: AND SO, THE DARK QUEEN IS DEFEATED ONCE AGAIN - RETREATING INTO THE SHADOWY MARGINS OF THE GALAXY TO RECOUP HER LOSSES.... UNTIL THE NEXT TIME. Pressing start will bring you to the title screen. BEAVIS AND BUTT-HEAD (GT Interactive) -This show was a guilty pleasure of mine when I was in college so it was cool to revisit these 2 clowns 20 years after their show was popular. In this game you control both Beavis and Butt-Head in 8 or 9 Levels of play. You cannot switch between them, as they have their own designated Levels, including one that is completely different in gameplay to the rest of the Levels. This odd Level is the Level 3 sewer, where you control Beavis in a platform type level instead of the normal type of Levels this game has to offer. The Levels are not numbered but you get a password after finishing an area, so I count the area after getting a password as a new Level, however on Level 7 you get a password mid-way through the Level even though you have to return back to the area that you were in before getting that password to complete that area. Re- gardless of how many Levels there technically are, when you get to the Jail Level you are in the final area. In the Jail you have to go through 3 cell blocks until you find Todd. He threatens to beat you up if you do not free him. Go further in the Level to find the key to his cell then return to him to spring him and you will get the ending. It will show the gruff Todd grab- bing Beavis and BUtt-Head by their shirts and he says the following: YOU LITTLE QUEENS ACTUALLY MANAGED TO BREAK ME OUT OUT OF HERE. (yes, OUT is here twice) THATS TOO BAD... CAUSE NOW I'M GONNA KICK YOUR BUTTS FOR PUTTING ME HERE. That was nice of him. The next screen shows a battered Beavis and Butt-Head sitting in front of their TV with the following dialogue between them: HEY BUTT-HEAD GETTING BEATEN UP SUCKS. YEAH. REALLY... HUH, HUH. I DON'T THINK TODD IS GOING TO LET US IN HIS GANG. GETTING INTO A GANG IS HARD. HUH, HUH HARD YEAH, LIKE MAYBE WE'RE, LIKE, DOING IT WRONG OR SOMETHING. MAYBE WE SHOULDN'T HAVE PUT TODD IN JAIL. HEH HEH HEH. HEY BEAVIS, MAYBE WE SHOULD START OUR OWN GANG YEAH! THEN WE'D LIKE GET CHICKS AND SCORE! SCORE!!! SCORE!!! SETTLE DOWN BEAVIS. You then get a big GAME OVER screen and then the GAME CREDITS scroll, includ- ing credits from several branches of GT Interactive, MTV and Torus Games then it goes back to the title screen. BILL & TED'S EXCELLENT GAME BOY ADVENTURE (LJN) -This is an interesting game, much different from its NES counterpart. In this one you must guide Bill & Ted (they alternate every other Adventure) through 10 different adventures, each with 5 Quests, making it a total of 50 Quests to play through. Each Adventure happens in a different time and place and when you complete the 5 Quests you move on to the next Adventure. Each Quest is a screen where you have to collect all the shiny objects to make a phone booth appear. It can be tricky collecting all these objects at times because in some Quests you need to collect them in a certain order to get through it. When all is said and done and you complete Adventure 10, Quest 5 (SCHOOL CONCERT) you will get the ending. The first screen shows a close up of Bill and Ted saying HEY DUDE! THAT WAS A MOST TRIUMPHANT EXPERIENCE! YOU HAVE TOTALLY SAVED OUR FUTURE! The next screen shows your phone booth travelling through time complete with wavy background and then it goes back to the boys who say: PARTY ON DUDES!! You then get a GAME OVER screen (the slap in the face of ending screens) and are returned to the title screen. Not a good ending by any means, but at least it had one and wasn't really that bad for an LJN game. BIONIC BATTLER (Electro Brain) -This is a pretty odd game. You control a mech (you can select between Valiant and Sirius) and have to go through a first person maze level, destroying all the mechs in the level to finish it. There are a total of 5 Levels. The odd thing about the game is that when you beat Level 1 it doesn't go on to Level 2 but just brings you back to the Level select screen, so basically each Level has its own separate little ending. Each Level also increases the amount of mechs you must defeat by 1: Level 1: 3 mechs Level 2: 4 mechs Level 3: 5 mechs Level 4: 6 mechs Level 5: 7 mechs When you defeat all the mechs in a Level the word WIN will appear on the screen. It will then show you exiting your mech and going into the next room on the left. Now here is where the Level endings differ: LEVEL 1: The guy at the desk (presumably your boss) gives you a handshake and you are rewarded $1. LEVEL 2: The guy at the desk hands you what looks like a cake. You are reward- ed $10. LEVEL 3: The guy at the desk hands you what appears to be a medal in a box. You are rewarded $100. LEVEL 4: The guy at the desk hands you a giant trophy. You are rewarded with $1000. LEVEL 5: There is no guy at the desk this time. You walk toward the desk and all of a sudden a bunch of money comes down on top of you, $99999, as you are rewarded for finishing the final Level of the game. This is considered the ending, as it simply brings you back to the Level select screen and doesn't give you a staff credits roll or anything like that. The endings are the same no matter which mech, Valiant or Sirius, you are playing as. BIONIC COMMANDO (Capcom) -If you liked the NES version you should enjoy this one as well. It is not the same game, but the play mechanics and Stage set-up are extremely similar. You must control a Bionic Commando named Rad Spencer who must infiltrate the Dor- aize base and defeat the Albatross process and rescue the original Bionic Commando, Super Joe, along the way. There are a total of 17 Areas to play through. Areas 2, 5, 9, 11, 14 & 15 are demilitarized zones where the rebels hide out and you usually receive weapons, items or info. The rest of the Areas you must play through and defeat a boss at the end. The later levels require a serious amount of skill in using your bionic arm, as there are a ton of Tarzan like swings you need to make to reach doors that seem impossible to get to. When you finish Area 16 you will notice the Albatross ship appear on the map. Go to it and this will be Area 17, the final stage. You will have to defeat a gruesome skeletal boss towards the end of the stage, the Albatross. He lowers his 2 skeletal hands and you can use these to swing your way up to his head. Pound on him to defeat him and you will then get a special gun from Super Joe for the next part. At the edge of the cliff you have to swing out and when you get to the bottom you need to send a shot from your new weapon into the cock- pit of the getaway plane that Wiseman (the Director) is attempting to escape in. If you shot was true the plane will explode, but you will not get to see Wiseman's head explode like Hitler's did in the NES Bionic Commando. For the last part of the Area you have 60 seconds to grapple your way out of the base before it explodes. This area isn't too difficult but there is one boss along the way that you need to get around to continue your ascent up. Get into the door at the top and you get the ending. You get the following messages: Commander: GET OUT OF THIS PLACE IMMEDIATELY! Female Commando: RAD AND SUPER JOE ARE STILL INSIDE THE ALBATROSS. WILL YOU WAIT, SIR? Male Commando: I DON'T CARE! I'LL GO FIND RAD! It then shows Rad and Super Joe meeting up with this dialogue: Super Joe: YOU DID IT! YOU'VE SAVED TEH WHOLE WORLD! Rad: WE'VE WON THE FINAL BATTLE. Male Commando: CAN YOU HEAR ME, RAD? OUR HELICOPTER IS APPROACHING YOU. GET A HOLD OF THE HELICOPTER AS IT PASSES BY. Rad grapples onto the helicopter and grabs Super Joe as it flies off. The next screen shows the Albatross exploding as it breaks in half and crashes to the ground. Many birds, presumable doves, are then shown flying over the city with the following text appearing below: THE BATTLE HAS ENDED WITH THE DESTRUCTION OF THE ALBATROSS PROJECT AND THE DORAIZE DUKEDOM WILL SURELY CRUMBLE. The next screen shows Joe and Rad grabbing hands with the following text: OUT OF THE RUBBLE, A NEW HERO HAS EMERGED TO LEAD THE FF CORPS. RAD SPENCER, SUPER JOE AND [Bionic Commando logo appears) THE REST OF THE BIONIC COMMANDOS WILL CONTINUE THEIR ETERNAL VIGIL IN THE NAME OF PEACE. END It stays here until you reset. BLASTER MASTER BOY (Sunsoft) -People say this is a mix between Blaster Master (the out of tank scenes) and Bomberman, but to me it seemed more like a sequel to the NES game RoboWarrior and perhaps it was, but was renamed because of the popularity of Blaster Mas- ter. Either way, it is a decent game where you have to find a key in each level (levels are called Periods) and then find the exit. Along the way you need to bomb rocks to find powerups like lanterns that light up dark areas, floats to let you cross water and another icon that lets you cross spikes. In all there are 30 Periods to play through and they break down like this: Period 1-1, 1-2 (Boss) Period 2-1, 2-2, 2-3 (Boss) Period 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4 (Boss) Period 4-1, 4-2, 4-3 (Boss) Period 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4 (Boss) Period 6-1, 6-2 (Boss) Period 7-1, 7-2, 7-3 (Boss) Period 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-6 (Boss) Period 9-1, 9-2, 9-3 (Final Boss) The boss battles are cool, in that you have to figure out ways to beat certain bosses, like the enemy frog that lashes his tongue at you. If you lay a bomb between you and his approaching tongue he snatches up the bomb and it blows up when he sucks it into his mouth. Anyway, when you reach the game's final boss in Period 9-3 he looks like a giant version of you (or Bomberman). Avoid him and the mega bombs he lays and lay your own bombs when you can to damage him. keep this up and when he finally blows up he will leave a key. Grab it and head to the exit. It will show a scene with you approaching the unstable com- puter and taking control of it. THe screen flashes and it shows a nice outdoor scene with trees then flashes to birds flying by the mountains with your guy looking on with a smile on his face. It then goes to a screen showing your helmet and weapons and the staff credits scrolling by and ends on the PRESENT- ED BY SUNSOFT screen where you can hit Start to return to the title screen. BOMBERMAN GB (Nintendo/Hudson) -This game was programmed by Hudson and released by Nintendo. You control Bomberman, who wears a fedora a la Indiana Jones as he makes his way through 8 Areas in search for the legendary Ring. You can select STORY mode or LESSON mode when you start. STORY is the meat of the game while LESSON is just prac- ticing the different bomb skills you will acquire along the way. When you start STORY mode it will show you a map and then you will be able to select MODE A or MODE B. The only difference between these is what your goal in each Area is and whichever way you choose will not affect how you finish the game. Either way, choose MODE A or B and you will start Area 1-1. The only thing the goal changes is what you have to do in each Area, like defeating a set amount of enemies or destroying a set amount of gems, etc. Each Area has 5 sections and then a boss battle after you finish the 5th section. In all there are 8 Areas to play through. When you finish Area 7-5 you will fight a boss and then when you go to Area 8 instead of it being Area 8-1 in this final area you will have to battle the previous 7 bosses one at a time in a boss rush. When you defeat the 7th boss you will do battle against the final boss. It looks like some sort of moving statue. Defeat this form and it turns into two masks that move around and are hard to defeat. For its 3rd form it turns into a freaky looking skull that chases you around. When you finally rid the world of this menace you will get a cinema scene showing Bomberman looking at the Ring on an altar. The message below says: BOMBERMAN HAD FINALLY FOUND THE LEGENDARY TREASURE! It then shows a close-up of the ring and says: MANY BATTLES HAD BEEN FOUGHT OVER THIS RING AND MANY WOULD FOLLOW. The next scene shows Indiana Bomberman standing all cool-like and says: BOMBERMAN HAD TRAVELED FAR IN SEARCH OF THE TREASURE. BUT HE DECIDES TO LEAVE THE TREASURE BEHIND. It shows the ring again and says: AND THE RING STILL AWAITS FOR THE NEXT ADVENTURER. It then shows Bomberman sitting on a bomb as the STAFF credits scroll by. It ends with PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT and stays here until you reset. BOOMER'S ADVENTURE IN ASMIK WORLD (Asmik) -This is an interesting game and the ending is equally interesting. You play through the game as a small dragon named Boomer. Your goal in each Stage is to find the key, usually by digging in random places for it, and then unlock- ing the door to get to the stairs to the next Stage. There are various weapons to find through the stages and boss battles every 8th Stage. Here is where things get interesting. When you defeat the boss of Stage 32 you go on to Stage 33 where you will fight what seems to be the final boss, Zoozoon. He is tough to avoid unless you can dig up the Roller Skates but if you manage to defeat him he will be jettisoned up and out of the castle and you will get the following message: ZOOZOON, THE EMPEROR OF THE MAGIC KINGDOM, HAS BEEN DEFEATED! HE HAS RETURNED TO THE MAGIC KINGDOM CRYING IN DEFEAT "THE PEACEFUL DAYS WILL ONCE AGAIN RETURN TO THIS LAND," THOUGHT BOOMER. BUT, AS HE WAS ABOUT TO LEAVE THE TOWER, HE HEARD THE RUMBING [sic] OF THE EARTH... HE MUST GET OUT OF THERE RIGHT AWAY! You must now work your way back down to the first floor (Stage 1) of the castle again. You pick up in Stage 33 where you just defeated Zoozoon and here you only have to grab the key to escape. Same in Stage 32. Now work your way through the stages from 33 back to 1. You will encounter bosses that you al- ready beat in Stages 24, 16, 8 and then the final boss back where you started in Stage 1. I believe his name is Zahnbela since that is the password you get before doing battle with him. Regardless of his name, it takes about 12 boom- erang shots to do him in. Once defeated you can exact the castle to the south. The next screen shows you walking out of the castle and then you get a side view of the massive 33 floor tower and the following message: JUST AS BOOMER MANAGED TO BEAT THE ENEMY AND GET OUTSIDE, THE TOWER CAME CRASHING TO THE GROUND WITH A RESOUNDING BOOM. AFTER THE SMOKE HAD CLEARED, THERE WAS NOTHING LEFT BUT THE PEACEFUL PLACE. BOOMER WAS WELCOMED AS A HERO, AND THE PEOPLE LIVED HAPPILY EVER AFTER. THE END Pressing Start will bring you back to the title screen. A pretty cool and unique game with a somewhat satisfying, albeit short, ending. BOXXLE (FCI) -This is the classic Sokoban game for the Game Boy. The object of the game is to move all the boxes on the screen onto all of the dots. When you do this you can move on to the next level. There are a total of 108 levels in this game. Stages 1 through 10 each have 10 levels and Stage 11 only has 8 levels. Luck- ily there is a password feature that allows you to pick up from the last level you played rather than play through all 108 in one sitting. Also of note is that after every 10 levels you will get an intermission scene before starting the next stage. This usually consists of your character betting rejected by the girl he is going after. When you complete Stage 11-08 you will get the fi- nal scene showing you walking toward the girl and presenting her with a heart. A big heart floats from her (finally gonna get lucky!) and he raises his arms in victory as she hugs him and another heart floats up. It shows the title screen right after this but it is actually part of the ending. It will scroll up and some staff credits will scroll by. PRESENTED BY FCI eventually scrolls by and then it says SEE YOU AGAIN where it stays until you reset. That last message holds true, as FCI did release Boxxle 2 for the Game Boy a couple years later. BOXXLE II (FCI) -If you liked the original Boxxle for Game Boy, you'll find more of the same here. Move the boxes onto the dots and when you do this for all the boxes on a level you will move on to the next level. There are a grand total of 120 levels in this one, consisting of 10 levels in each of the 12 stages. As was the case in Boxxle, you will also get intermission scenes after you complete all the levels in a stage. When you finally make it to Stage 12 and finish the last level, 12-10 (I played the levels in order but it does let you pick any of the levels in a stage in whatever order you want), it will go to the final scene which shows your character walking towards the weird little alien guy that abducted your girlfriend at beginning of the game. When you get close to him it says the following: YOU'VE DONE VERY WELL. WANDA IS THE PRINCESS OF THIS WORLD. YOU ARE BRAVE AND WISE KID. WOULD YOU PLEASE RULE THIS WORLD TOGETHER? A window opens up that says: WHICH YES NO You will have to make a decision here but I think it is obvious. Choosing NO will bump you back into Stage 12 where you will have to finish the level again to get back to this point. If you choose YES Wanda will drop from the sky and kiss you as a heart floats up from the two of you and then it says: AND THEY LIVED HAPPILY EVER AFTER. The staff credits will scroll by and PRESENTED BY FCI will appear. The words THANK YOU SO MUCH! will conclude the credits and stay until you reset. It was nice of FCI to include a cute little ending to wrap things up. BRAIN DRAIN (Acclaim) -This is a SGB enhanced puzzle game where you have to match similar tiles by rotating them, not unlike solving a Rubix cube. Eliminate all the tiles on a Level and move on to the next one. There are 3 different difficulties in this game: ROOKIE, STUDENT and GENIUS. There are also 2 different modes of play in Brain Drain: BRAIN GAME and BRAIN RACE. I will detail what it takes to finish the game in each mode and difficulty below. -BRAIN GAME- -ROOKIE In ROOKIE you must solve 50 Levels to finish the game. After Levels 5, 15, 25, 35 and 45 you play a Bonus slide puzzle game. After Levels 10, 20, 30 and 40 you get a password. After finishing Level 50 it will show a picture of a baby behind a giant baby bottle with the following message: GREAT JOB!!! YOU HAVE FINISHED ALL ROOKIE LEVELS! NOW TRY TO SOLVE ALL PUZZLES IN STUDENT DIFFICULTY! -STUDENT In STUDENT difficulty you start at Level 21 and play through Level 150 (wow, that's 129 Levels!). After every 10 Levels you get a Bonus Slide puzzle game and every 15 Levels you get a password. After finishing Level 150 it will show your character standing outside a school with his books and this message: EXCELLENT JOB!! YOU HAVE FINISHED ALL STUDENT LEVELS! NOW TRY TO SOLVE ALL PUZZLES IN GENIUS DIFFICULTY! -GENIUS In GENIUS difficulty you start at Level 51 and play through Level 250!! That's That's 199 Levels in GENIUS alone and 378 Levels in all of BRAIN GAME!! You play the Bonus Slide puzzles after every 15 Levels and get a password every 20 Levels. After finishing Level 250 it will show your character standing on a math book in a classroom with THE END written on the chalkboard and the fol- lowing message: CONGRATULATIONS!! YOU HAVE COMPLETED BRAIN GAME!! YOU MUST BE A G E N I U S !!! It then returns you back to the game select screen. Now I will give the speci- fics for the BRAIN RACE mode of BRAIN DRAIN. -BRAIN RACE- -ROOKIE In the ROOKIE difficulty of the BRAIN RACE mode there are a total of 10 Levels to try and finish as fast as you can. If you finish all 10 of them and have a good enough time you will get a screen showing the 1st, 2nd & 3rd place win- ners with the following message below you: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE FINISHED ROOKIE BRAIN RACE ! EXCELLENT TIME! YOU ENTER THE HALL OF FAME !!! PLEASE ENTER YOUR NAME ! NAME: _ _ _ _ _ It will then show the HALL OF FAME ROOKIE screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select screen. -STUDENT In the STUDENT difficulty of BRAIN RACE mode there are 25 Levels to play through. If your time was good enough you will get the screen showing the 1st, 2nd & 3rd place winners and this message: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE FINISHED STUDENT BRAIN RACE! EXCELLENT TIME ! YOU ENTER THE HALL OF FAME !!! PLEASE ENTER YOUR NAME ! NAME: _ _ _ _ _ It will show the HALL OF FAME STUDENT screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select screen. -GENIUS In the GENIUS difficulty of BRAIN RACE mode there are 50 Levels to play through. If your time was good enough you will get the screen showing the 1st, 2nd & 3rd place winners and this message: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE FINISHED GENIUS BRAIN RACE! EXCELLENT TIME ! YOU ENTER THE HALL OF FAME !!! PLEASE ENTER YOUR NAME ! NAME: _ _ _ _ _ It will show the HALL OF FAME GENIUS screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select screen. I was hoping for a final ending of BRAIN RACE but at least the game had multiple endings for you to get to. BUBBLE BOBBLE (Taito) -The classic NES and Arcade game for the Game Boy dumbed down a bit but still has the multiple endings that its predecessors had. There are a total of 100 Rounds to play through. You will battle bosses in Rounds 25, 50, 75 and a final boss, Superdrunk Jr., in Round 100. The key to getting the Good endings is getting the Magical Cup, Magical Jewel and Magical Crown from the Round 25, 50 and 75 bosses. All you have to do to get the items is defeat them and go through the door. The only way you won't get these items is if you defeat the boss and don't bother going through the door. I will explain the 3 different endings below: -BAD ENDING- If you defeat Superdrunk Jr. in Round 100 and didn't acquire the 3 Magical items from the 3 mini-bosses, it will show your character transformed into a human with the following message: YOU DEFEATED "SUPERDRUNK JR." AND FINALLY ACQUIRED THE "MOON WATER." BUT IS THAT ALL YOU NEED TO DO? It will show the 3 Magical items below the message and the one you did not get will be flashing. You then get a GAME OVER screen but you can continue your game and select what Round you want to start at, so if you know which item you need and whether it was in Round 25, 50 or 75 you can go back to get it and then continue on to Superdrunk Jr. again to get the Good ending. -GOOD ENDING #1- When you defeat Superdrunk Jr. with all the Magical items make sure you go through the door after beating him or you will have to continue and fight him again. Now go through the door and you will be on a screen with a magic lan- tern. The Water Spirit will come of the lantern and tell you this: I'M THE SPIRIT OF THE WATER. I BELIEVED SOMEONE WOULD COME AND HELP ME. YOU WOULD LIKE THE "MOON WATER," WOULDN'T YOU? ALL RIGHT. I WILL MAKE THE SPRING SPURT WITH THE WATER OF LIFE IN THE WOODS. It then switches to a scene showing your brother and parents looking down at the ground. You pop out of the ground and join them, turning back into human form. You then throw the 3 Magical items down into the hole and the Water of Life rises up complete with happy music and fish jumping out of it. The next screen shows a picture of the restored landscape and has the following text scrolling above it: THE "MOON WATER," LIKE BEFORE, BEGAN TO FILL UP THE FOUNTAIN IN THE WOODS. THANKS TO THIS, THE EXTINGUISHING WOODS REVIVED WITH GREEN, AND THE DANGER OF THE NATURE WAS ELIMINATED. BUBBY WAS VERY GLAD BECAUSE HIS BROTHER'S HELTH [sic] CAME BACK. MAYBE SOME DAY THERE WILL BE AGAIN A VILLAIN WHO'LL TRY TO DESTROY THIS BEAUTIFUL EARTH. HOWEVER, BUBBY WILL FIGHT BACK TO PROTECT THE PRECIOUS LIVES ON THE EARTH. The screen fades out to a STAFF credits roll and ends on a screen that shows a password, VLT1. This is a password that starts you on an EXPERT mode! Go to the password entry screen and enter it to start EXPERT mode and go for the final Good ending. -GOOD ENDING #2- Now play through the 100 Rounds again, making sure to get the Magical items from the bosses of Rounds 25, 50 and 75 again. Defeat Superdrunk Jr. again in Round 100 and when you enter the door you will get the same exact ending that you got in GOOD ENDING #1. You get the same message, credits roll and everything. However, when the credits are done you get a final message that you did not get in GOOD ENDING #1. This is what it says: THIS IS THE END OF THIS STORY. PLEASE JOIN THEIR ADVENTURE AGAIN SOME DAY. SEE YOU SOON TAITO. Good to see Taito reward the hard working gamer with this bonus message. BUBBLE BOBBLE PART 2 (Taito) -This sequel plays almost identical to the original one but there are only 80 Rounds to play through and the endings are not that great. The goal to get the good ending in this one is to get the 3 Keys. You will get a Key after beating the boss of Rounds 20, 40 and 60 but ONLY if you managed to find the big diamond in the Rounds leading up to the boss. I am not totally clear on how you trigger a big diamond to appear but I managed to do it in the Rounds be- fore the bosses of Rounds 20 and 40 but could not get one to appear in Rounds 41-59, so if anyone knows the secret I will add it to this ending and credit you. So if you play through all 80 Rounds and defeat the Evil King Great Skall in Round 80 but DO NOT have the 3 Keys, you will get the bad ending: -BAD ENDING- It shows you character popping 3 bubbles on the screen revealing them to be 3 treasures and you get the following message on the screen: GREAT! I'VE GOT THE TREASURES OF THE EVIL KING! BUT, I MUST CONTINUE THE JOURNEY AND RESCUE MY FRIENDS.... Unfortunately when you press Start it brings you back to the title screen and does not allow you to go back into the Rounds and find the Keys you missed. -GOOD ENDING- If you managed to find the Big Diamonds and get the 3 Keys after beating the bosses of Rounds 20, 40 and 60 and then beat the Evil King Great Skall in Round 80 it will show a giant Key on the screen and say: CONGRATULATIONS! YOUR SCORE ###### PTS The 3 bubbles will then appear like in the Bad Ending, but this time when you pop them instead of them being treasure they are people that you have saved. A warrior (or warrior outfit?) appears above you and then you turn into a human like the others. The Warrior disappears and then it stays here until you press Start. Not much of an ending compared to the first one but at least you get a Good Ending here for finding all the keys. BUBBLE GHOST (FCI) -This is a nice action/puzzle game from an old NES game company named FCI. In it you control a ghost who has to move a bubble through 35 Halls (it's nice to see a new term for stages/levels) and to the outside where it can be set free. The ghost blows on the bubble to move it and there are many obstacles in the way that will burst your bubble, which ties in with the puzzle aspect of the game. You do not have to play all 35 Halls if you can manage to get the bubble through shortcuts in Hall 14 and another in Hall 27. So once you manage to get the bubble through all the Halls and reach Hall 35 and blow the bubble out of the confining building, it will float up into the sky on its own and just keep floating upwards with your ghost character circling around it until you hit Start. This triggers a GAME OVER screen, which always grinds my gears since that is synonymous with running out of lives and not finishing a game. Anyways, after this GAME OVER scren you go to the BUBBLE GHOST high scorers screen where you can enter a 4 digit name. It shows what Hall you made it to (shows Hall 36 for beating the game even though there are only 35 Halls) and your score and then brings you to the title screen. Quite the horrible ending for a game that can be frustrating to get all the way through, but at least it didn't just loop continuously. BUGS BUNNY CRAZY CASTLE, THE (Kemco) -This is just a straight action game where you play as Bugs Bunny and have to get all the carrots on each Stage while avoiding the regular Looney Tunes enemies like Yosemite Sam and Daffy Duck among others. It says your mission is to complete all 80 Stages to rescue Honey Bunny but the programmers left her out of the ending for some reason. When you finish Stage 80 it will go to a screen showing Bugs raising his arms up and down with the following message displayed above him: CONGRATURATIONS !! YOU ARE GOOD PLAYER !! This is your typical Engrish translated ending. Instead of getting any kind of staff credits, the game simply moves you back to Stage 1 with your score intact. I played through the game 3 more times to see if the ending changes but it was the same all 4 times, so that is pretty much all I have to say about this game. Actually, no it isn't. The NES version of this game has only 60 Stages but the interesting thing is you can use the passwords from this Game Boy version in the NES version to play Stages 61-80 though they are pretty much buggy and unplayable. Also, Babs Bunny showed up in the NES ending, so while you got an extra 20 Stages here you got no female ending bunny. BUGS BUNNY CRAZY CASTLE 2, THE (Kemco) -This game is somewhat similar to The Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle in that you must collect all the items in a Stage to move on (keys in this game) but this game has bigger stages and more weapons/items to use. There are only 29 Stages in this one however (BBCC has 80) but they take a lot longer to play through and require you going into a lot of different rooms and even some different areas in some of the Stages. When you finish Stage 28 you will go to the last Stage where you will do battle with Miss Hazel Witch. To defeat her you must grab the 3 Bow & Arrow icons located in the room. Grab them all and then shoot her with them when the opportunity presents itself. She will disappear and then you can exit the Stage through the door in the upper right of the Stage. It will show a scene where Bugs walks to the center of a room as Hunny Bunny drops down from the ceiling. Two cupids appear above them and the bunnys touch faces as a heart made up of little hearts rises up and forms above them, encircling the cupids. Stars appear and lift the bunnys off the screen and the next screen shows Bugs and Hunny staring into each others eyes while standing in front of the castle as fire- works shoot up in the background forming the letters E N D. It stays on this screen until you reset. Also of note is that this game was released for the Game Boy in Japan under the name Mickey Mouse II and has Disney characters instead of the Looney Tunes characters. Also of note, this game was released in Europe for the Game Boy under the name Hugo, with characters from that franchise. BURAI FIGHTER DELUXE (Taxan) -Good old Taxan, throwing the multiple endings at you Game Boy style, just like they did for multiple games on the NES. This version of Burai Fighter for the Game Boy is a toned down version of the NES game. It's a straight- forward shooter where you have to blast your way through 5 stages and defeat the Dragon at the end of Stage 5. There are 3 difficulty settings to choose from: EAGLE, ALBATROSS and ACE. When you beat the game on ACE difficulty you get to play a 4th difficulty quest, called ULTIMATE. Here are the ending des- criptions for beating the Stage 5 Dragon on all difficulty settings: ------------ EAGLE ENDING After defeating the Dragon a screen pops up that says: GREAT FIGHT WARRIOR? AN ACE WOULD SEE A GRAPHIC ENDING. ...KAL When you press Start it brings you to the SELECT LEVEL screen. ---------------- ALBATROSS ENDING Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending that you got on EAGLE difficulty even thorugh ALBATROSS difficulty was definitely harder. ---------- ACE ENDING After defeating the Dragon it shows your character standing on the planet holding his weapon. The screen flashes and it shows an explosion in the dis- tance. The clouds start scrolling by and it says CONGRATULATIONS! on the bot- tom with your POINTS underneath it. After a few seconds you get this message: DID YOU FIND ALL 15 HIDDEN ROOMS? THE ULTIMATE CHALLENGE AWAITS??? ...KAL PUSH START Before pushing Start you can make your character shoot towards the screen by pressing the A Button. When you push Start you will see that the ULTIMATE difficulty setting is now available to choose. --------------- ULTIMATE ENDING For some reason the ULTIMATE difficulty setting seemed a lot easier than the ACE setting did. The enemies took a lot less hits to defeat. Anyway, when you defeat the Dragon at the end of Stage 5 you will get the same ending you got when you beat the game on ACE difficulty but after the clouds start rolling by it will say: YOU HAVE EARNED MY RESPECT. PRODUCED BY KEN LOBB PUSH START When you push Start this strange looking bird walks onto the screen pulling a wagon with the letters END in it. Seriously. This is the kind of cool mult- iple ending game that makes it worth beating in all difficulties. BURGERTIME DELUXE (Data East) -Fans of the classic arcade game should enjoy this Game Boy version. It is not a copy of the arcade game but is a unique game with a BurgerTime theme, com- plete with scenes between areas and a password system so you don't have to play through the whole game in one sitting. The game isn't that long. There are 6 Areas. Each Area has 4 Stages to play through. When you finish Area 6.4 it will go to a scene showing a giant donut (the tough enemy in the later sta- ges) crushing the NUTEN DOUGHNUT building right next to your BURGER building. You would think a doughnut shop wouldn't be much competition for a burger joint, unless of course they are serving those gluttonous doughnut burgers, but either way your competition is gone. It immediately goes to the STAFF credits as your little chef pulls a square onto the screen with the name of the staffer in it. It finally ends with a scene showing the chef and the main enemy, Nuten, standing on the screen. Two hot dogs wander onto the screen and clobber Nuten, knocking him out cold, as the chef jumps up and down in glee. You are then returned to the title screen. BUSTER BROTHERS (Hudson) -This classic bubble busting game has a total of 50 stages. The 50 stages are divided up between 17 areas which are different areas on the World map. Each area has 3 stages except the last one, Antarctica, which only has 2. The num- bering is odd because the 1st area, Mt Fuji, has its 3 stages numbered as 1-1, 1-2 & 1-3. The next area, Mt. Keirin, has its 3 stages numbered 2-4, 2-5 and 2-6. So basically, the first number is the area and the second number is the actual stage number. Anyway, when you get to Antarctica you only have to beat the 2 stages, 17-49 and 17-50. When you beat Stage 17-50 it will immediately go to a cut scene showing you and your buddy riding in a jeep along the shore as WELL DONE scrolls by. It then says: YOU HAVE COMPLETED BUSTER BROTHERS After this, 6 sets of staff credits scroll by and then the ending message re- peats and will keep repeating until you hit Start, which will take you back to the title screen. As a side note, the first time I ever played this type of game was on a rare NES cart I rented called Caltron 6-in-1. The game was cal- led Balloon Monster and wasn't nearly as fun as Buster Brothers, so if you're into these type of games give it a try. CAPTAIN AMERICA AND THE AVENGERS (Mindscape) -This is just a straight forward action game where you can control Captain America, Iron Man, Vision or Hawkeye. There aren't many different moves to use, as the ol' kick and punch are the mainstays here, but Captain America can throw his shield, even though it does less damage than a basic attack, and the other Avengers each have their minimal damage causing projectiles. There are a total of 5 Stages (Scenes) to play through. Each Stage has 6 Levels, except for Stage 3, which only has 5 Levels for some reason, making a grand total of 29 Levels to play through. There are bosses at the end of each Stage (the last Level of each Stage is just a boss fight) but they are not easily distinguishable on the small Game Boy screen or even on an emula- tor for that matter. When you reach Stage 5-6 you will do battle against the infamous Red Skull. Avoid his attacks and kick and punch him (or throw your shield if he is not close by) and eventually you will do him in. Now, there are 3 difficulty settings at the beginning of the game to choose from: PRACTICE, NORMAL and CHALLENGE. You get the best ending by beating CHALLENGE difficulty, but here are the ending messages you get for each difficulty: -------- PRACTICE -------- After beating the Red Skull it goes to a black screen with this message: GREAT JOB, AVENGERS! BUT THE REAL THREAT STILL EXISTS! PLEASE TRY AGAIN AT A HIGHER LEVEL! The staff credits roll and you can enter your name on a TOP SCORES screen be- fore it returns yo to the title screen. ------ NORMAL ------ After beating the Red Skull it shows the 4 heroes flying in space and you get the following message: THANKS TO THE BRAVE AND VALIANT EFFORTS OF OUR HEROES, THE AVENGERS, RED SKULL AND HIS EVIL PLAN WERE CRUSHED, AND THE WORLD COULD ONCE AGAIN BREATHE EASILY. BUT FOR THE AVENGERS, THE BATTLE DOESN'T END HERE. WHEREVER EVIL EXISTS IN THIS WORLD, THEY MUST CONFRONT IT... IN THE NAME OF JUSTICE, A V E N G E R S U N I T E ! YET, AN EVEN GREATER CHALLENGE AWAITS YOU. PLEASE TRY THE 'CHALLENGE' MODE! The staff credits roll and you can enter your name on a TOP SCORES screen be- fore it returns yo to the title screen. --------- CHALLENGE --------- After beating the Red Skull it shows the 4 heroes flying in space like in the NORMAL difficulty ending and the message you get is the same with the ending changed up a little: THANKS TO THE BRAVE AND VALIANT EFFORTS OF OUR HEROES, THE AVENGERS, RED SKULL AND HIS EVIL PLAN WERE CRUSHED, AND THE WORLD COULD ONCE AGAIN BREATHE EASILY. BUT FOR THE AVENGERS, THE BATTLE DOESN'T END HERE. WHEREVER EVIL EXISTS IN THIS WORLD, THEY MUST CONFRONT IT... IN THE NAME OF JUSTICE, A V E N G E R S U N I T E ! CONGRATULATIONS, AVENGERS! YOU HAVE MET THE GREATEST CHALLENGE AND TRIUMPHED! Those last 5 lines were the only difference, but it is still good to see a game reward you for beating it on a higher difficulty level. The staff cred- its roll like in the other endings, you get the TOP SCORES screen and it goes back to the title screen. CASPER (Natsume) -This is not the easiest game in the world, in fact it is quite annoying. However, thanks to nolberto82 and a few Game Genie codes (which can be found on gamehacking.org) I was able to play through this fairly easily to record the ending. First off, there are 3 difficulty settings: Easy, Medium & Hard. The only difference is the number of lives you start with (7, 5 & 3). The game itself consists of 3 Levels (each with 4 mini games), followed by 2 more mini games that you hadn't played yet and one final Level, which is a mini game you have played already. Since this sounds confusing, here is how the exact Level layout goes in order: LEVEL 1 1-Protect the Ooz mini game 2-Ooz Runner mini game 3-Return the Books mini game 4-Ramp mini game #1 (LEVEL 1 COMPLETE) LEVEL 2 1-Protect the Ooz mini game 2-Ooz Runner mini game 3-Return the Books mini game 4-Ramp mini game #2 (LEVEL 2 COMPLETE) LEVEL 3 1-Protect the Ooz mini game 2-Ooz Runner mini game 3-Return the Books mini game 4-Ramp mini game #3 (LEVEL 3 COMPLETE) 5-Casper Pushing Kat mini game 6-Lazuras Machine mini game 7-Final Ooz Runner mini game So in all there are 15 mini games to play through to finish the game. It's odd that they put Ooz Runner as the final mini game to play through, but at least it says FINAL OOZ RUNNER on the screen when you start. When you complete the FINAL OOZ RUNNER mini game it will go to a screen that shows Casper dancing with Kat and Dr. Harvey as a group of 5 people dance and seem to play instru- ments on the floor above. They will dance until you press Start then it will go to a final screen that shows Casper peaking out from behind the word CASPER with your FINAL score at the top of the screen and CONGRATULATIONS! below that. The CREDITS will flash by at the bottom as well. It stays on this screen until you reset. CASTELIAN (Triffix) -For a more wordy game ending description for this game, check out the ending I did for the NES version of Castelian. In it I explain how the game's con- trols are a detriment to it even though the game itself is decent. The Game Boy version is pretty identical. Your quest is to work your pig-looking character to the top of 8 Towers so he can destroy them. The towers are fraught with difficult jumps and annoying, sometimes unavoidable, enemies. When you finish a tower you get to participate in a bonus level where you can earn time to add to your timer for the next tower, which will be invalu- able if you are not using a code for infinite time. When you eventually make it to the top of Tower 8 you will have 4 doors to choose from to finish the game. Take the 3rd one from the right to exit. It will tally up your score as usual and you wlll crumble the last tower. You will then get a one screen ending that says CASTELIAN at the top with a pic of your character and the following message below him/it: WELL DONE YOU HAVE COMPLETED YOUR MISSION You then get to enter your initials on the HIGH SCORE TABLE and then it sim- ply returns you to the title screen. CASTLEVANIA: THE ADVENTURE (Konami) -The first Game Boy Castlevania game. It is short but definitely not easy. There are only 4 stages to play through, but there are spikes and difficult enemies to get past everywhere. The bosses aren't that tough once you get to know their patterns (especially if you have a powered up whip) but getting to them is a pain. When you finally reach Dracula at the end of Stage 4 make good use of the platforms and when you destroy him he will...turn into a bat. Now make short work of this bat and when it is destroyed the screen will start to shake. It then shows Christopher Belmont (not Simon or Trevor, but Christopher is his name if you weren't aware) standing outside the castle as it crumbles into the ground. Eerie ending music starts to play and the STAFF credits will start to flash across the screen. At the end of the credits you see a bat fly out of the rubble and THE END appears on the screen. Pressing Start will get you back to Stage 1 but it is now called Stage 5. Apparently this is consid- ered the Hard Mode of the game as it is slightly harder than the games normal hard difficulty. Play through the game again and when you defeat the Count once more you get the same exact ending that you got the first time through and then you restart the game again, this time it says Stage 9. I am guessing that the game will keep looping without the ending ever changing. CASTLEVANIA II: BELMONT'S REVENGE (Konami) -This sequel to the Game Boy game Castlevania: The Adventure plays a little smoother than the original and isn't as difficult, but don't expect anything easy here. When you start the game you can select between 4 different castles to play through. They are Crystal Castle, Cloud Castle, Plant Castle and Rock Castle. Each one has a boss to defeat at the end. When you defeat all 4 of the castle bosses it will go to your castle map and you will see Dracula's Castlevania rise up out of the ground. You will go to a map screen showing the path through the castle. There are 2 stages in this castle plus the final battle, giving the game a total of 7 stages. Fight through the first castle stage to fight the Bone Dragon and then blast through the second castle stage and you will have to fight your son. He is possessed, but you still have to give him an ass kicking. After beating him he comes to his senses and gives you some intel on how to defeat Dracula. You immediately jump into the last stage which is just a couple of screens where you can gather hearts and then drop down to fight Dracula. His room is small and you have to do a good job of dodging his orbs to beat him, but just keep at it and victory will be yours. When you deal Dracula his last blow the castle will start shaking and it will show you standing on a cliff with your son watching Castlevania sink back into the ground. Sad music will play and this message scrolls by: THE WAR IS OVER. DRACULA'S SCHEME WAS FOILED BECAUSE OF THE COMBINED POWER OF CHRISTOPHER AND SOLEIUY. ONCE AGAIN THE WORLD IS AT PEACE. AND THEN... SOLEIUY HAS OVERCOME THE DARK CURSE AND WILL CONTINUE TO FIGHT DRACULA AND HIS FORCES. SOON AFTER... THE BELMONT FAMILY HAS A LONG HISTORY OF VAMPIRE HUNTERS. THE LEGEND WILL ALWAYS CONTINUE. The STAFF credits will roll by and end with PRESENTED BY KONAMI. You can then restart the game with your score intact but you get the same ending. CASTLEVANIA LEGENDS (Konami) -Probably the best Castlevania game on the Game Boy, you control a female Bel- mont, named Sonia. It has everything you would expect from a Castlevania game from the Grim Reaper boss to a lot of bats. You can start by choosing STANDARD or LIGHT modes. STANDARD is the normal mode, where you start with a normal whip while LIGHT mode starts you will a more powered up whip. You get the same ending regardless of which mode you play. As for the number of Stages, there are 5 Stages in all plus a Bonus Hidden stage that you need to find to get the best ending. You get the best ending by finding all the Special Items. There is one in each Stages: Stage 1: Axe Stage 2: Watch Stage 3: Dagger Stage 4: Holy Water Stage 5: Cross If you don't have all 5 of these when you defeat Dracula at the end of Stage 5 you will still get the basic ending without the extra screens telling you what happens with Sonia. The hardest Special Item to get is in Stage 5. During the stage you have to drop down a screen (normally you would die doing this, so it is like a test of faith) and you will land on a platform where you can whip a candle that doesn't seem to do nothing, but if you drop down to the next screen (which you had been to previously and there was nothing there to do) there will now be a big hole in the screen that you will also drop through and down a shaft leading to the Bonus Hidden stage, where you can collect the last Special Item, the Cross. So get to Dracula, beat him and you will get the fol- lowing ending whether you did or did not collect the 5 Special Items: A dialogue box will open and Dracula and Sonia exchange the following (I us- ually list it as it is on the Game Boy screen, but I will compress it since there is a lot of dialogue): -DRACULA OHH, NO! THIS CANNOT BE! ME LOSING TO A-A HUMAN? -SONIA YOU POOR MAN. IT MUST BE DIFFICULT TO UNDERSTAND WHY YOU, WHO POSSESS ETERNAL LIFE, ARE ABOUT TO PERISH. HUMANS ARE GRANTED SUCH A PRECIOUS SHORT LIFE IN COMPARISON TO YOURS, BUT IN THAT SHORT TIME WE ARE ABLE TO LOVE AND TO LIVE FOR SOMEONE ELSE. THERE MUST HAVE BEEN A TIME WHEN YOU TOO CHERISHED THE BONDS WITH THE ONES YOU LOVED. WE HUMANS ARE NOT SO FOOLISH AS TO THROW AWAY ALL OF THAT IN EXCHANGE FOR THE POWER YOU RECEIVED. THERE IS NO PLACE IN THIS WORLD FOR THE LIKES OF YOU. YOU WERE ALREADY DEFEATED WHEN YOU ACCEPTED THE POWER OF THE DARKNESS. -DRACULA HEH HEH HEH HEH. HA HAH HAH HAHH!! DON'T LET IT GO TO YOUR HEAD, GIRL. DO YOU REALLY THINK THE LIKES OF YOU CAN DESTROY ME? YOU'RE A FOOL JUST AS ALUCARD WAS. LISTEN TO ME. DARKNESS WILL NEVER DIE OUT AS LONG AS THERE IS LIGHT IN THE WORLD. I AM THE RULER OF THAT DARKNESS, AND I WILL RISE AGAIN AND AGAIN, AS LONG AS PEOPLE LIKE YOU ARE ALIVE. AGAIN AND AGAIN, I TELL YOU. HAH HAH HAH!! -SONIA WHEN THAT HAPPENS, SOMEONE WILL APPEAR BEFORE YOU TO TAKE MY PLACE. IF IT IS MY FATE TO AGAIN BE A VAMPIRE HUNTER, I WILL BE READY! NO, I WILL GLADLY AC- CEPT THAT DESTINY. SO, UNTIL YOUR SOUL IS SAVED, UNTIL ALL THE EVIL DESIRES IN THE WORLD ARE EXHAUSTED, GOODBYE, RULER OF EVIL. GOODBYE, O WOEFUL PRINCE OF DARKNESS. It then shows Sonia standing on a plaform overlooking Dracula's castle as it sinks into the ground like in previous Castlevania games. The following mes- sage then scrolls across the screen: THUS, THE FEAR OF DARKNESS THAT CONTINUED TO ENVELOP THE WORLD WAS LIFTED SINGLE- HANDEDLY BY A YOUNG GIRL. Now here is where things are different. -IF YOU DID NOT COLLECT ALL 5 SPECIAL ITEMS: it will show the HIT [sic] SCORE and then the STAFF credits scroll by and it will end on the PRESENTED BY KONAMI screen with the Copyright on the bottom. -IF YOU COLLECTED ALL 5 SPECIAL ITEMS: After the castle sinks, Sonia will turn towards you and you get this added message scrolling across the screen: THERE ARE AS MANY LEGENDS IN THE WORLD THAT DESERVE RETELLING AS THERE ARE STARS IN THE NIGHT SKY. BUT THIS STORY MARKS THE BEGINNING OF THE BELMONT FAMILY LEGEND THAT HAS BEEN PASSED ON THROUGH MANY AGES. AND THERE IS NOT A SINGLE PERSON NOW WHO KNOWS WHEN THE NEXT LEGENDARY FIGHT BETWEEN ANOTHER PRINCE OF DARKNESS AND HUMAN WILL BEGIN. It then shows your HIT [sic] SCORE and the STAFF credits roll. When the cred- its are done you get even more bonus ending screens! There is a pic of Sonia holding a baby with the following text appearing beside it: AFTER SOME TIME, THE YOUNG GIRL OF OUR LEGEND BECAME A MOTHER, WHOSE CHILD WOULD CARRY ON THE FATE AND TRAGEDY OF THE BELMONT FAMILY, AND THE BLOODLINE OF DARK WAYS. A CHILD BURDENED WITH A CURSED FATE. AND YET THIS CHILD, ONCE CONTENT IN THE LOVE OF ITS MOTHER, WILL ALSO RISE TO FIGHT COURAGEOUSLY AGAINST THE PRINCE OF DARKNESS, WHO WILL RETURN ONCE AGAIN. THIS CHILD WHO, ONE DAY WILL BE PRAISED BY ALL THE PEOPLE AS A HERO... BUT THAT LEGEND MUST BE TOLD ANOTHER TIME. The PRESENTED BY KONAMI screen appears and the ending is finally over. Good ol Konami, giving you your money's worth with some serious ending dialogue. CATRAP (Asmik) -This is a fun little puzzle game. I say little because it is cute, but there are actually 100 Rounds to play through, so the game itself should take you awhile to play through, unless you are cheating or using passwords. You have 99 Rounds to choose from on the Round Select screen. There is a 100th Round, Round ??, but you can only access it after you have finished the previous 99 Rounds, which will show up in black after you solve them. When you finally reach Round ??, finish it and it will say FINAL ROUND CLEAR above you and the girl along with how long the game took you to finish. You two then touch the orb and the screen flashes and goes to a new screen showing your faces at the top. Your cat ears disappear and you get the following message: WOW! THANKS TO YOUR WISDOM AND COURAGE, THE CURSE PUT TO US WAS SOLVED! THANK YOU The next screen shows you and the girl in front of the big house, then the screen scrolls up and shows the CATRAP staff credits. It ends on a screen that says THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING! THE END along with the Asmik copyrights. It then brings you back to the start menu. CENTIPEDE (Accolade) -This classic arcade game released for the Game Boy is just as basic as the original. There are no perks present in this one, just centipede (and spider) blasting at its finest. There are 4 difficulty settings to choose from. The only difference is what Level they start you on. They are as follows: Novice: Level 1 Standard: Level 10 Advanced: Level 19 Expert: Level 28 There is no ending, you just play to see what Level you can reach and what score you can attain. When you finish Level 99 the next one is numbered as Level *0 with the * being the symbol for a centipede part. The Levels will keep counting up at *0-9 and keep repeating until you reach what would be Level 255 (which looks like Level *5). When you complete this one the counter "resets" and you start the count over at Level 00 and it starts all over again. For those that want to know if the scoring counter resets, I made it to over 1,000,000 points and it was still going, so I'm guessing it will eventually reset or freeze at either 10 Million or 100 Million points. CHASE H.Q. (Taito) -This is a decent racer game with a twist. At the end of each Stage you will have to face off against a criminal in a car. They usually take several hits to take out and the higher the Stage the more hits they take (they have a dam- age meter so at least you know when you are doing damage to them). There are a total of 5 Stages. To get to the boss you have 60 seconds and then you get an- other 60 seconds to defeat him. It's not the easiest of tasks but it can be done. At the end of Stage 5 you will face off against TYRONE, the wanted crim- inal. He takes about 10 hits to beat but is tough because you have a ton of other cars coming at you during the battle. If you can manage to defeat him in the alotted 60 seconds it will show you and your partner standing over Tyrone who is on the ground with his hands spread out. You get the usual Stage ending screen that says WELL DONE. YOU HAVE RID THE STREETS OF MORE VERMIN followed by the various scores and bonus scores. It then goes to your ending message: CONGRATULATIONS YOU WILL BE AWARDED THE MEDAL OF VALOR FOR ACTION ABOVE AND BEYOND THE CALL OF DUTY YOU ARE A PERFECT CHASER. It then returns you to the title screen. CHESSMASTER, THE (Hi Tech Expressions) -The Game Boy version is basically identical to the NES version, with the ob- vious color difference. The game goes straight from the title screen right to a chess match. From here you have a slew of options to choose from, including the number of human players, changing sides, board set-up and most important, the Difficulty Level. There are a grand total of 16 Difficulty Levels. They are as follows: NEWCOMER 1 NEWCOMER 2 LEVEL 1: 60/5 LEVEL 2: 40/5 LEVEL 3: 60/10 LEVEL 4: 60/30 LEVEL 5: 60/45 LEVEL 6: 60/60 LEVEL 7: 30/45 LEVEL 8: 30/60 LEVEL 9: 40/90 LEVEL 10: 40/100 LEVEL 11: 40/120 LEVEL 12: 40/150 LEVEL 13: 40/180 INFINITE As you can see, this game is truly for the hardcore chess player, as they have so many different levels of game they can compete at. INFINITE level is the hardest of them all but since the game has no bells & whistles there is no ending to speak of, other than the BLACK IS CKECKMATED (their spelling error) message I got when I put the Level INFINITE computer opponent in checkmate. Yeah, I was using a cheat code to accomplish this, as I am definitely no chess expert and just wanted to see what the game offered for an ending, which is absolutely nothing. A great chess simulator and nothing more, this is. CHOPLIFTER II (Broderbund/JVC) -The sequel to the classic Choplifter game has you going through 5 Sectors, each with 3 Levels, on a search for hostages. You have to rescue a set num- ber of hostages in each stage and return them to the helipad, but keep in mind you can only carry 10 at a time. You can rescue more than the required amount of hostages for bonus points but you only need to get the required amount rescued to finish a Level. There are no bosses, just straight hostage rescuing. The later Levels require you to find a (F)lamethrower weapon so you can clear out trees that get in your way, which adds a bit more strategy to the game. Each Sector takes place in a different area. When you reach Sector 5 it will be in the city. Finish Sector 5, Level 3 and it will give you your bonus points (if you get any) then it will show your chopper flying over all the Sectors in the game with the following message at the bottom: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE COMPLETED CHOPLIFTER 2 It will then show a cool pic of your character standing outside the chopper giving you the "thumbs up." Pressing start here brings you to the ENTER YOUR NAME screen which will show up on the following HIGH SCORE screen. Pressing start then brings you back to the title screen. CHUCK ROCK (Sony Imagesoft) -Out of all the versions of Chuck Rock available for various systems, this is definitely the most scaled back, bare bones version of them all. Your only offense is the ability to kick, which actually looks like you are bopping enemies with your belly. You can pick up the occasional rock or bush but these are mainly used as stepping stones to get up to higher areas that Chuck can't reach with his pathetic jumping ability. There are only 4 Worlds in this game. World 1 has 4 Levels, while Worlds 2, 3 & 4 all have just 2 Levels (10 Levels total). You will fight simple bosses at the end of each World and the final boss at the end of World 4, Level 2 is a boxing T-Rex that you simply have to kick in the face a bunch of times. Defeat him and he will fall off the screen. It will go to a large pic of the T-Rex lying in a dazed state while Chuck and his girl are in the bottom right of the screen. You then get this message: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE T.REX AND RESCUED OPHELIA PRESS ATTACK Pressing A or B brings you to a GAME OVER screen showing YOUR SCORE and the HIGHEST SCORE of the day. It also says PRESS ATTACK at the bottom. Doing this will show the SPIDERSOFT staff credits which end with THE END and it goes back to the title screen. CONTRA - THE ALIEN WARS (Konami) -This is a Super Game Boy enhanced cartridge, meaning it can be played on the Super Game Boy on a Super NES with various colors instead of the usual black & white. It can still be played on an old school Game Boy if that is your pre- ference. There are 4 modes of difficulty on this sequel to Super C: EASY, NOR- MAL, HARD and MANIAC. I will explain what each difficulty mode requires for you to finish the game: --EASY-- There are only 3 Levels to play through on EASY mode. When you beat the embed- ded skull at the end of Level 3 you will get a message that says: END OF EASY MODE SCORE NOW TRY NORMAL You are then returned to the title screen. --NORMAL-- In NORMAL mode you get to play the full 5 Levels. When you get to Level 5 you will have to deal with a mid-boss that is tough as well as the final boss. To defeat the final boss you must first destroy the chain arms that come out of each side and then blast away at the crusher gem above its head. when you do this you will have defeated the final boss. The following message will appear: CONGRATULATIONS! FIGHTING WITH ALL YOUR SKILLS, YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE FORCES OF EVIL AND THEIR LEADER, RED FALCON! THE WORLD IS AT PEACE AGAIN. YOUR WEAPONS REST AS THE CELEBRATIONS ALL OVER THE PLANET COMMENCE... BUT WHO KNOWS, PERHAPS ONE DAY THE DARK FORCES WILL RETURN AND EARTH WILL NEED YET ANOTHER HERO... THE END The CONTRA STAFF credits flash by and finish up with a screen showing your FINAL SCORE, A FACTOR 5 PRODUCTION and PRESENTED BY KONAMI. Pressing Start brings you back to the title screen. --HARD-- --MANIAC-- Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending finishing the last 2 difficulty modes as you do when you finish NORMAL mode. The only difference is the number of lives and continues they start you with. Kind of weak, as they should've given the player at least a modified ending on MANIAC difficulty, but they chose not to. COOL BALL (Takara) -This is an interesting puzzler developed by Bit Managers where you control a bouncing ball and must collect all the items on the screen to make an exit appear. The items you collect are also needed to get past certain obstacles, like using the key to unlock walls and the hammer to remove bricks out of your path. You start on Level 0 and the last playable Level is Level 99, making it a cool 100 Levels to play through. When you finish Level 99 it will go to Level HOME. This is just an ending screen showing your Cool Ball automatically bouncing on platforms and making it to his girlfriend ball at the bottom of the screen. You will need 3 Keys in your inventory to get through the wall blocking your girlfriend, so this ending Level would be wasted if you did not have them. When you reach her, hearts will float up from the both of you and the following message will appear: YOU HAVE FINISHED COOLBALL A few of the teams/people responsible for making the game will appear and then it will say: PRESS A BUTTON TO START All this does is bring you back to the title screen. Not much of an ending for playing through a whopping 100 Levels, but at least you can say you finished one of the harder Game Boy games out there. COOL WORLD (Ocean) -This is a rather strange platformer where you control a character who must go through each level and defeat all the enemies by shooting them to turn them into ink blobs, then sucking the ink blob in with your pen. There are a total of 5 Worlds. Worlds 1 through 4 each have 2 Waves. Each Wave has 2 sections. In the first section you must defeat all the enemies, then travel through the transporter into the 2nd section and defeat those enemies. Once you defeat all the enemies in each section the wave is over. There are a total of 9 Waves because in World 5 instead of having 2 Waves, it is just a boss battle. The final boss is a weird-looking bird-like creature that hops up and down trying to squash you. Just avoid it and blast away at it whenever you can and you will eventually defeat it. After your victory it goes to a screen showing a creature at what looks like a news desk and he says: WELL DONE COOL WORLD IS SAFE The credits roll during this and when they are done it stays on this screen until you press Start. There really isn't much to this game. COSMO TANK (Atlus) -A surprisingly good action game with a bit of an RPG element to it. You must battle your way through a total of 6 Planets, finding 4 Units to add to your tank among the planets as well as destroying the Energy Cores, Life Cores and Control Towers on each planet. Each planet also has 2D and 3D modes as well as a straight shooter sequence as you leave each planet. To get to the 6th and final planet, Gidoro, you must defeat the Life Cores on each of the previous 5 planets. When you fly to Gidoro you will have to battle the fortress during the shooter sequence and then will be able to enter. On Gidoro you will face off against the 5 previous Life Cores to defeat them once and for all. Once you do this you will face off against Gregor, the mastermind behind Gidoro. To defeat him, destroy his hands first, then attack the body. Be careful of the cross shaped projectile it shoots out from its center, as this will knock you out of the room and you have to restart the battle from the beginning. Once you destroy Gregor you will give the following message to Headquarters: HEADQUARTERS! THE MAIN ENEMY FORTRESS HAS BEEN DESTROYED! RETURNING TO BASE. It then shows the fortress Gidoro blowing up as your Cosmo Tank escapes the explosion. The STAFF credits then appear and you get one last message: TIGER a-1 HAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED HER MISSION. RETURNING TO BASE. It then says 1990 ATLUS and then pressing a button returns you to the title screen. Also note that this was all done on QUEST MODE. TRAINING MODE is just fighting practice while VS MODE is linking up against another player on a different Game Boy. CRYSTAL QUEST (Data East) -This is an old computer game ported over to the Game Boy by Data East. In it you control a small ship that must collect all the crystals on the screen to open the exit so you can go on to the next Wave. There are a total of 99 Waves and then it stops counting them. You will play Wave 99 until you die or get bored of playing. Wave 99 isn't the same board over and over again, but the number just stays the same. Also of note is that after Waves 14, 29, 44, 59, 74 and 89 you get a weird little cut scene showing something being blasted and you get a word on the screen (AWESOME, RADICAL, SUPERB, EXCELLENT, AWE- SOME again and RADICAL again respectively). When you get to Wave 99 even if you keep playing you will no longer get these cuts scenes, so I would consider beating this game as finishing Wave 99 once. CUTTHROAT ISLAND (Acclaim) -This is one of the more mundane action games you will ever play. You play as the female pirate Morgan Adams and your mission is to recover the 3 map pieces and find the treasure hidden at Cutthroat Island before the bad Dawg Brown finds it. There are a total of 13 Stages to play through which I will detail here: Stage 1 - His Majesty's Prison Stage 2 - Spittalfield Stage 3 - Spittalfield Tavern Stage 4 - Spittalfield Stage 5 - Spittalfield Harbor Stage 6 - Morning Star Stage 7 - Cutthroat Island Jungle Stage 8 - Cliff Stage 9 - Treasure Cavern Stage 10 - Cliff Stage 11 - Cove (single duel) Stage 12 - Sea Battle Finale Stage 13 - Untitled (final duel) You will automatically get your map pieces after beating the bosses of Stages 1, 3 and 5. Most of these Stages require monotonous battles against the same 3 types of pirates. By the end of the game you will know how to deal with each of them pretty efficiently. Stage 4 is an auto-scrolling Stage where you ride on top of a carriage. My biggest problem of the game came in Stage 7, the jungle. A single jungle cat tracks you down throughout the Stage and you cannot beat him. After over an hour of wondering what you are supposed to do I discovered that all you have to do is make it all the way to the right of the Stage and get in front of the cave entrance along the right wall and...press the Select button. Apparently the programmers couldn't figure out how to make it so you could enter a cave by pressing Up. Anyway, when you finish Stage 12 it will tally up your bonus points and then without showing you the map for the next Stage as it normally does you will just start your final duel against Dawg Brown. He is tough but wear him down and you will eventually put an end to him and finish the game. The ending is simple and consists of a screen showing your character standing in the room you just beat Dawg Brown in and it says YOU SCORED at the top with your points while a seafaring tune plays. It will then go to the CUTTHROAT ISLAND staff credits scroll and simply return to the title screen. CYRAID (Nexoft) -This looks like a straight-forward action game upon first look, but as soon as you get into the game you realize it is more of a puzzle game. I was stuck on one of the very early stage until I watched a youtube video and realized you could kick the ladders to different spots, something essential to beating the game. There are 4 Stages. Each Stage has a different number of levels in it. There are apparently different exits out of certain levels (I never fig- ured this part out) because in Stage 2 I jumped from Stage 2-12 to 2-16 so you don't necessarily have to play through every level to get to the boss of the Stage. I will list the last level of each Stage below (where you fight the boss) to at least give you an idea of how many levels are in each Stage: Stage 1-08 is the boss fight Stage 2-21 is the boss fight Stage 3-27 is the boss fight Stage 4-17 is the Final boss fight So unless the numbering is just messed up, there are a total of 73 levels to play through in the 4 Stages. When you make it to Stage 4-16 you get a weird scene showing the villain who stole your beloved Natasia giving you a gift. You walk forward and the gift turns out to be a gun, which you can use on the Final boss in the next level (Stage 4-17). He actually wishes you GOOD LUCK on his way out of the room. Weird. Collect the SUPERGUN and walk to the next room where you battle the final boss, the Brain. The Brain (or is it some kind of bug?) is surrounded by a force field at the top of the screen. Destroy the 4 gun emplacements located 2 on each side of his base, then climb to the top, avoiding his shots, and keep firing at him. He will explode and the screen beneath him will crack. Now climb to the bottom for the ending. The screen will start shaking and Natasia will appear from the next screen to pull you away. The next screen shows the 2 of you running off with the words HURRY, THIS WAY FOLLOW ME! appearing. You race off the screen and the next thing it shows is the space station you were on (Stage 4) exploding. It then shows your ship flying off towards a distant planet with the following message: LONG BATTLE WAS OVER AND PEACE HAS COME! -STARRING- -WARRIOR- THANKS FOR PLAYING -FIGHTER- SEE YOU AGAIN! -NATASIA- I LOVE YOU! -ROGUE- [this is the guy that gave you the gun] I AM STILL ALIVE 1990 EPOCH CO., LTD. PRESENTED BY NEXOFT It then shows your score at the top and -THE END- at the bottom where it will stay until you reset. You can enter THEEND as your password to play a harder version of the game, but you will get the same ending as this. DAEDALIAN OPUS (Vic Tokai) -This is a pure puzzle game where you must place Tetris-like shapes into a design on the screen. Once the design is filled up perfectly with the shapes you will move on to the next one. There are a total of 36 levels to play through. Every so often an old game named Dr. P will show up between levels and give you advice. He shows up right before Level 36 and tells you about the square block that you only get to use in the last puzzle. A neat little thing about this game is that when you complete a puzzle it shows your char- acter walking across the bridge to the next puzzle. Each puzzle looks like it is located on a tiny island. When you finish Level 35 and go to Level 36 you walk down a giant pier into the mouth of a giant cave that looks like a mon- ster. When you finish Level 36 it will show you next to Dr. P and the fairy in front of the monster island with the following text on the screen: AWESOME, DUDE! YOU'LL GET A PASSWORD TO ANY LEVEL. ZEAL KEEP COMING BACK AND I"LL MAKE YOU A DAEDALIAN MASTER! WELL DUDE, IT'S BEEN RADICAL. LATER. You are returned to the title screen. You can enter the password ZEAL which will allow you to select any level in the game but even if you go back and play through the levels again and see Dr. P again you get the same ending. DARKWING DUCK (Capcom) -Similar to the NES version, there are 7 stages in this one. You can play the first 3 stages in any order you choose. Once you beat them you can play the next 3 stages in any order. When those are beaten you will go on to the final stage, Stage 7. Battle your way through and you will face off against Steel Beak at the end. He is in a shielded room at the top of the screen, so you must break through there while avoiding the enemies in the room. Once you smash through, Steel Beak will drop to the floor. Continue to thrash him and victory will be yours. It will show Steel Beak on what looks like a TV screen with the following dialogue: YOU'VE FOILED MY PLANS THIS TIME DARKWING! BUT THE NEXT TIME WE MEET, I SHALL BE VICTORIOUS!!! The next screen shows the Professor and has this dialogue from him: JOB WELL DONE, DARKWING. ONCE AGAIN YOU'VE FREED THE CITY FROM F.O.W.L'S GRIP OF TERROR. YOU HAVE EARNED THE GRATITUDE OF THE ENTIRE CITY -FOREVER!!! It then goes to a screen with a nice black & white sunset as Darkwing Duck rides off. He hits a rock with his front tire and is tossed into the air. THE END appears on the screen and stays here until you reset. DAVID CRANE'S THE RESCUE OF PRINCESS BLOBETTE (Absolute) -This game, subtitled "Starring a Boy and His Blob", is a sequel to the NES game A Boy and His Blob. You must rescue Princess Blobette from the castle of the Antagonistic Alchemist. There are treasures scattered throughout the castle that you can grab, but the amount of treasure you grab does not af- fect the ending. Feed the blob various jellybeans to transform him into different items to help you get to new areas of the castle. A very creative puzzler, though having your blob push you to your doom on several occasions will have you very annoyed with the controls. Anyway, when you manage to get to the large cauldron and freeze it with a mint jellybean, you will turn the blob into a trampoline and catapult up through several screens until you reach the caged princess. When you whistle for your blob and throw him a honey jellybean to turn him into a hummingbird he will fly up to you but accidentally knock the princess out of the cage down. You now have to get back to the throne room you passed earlier, where she will be sitting there waiting for the blob. Whistle him into the room with you and he will take his place on the throne next to her. Hearts drift up from the happy blobs and it will say === YOU WIN === at the bottom of the screen. You can wait for it to go back to the title screen or press Start for a new game. Not much of an ending here, but if you know exactly where to go you can finish the game in a matter of minutes. DEAD HEAT SCRAMBLE (Electro Brain) -This is a cool little racing game that reminded me a little bit of Bump 'n Jump. The only difference is that Dead Heat Scramble takes place inside of what seems to be a long tube rather than the scenic outdoors. In each Stage you have a time limit. Finish the race in the alotted time and you get to play the next Stage. There are a total of 10 Stages to race through and there is even a map between Stages to show your progress. Stage 10 is tough but if you manage to beat it in time you will get the STAGE 10 CLEAR screen and it will tally up your points. It will then go to a screen with a checkboard border on the top and bottom with your car racing around it and the word CONGRATULATIONS flashing. The car will occasionally leap into the air and a large arm will come out of it flashing the peace sign (all 3 vehicles do this). You then get to enter your initials on the RANKING screen and then the DEAD HEAT SCRAMBLE ALL STAFF will scroll by ending with PRESNTED BY COPYA SYSTEM. Pressing a but- ton will bring you back to the title screen. DEXTERITY (SNK) -An action/puzzle game from the makers of the Neo Geo system. This game is fun, albeit maddening at times, complete with strategy and quick reflexes needed to make it to the end. There are 2 modes of play: 1P-SINGLE and 1P-MULTI (there is also a 1P vs 2P mode, but that requires a game link). 1P-SINGLE In this mode you must play through 30 Rounds, flipping all the tiles in every Round to move on to the next one. When you finish Round 30 you will do battle with a giant ghost boss. There had been no boss fights up to this point, so your first boss battle in 1P-SINGLE mode will be your last. To beat him just trap the mini-ghosts he throws at you between tiles and pick them up and toss them back at him. When you hit him enough times he will explode and a flashing orb will fall into your hand as it says WINNER! above you. You then walk to the next screen where you find a weeping Prin- cess Lufiea. She sees you and runs and hugs you as a big heart floats up the screen. The next screen shows the castle as the dark cloud floats up and away and then the DEXTERITY STAFF credits flash by. The various enemies in the game will bounce out of the castle and it will show their names as well. Princess Lufiea and Fal (your character's name) walk out of the castle and it says THE END above them. It stays here until you reset. 1P-MULTI In this mode there are only 3 Rounds. However, the rounds have multiple rooms in them, kind of set up like the dungeons in The Legend of Zelda. When you complete a room you can pick which room to go to next. The good thing is when you return to a room you already finished, it stays finished. Also, at the end of each Round you will face off against a boss. When you defeat the Round 1 and Round 2 bosses it will say WINNER! but then will quickly change to IMPOSTER and you will go to the next Round. Round 1 has 5 rooms, Round 2 has 7 rooms and Round 3 has 9 rooms (21 rooms total in 1P-MULTI. When you finish all 9 rooms in Round 3 you will fight the same boss that you faces at the end of 1P-SINGLE mode, the giant ghost. Defeat him exactly the same way and you will get the EXACT SAME ENDING that you got in 1P-SIN- GLE mode. Also of note is that you do not get the bonus rounds every third round in this mode. DICK TRACY (Bandai) -This is a straight-forward action title where you control Dick Tracy and must punch and shoot your way through 5 Stages with a total of 17 Levels. Stages 1 & 5 both have 4 levels and Stages 2, 3 & 4 each have 3 levels. In Stages 1-5 you have to collect 12 photos in each Stage. They are scattered throughout the levels and some are found by defeating certain thugs rather than just appearing in the background. If you don't find all 12 photos by the time you reach the boss of the Stage you will have to restart it. Here is a Game Shark code I made to always have all 12 photos so you can just make your way to the end of each Stage without worrying about collecting photos (010C0FCF). After beating the boss if you have all 12 photos you have a set amount of time to organize the pieces of photos into one big photo and get extra lives if you manage to do it. When you make it to Stage 5 you no longer have to find photo pieces but must make it to Stage 5-4 where you will have your showdown with Big Boy. Shoot at him until he retreats, chase after him, shoot at him until he retreats a second time and chase after him again. When you shoot him enough times now he will crumple to the ground in defeat. The next scene shows Dick Tracy holding Big Boy by the shirt and Boy says: TRACY, NO, I CAN MAKE YOU A RICH MAN! NO, DON'T PUNCH ME! The next scene is comical as it shows Big Boy flying out of the warehouse into the water with a trail of A's coming from him. The next scene shows Dick with Tess and she says: COME ON, TRACY, LET'S GO GET SOME CHILI! Yeah, chili will be great to set the mood for love-making later on. Anyway, a few credits roll by and it goes back to the screen with Tracy and Tess and it says THE END on the bottom, where it stays until you reset. DIG DUG (Namco) -Fans of the arcade classic should be fairly happy with this title. Not only is the original Dig Dug included on this cart but and entirely new Dig Dug game, called New Dig Dug, is included as well, technically making this a multi-cartridge. In the original DIG DUG you must inflate your enemies before they get to you. When there is only 1 enemy left on the screen to inflate he will run off and the round will end. You can still try to get him for points but it doesn't matter in terms of finishing the round. There is no ending to DIG DUG for the Game Boy. When you reach Round 99 and finish it, you will go to Round 0. Finish Round 0 and you go to Round 1 and the rounds will proceed back up to Round 99 where it will reset again. An infinite loop of rounds, which seems about right because the arcade game was probably the same. For those of you scoring enthusiasts out there, when you reach 999,990 points, the score will not reset to 0 but will stay at the high score and not start over again. Now, for the game NEW DIG DUG on this cartridge, the goal is to collect 3 keys in each round to open a door. When the door is open you can go on to the next round. After you finish Round 10 you will have to battle a boss, which just has you trying to inflate a bomb in the center of the screen while the boss and his minions try and get you. When you hit the bomb 25 times with your weapon it will explode and take out the enemies while you escape through a hole in the ground. NEW DIG DUG has a total of 40 Rounds plus 4 Boss Rounds at the end of each 10th Round. The boss after Round 20 takes 50 pumps to blow up his bomb, the boss after Round 30 takes 70 pumps to blow his up and the boss after Round 40, the Final Boss, takes a whopping 99 pumps to detonate his bomb and wipe him out for good. When you do this you will get the ROUND CLEAR! screen as usual with a BONUS 15000 points and a pic of you thrashing the boss. The next screen shows an enlarged version of you pumping up an enemy as the NEW DIGDUG STAFF credits begin. There will be several cools pics of Dig Dug as the credits roll, including him pounding on a locked door, running from a spiked ball, hiding from a skeleton, pumping up the bomb during the boss fight, watching the boss go down in flames and one of you cheering as the temple crumbles in the back ground. The NEW DIGDUG CAST scrolls by, with pictures and names of the following: DIGDUG POOKA FYGAR SKULL FYGAR BOSS POOKA BOSS FYGAR (final boss) A few more credits roll by followed by the NAMCO logo and it ends on a screen with a giant END in the middle with a Pooka stuck to it and YOUR SCORE below it. It then returns you to the title screen. DOUBLE DRAGON (Tradewest) -There are a total of 4 Missions to play through in this portable port of the classic arcade game. You will have to deal with that nasty Abobo guy several times in this game, including once at the end of Mission 3 while the floor is crumbling from the left side of the screen. However, he isn't the final boss at the end of Mission 4. That distinction belongs to Willy, who unfairly totes a machine gun. When going up against Willy in this final battle, try to stay close enough to him so he will not fire his gun. Move up or down the screen while close and try to sneak in a punch, kick or jump kick just as he lines up with you horizontally. If/When you manage to defeat him, the door will open up and Marian will appear. Go up to her and the vic- tory music will sound. You will then get a picture of you and Marian with the following text below it: YOU HAVE SAVED MARIAN'S LIFE, WITH YOUR OWN HANDS. That will scroll of the screen and several STAFF credits will scroll by, followed by THE END, where it will stay until you reset. This is a pretty basic ending. DOUBLE DRAGON II (Acclaim) -This is a pretty short port of the classic arcade game sequel for the Game Boy. There are only 3 Stages, with each Stage being broken up into several areas. Also, there are 3 difficulty modes: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. The default mode is NORMAL. If you play the game on EASY mode you only get to play Stage 1. When you finish Stage 1 you will get this message: THE EASY LEVEL ENDS HERE. TO PLAY TILL THE END, CHANGE THE LEVEL TO NORMAL OR HARD. It will then return to the title screen when you hit a button. When you play the game on NORMAL or HARD mode you will get to play the full 3 Stages and will get the same ending on both modes. Stage 3 is the longest area of the game and includes 9 areas to play through, including revisiting 4 of the previous bosses one right after another later in the Stage. When you reach the end you will find the Dojo master, Gordon, who realizes that you were framed and then Anderson, the final boss, appears to deal you some pain. Fend him off and give him a taste of his own medecine. Defeat him and you will go over to the fallen Gordon and the following dialogue transpires: GORDON "BILLY, SORRY I SHOULD HAVE BELIEVED YOU." BILLY "BOSS, WE CAN'T JUST GIVE UP THE SCORPIONS." BILLY "WE'LL HAVE TO FIGHT FOR IT." The STAFF credits then appear beneath you and Gordon and flash by for awhile followed by THE END where it stays until you hit a button. This was not much of an ending but at least the gameplay was not as nasty as it was in the next game in the series, DOUBLE DRAGON 3 - THE ARCADE GAME. DOUBLE DRAGON 3 - THE ARCADE GAME (Tradewest/The Sales Curve) -This could be one of the most difficult action games I have ever played. I'm not that great at beat-em ups but this game is impossibly hard. If you have 2 or more enemies around you they will pretty much beat you to death without you being able to get as much as a kick or punch in. Even a half second of invincibility after getting hit would have made all the difference in this game being a lot more playable. There are 5 Missions to play through in search of the Rosetta Stones. In order they are AMERICA, CHINA, JAPAN, ITALY and EGYPT. Missions 2, 3 & 4 are fairly short but when you get to EGYPT there are several areas and bosses to get through. The old lady that helped you in the game ends up turning on you in this Mission. YOu also have an area where you have to quickly step on some tiles spelling out the word ROSETTA while avoiding an enemy shooting fireballs at you in order to open up the escape door. After this you fight a Mummy and finally Cleopatra herself. She is tough, as she shoots orbs at you, but if you manage to last longer than her you will get treated to the ending. It shows a treasure chest with what are probably jewels, weapons and other trinkets (hard to tell since it is in black & white and not drawn that well) along with this message: THE BATTLE HAS ENDED. It then shows an Egyptian pyramid with the following text under it: THE HEROES SWORE THEY WOULD GIVE CLEOPATRA'S TREASURE TO CHARITY. It then shows your character (along with a few other toughies) and it says: WHEN THE THIRD STONE IS FOUND, ITS POWER WILL CHANGE THE WORLD.. A few staff credits will follow and then it is back to the title screen. This game is much different than Double Dragon III for the NES in many ways, even though the Rosetta Stones are the story driver for both games. In the NES version you fight Princess Noiram (Marion backwards) instead of Cleopatra and you have the option of playing as one of 4 characters in the NES version, ra- ther than just 1 character in this Game Boy port (those 4 characters from the NES version may be the toughies mentioned in the GB ending here). Consider yourself extremely skilled and patient if you beat this game without cheats. DR. FRANKEN (Kemco) -This game is almost identical to the NES prototype game that was discovered but never released for that system. You play as Frankenstein's monster and must play through an open-ended castle full of rooms in search of various items as well as body parts to put together the girl. There is no in-game story before you start, so you just basically find yourself starting in the castle with no real direction on where to go. This is definitely a game where maps and a walkthrough (DEngel's is excellent) will save you hours of mind- less wandering, unless you like that kind of stuff. Anyway, when you eventu- ally get 100% of the items in the game and make it to the last room, where the parts of the girl are assembled, it will cut to a scene showing the top of the castle with lightning flashing and then go to a scene showing your character next to the girl strapped onto the slab with the lightning going into her head. Suddenly you both disappear and THE END appears on a black screen where it stays until you press a button. What a rip-off of an ending! If I had spent time mapping this game and figuring out where everything was I would have been fuming about that lousy ending. The ending to this game's sequel, Dr. Franken II, was unsatisfying, yet it was much better than this one. DR. FRANKEN II (Jaleco) -This is one of those scavenger hunt games, like the Linus Spacehead game on the NES, where you must find items that let you get past obstacles and pro- ceed further into areas of the game that were previously unaccessible. Your main goal playing as Franky is to find the 6 Golden Tablet pieces. The game world consists of a main Hub area (called The Moat) that connects the other 6 areas that you will be exploring. They are: The Chateau, The Forest, The Village, The Garden, The Sea World and Egypt. Gameplay is the same in all of them except in The Sea World you are underwater and must keep track of your oxygen consumption or you will perish. Once you manage to track down all 6 pieces of the Golden Tablet (probably using GammaBetaAlpha's guide like I did), make your way back to The Chateau and the very beginning of the game where it all started. Walk up to Frankenstein Sr. and his face will appear on the screen along with this message: .....WELL DONE FRANKY, YOU'VE SAVED THE CHATEAU!............ It then shows a larger picture of Frank with THE END underneath it. Quite an unsatisfying ending, complete (or incomplete) with a lack of credits, but it was still better than Dr. Franken's ending. DRAGON'S LAIR - THE LEGEND (Sony Imagesoft) -If you have played this game, then you will agree that it is probably one of the most difficult games ever created and definitely the most difficult game for the Game Boy. Extremely poor controls and hit detection make this a chore to play, not to mention the game has absolutely nothing to do with the classic Dragon's Lair game. Sony took an old Spectrum computer game called Roller Coaster and just hacked the game a bit to include what is supposed to be Dirk from Dragon's Lair. So as for the game itself, you have to travel throughout the land and collect Life Stones...all of them. There are a total of 194 Life Stones that you must collect. They are scattered all over the place but luck- ily are all easily seen and not hidden. Some are hard to get to and you'd be crazy to try and beat these without an infinite lives code, but if you miss even one of them you will not be able to beat the game. Also, there isn't even an onscreen display telling you how many you have collected. You have to die to see what your total is. The world you play in is pretty open. When you start the game you can go in whatever direction you want and you can backtrack if you think you forgot a Life Stone somewhere. The ultimate goal is working your way to the clouds where you will see an Eagle at the bottom of the screen just sitting there. Get on the Eagle's back and it will soar across several screens (there are several Life Stones you have to snag while on the Eagle's back, which isn't an easy task) until it stops on a screen where there is a giant Knight laying on a slab at the top of the screen and a giant sword spin- ning at the bottom of the screen. If you get to this point with anything less than 194 Life Stones, all you can do is admire the giant Knight (unless you use the Game Shark code created by nolberto82 at gamehacking.org to have all the Life Stones). If you do have all 194 Life Stones and do not have to go back to find anymore, get back on the Eagle when he returns and when he takes back off jump off of him so you can jump up to the top of the screen where the Knight is laying. Now walk towards the Knight you will get this message: WELL DONE! YOU HAVE SUCCEEEDED IN AWAKENING THE DORMANT KNIGHT. TOGETHER YOU CAN FACE THE EVIL OF MORDROCS POWER. ANOTHER TIME..... ANOTHER PLACE... THE END. That is all you will get for an ending. It puts you back on the screen where you first jumped on the Eagle. You can either climb back on him and fly to the Knight to see the ending again, explore the land some more or just jump off the cliff until you lose all your lives. A purely evil game. DUCK TALES (Capcom) -Sometimes titled "Disney's DuckTales" this game plays just like its NES counterpart. You play as Scrooge McDuck and must travel through 5 Stages in search of treasure while getting assistance from your nephews and other various characters from the popular cartoon of the time. The 5 Stages are: THE AMAZON TRANSYLVANIA AFRICAN MINES THE HIMALAYAS THE MOON You can play these in whatever order you would like but you do need to get a key in Transylvania to get through the gate at the beginning of the Afri- can Mines. When you defeat all 5 of the Stage bosses you will have to make one more trip into Transylvania, where you must travel through a not too difficult mirror maze where you will battle Dracura (their misspelling) Duck. When you defeat him, by bopping him 4 times, Flintheart Glomgold will appear. You must climb up the rope 2 screens and grab the treasure before he does, which is fairly easy. When you get to the treasure it will go to a screen showing Scrooge McDuck standing in front of the giant chest as diamonds shoot out of it. It then goes to a screen with the following text: DUCK PRESS SCROOGE REMAINS THE RICHEST DUCK IN WORLD. DARING EXPL- ORERSCROOGE MCDUCK HAS FOUND THE FIVE LEGEND- ARY TREASUR- ES MAKING HIM THE RIC- HEST DUCK IN THE WORLD. It shows Scrooge on the side of the screen with a medal beneath him. The next screen shows your 3 nephews at the top and says: HUEY DEWEY AND LOUIE HOORAY UNCLE SCROOGE! WE'RE GLAD YOU FOUND THE TREASURES. BUT DON'T FORGET WE HELPED TOO! It then goes to a final screen showing Scrooge McDuck with his finger raised and this text: RIGHT LADS! I COULDN'T HAVE DONE IT WITHOUT YOU. I REALLY AM THE RICHEST DUCK IN THE WORLD. END It stays on this screen, playing the familiar Duck Tales theme song, until you reset. Also of note, the game has 3 difficulty settings: Easy, Normal and Difficult. I finished the game on each setting and got the same exact ending. ELEVATOR ACTION (Taito) -Here is the classic arcade game for the Game Boy. It is fairly difficult like the other versions of Elevator Action but at least there is more struc- ture to the levels (called Scenes) than in the NES version. Play through each scene, getting all of the files behind the dark shaded doors on your way down and reach the lowest level where your girlfriend will be waiting for you in the getaway car. Play through Scene 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4 and 1-5 and when you get to Scene 1-6 things will change a bit. You have to work your way up the building because when you finished Scene 1-5 and your girlfriend was waiting for you in the getaway car she was abducted by a man in black. Now in 1-6 you have to find her. When you get near the top of the building you will see a dark shaded door that does not have a ? on it. She was behind that one. When you go through the door you switch to a view showing her tied up on the 30th level of the building and you come through the door in the room next to her. Alarms sound and you are ambushed by men in black, robot drones and the evil black dogs. Defeat the whole horde of them and you will walk to the right to raise the divider separating you from your girl. You hug and a big heart appears over you and it says CONGRATULATIONS! above you and gives you BONUS points. You then start Scene 2-1. Play through Scene 2-1 to 2-6 and rescue the girl in 2-6 just like you did in 1-6. Now it goes on to Scene 3-1. In fact, the game will just go on repeating just like this, with every 6th level of a scene being the one where you must rescue the girl. When you finish Scene 9-6 it will go on and restart again but instead of saying Scene 10-1 it uses a garbled symbol instead of 10. I played through the 6 stages of Scene 10 and Scene 11 uses a weird sunburst symbol instead of an 11. I am assuming the pro- grammers never thought the player would make it this far and because of this I can guess there is no definite ending and the game just keeps going on and on. Your score stops at 999,990 but never turns over. FACEBALL 2000 (Bullet Proof Software) -This is an interesting one. You control a little bouncy ball with a face on it (faceball, right) and must make it through a bunch of Levels that have enemies, keys, warps, etc. in them. Some of the Levels are easy, some require a good deal of thought to figure out. If you play the game straight through without warping there are a total of 70 Levels to beat. When you get to the exit door of Level 70 there is a clue ball near it that you can open up and read the following message: CONGRATULATIONS...YOU HAVE BEATEN THE MAZE MASTER. YOU ARE THE NEW CYBERSCAPE CHAMPION. That was pretty cool getting an ending message before you actually finish the game. Now go through the nearby exit of The Master's Castle and you will get the usual EXCELLENT! message saying LEVEL 70 COMPLETE! along with your SCORE and TIME BONUS. Now it will go to a cool sequence showing the various bounc- ing balls from the game as you approach some kind of tunnel and then it shows the FACEBALL 2000 staff credits and ending with the BULLET-PROOF SOFTWARE and XANTH SOFTWARE F/X teams giving you a HAVE A NICE DAY! message. It then re- turns you to the title screen. Now that you've played through all 70 Levels and finished the game, there are a bonus 5 Levels you can play through (they are numbered Levels 71 - 75). To get to Level 71 you must use the warp in Level 1 or Level 5 (use KeyBlade999's maps on Gamefaqs to find these) and you will be able to play through these extra 5 Levels. However, when you fin- ish Level 75 you do not get any kind of an ending, it just brings you to Level 61 for some reason. FASTEST LAP (NTVIC) -In this racing game you have a few options when deciding how to race. You can do Free Practice or an Exhibition Race, where you can hone your skills and get used to the game, but the main option in this game is the World Tour. In it you will have 16 different races to compete in. They are as follows: Round 1: USA Round 2: Brazil Round 3: San Marino Round 4: Monaco Round 5: Canada Round 6: Mexico Round 7: France Round 8: Britain Round 9: Germany Round 10: Hungary Round 11: Belgium Round 12: Italy Round 13: Portugal Round 14: Spain Round 15: Japan Round 16: Australia Each of these races is comprised of 5 laps. To qualify for a race you have 3 chances at the Time Attack practice races to get a good qualifying time. You only have to get a good time on one of the races and if you do you can pass on the other two. Now when you go through the game, qualifying for each race and then finishing each race with a decent amount of points you will finally reach Round 16, the Australian race. If you finish this one with a good time you will get the usual race congratulations screen followed by the PLACE DRIVER POINT screen like you always get after a race. If you managed to score more points than all the other drivers it will go to a victory screen showing you holding your arms in the air and below you will scroll the words: YOU ARE DRIVERS CHAMPION! The FASTEST LAP STAFF will then scroll by and the last words to appear are: THE GREATEST DRIVER [YOUR NAME] Pressing Start at this point brings you back to the title screen. Also of im- portance, there are 3 difficulty levels: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. However, you get the same exact ending on all difficulties, so they are just there so you can challenge yourself. FINAL FANTASY ADVENTURE (SquareSoft) -This is one of the best Game Boy games out there, very similar to a Legend of Zelda game and part of the Seiken Densetsu series. In it you play as the Hero (you can name him) and must travel the land visiting towns, finding items, weapons and armor and beating many enemies and bosses along the way. Your ult- imate goal is to get to the Tower of Gemma, where you will battle 3 dragons and finally get to take on the main enemy in the game, Julius. After beating the 3 dragons you will take a portal to the Tree of Mana. The lady there will turn your Rusty Sword into the great sword Excalibur. You will then fight Jul- ius, who is holding the daughter of the lady hostage. He has 3 forms. In the first form you have to defeat 3 different Julius'. Defeat him and he turns in- to a monstrous Julius. After you defeat him you think it is over, but now have to fight him one final time in front of the Mana Tree. When you defeat this 3rd form he will finally be done, but when he explodes he destroys the Mana Tree with him. The following is the text that appears and who said it, if ap- plicable (I'll refer to the Girl as Ava and the Hero as Adan): THE MANA TREE DISAPPEARED. ADAN: OH.... .. AVA: .. WHAT AM I SUPPOSED TO DO? AVA, MY DEAR.... AVA: .... MOM? MOTHER: NOW THAT THE MANA TREE IS LOST, WE NEED.. A NEW GEMMA OF THE MANA TREE. AVA: .. NEW TREE? MOTHER: REMEMBER WHAT I TOLD YOU? WE ARE THE SEEDS OF THE MANA TREE. WE WILL BE A BUD CALLED GEMMA AND WE BECOME A TREE. AND THE GEMMA KNIGHTS FIGHT TO GUARD IT. I BECAME THE GEMMA LAST TIME WE LOST THE TREE. AVA: THAT TREE....? WAS IT YOU...? MOTHER: ..YES, AVA. BUT.. YOU ARE THE LAST MEMBER OF US MANA FAMILY. TO PRESERVE THE MANA TREE, WE NEED YOU TO STAY HERE AND BECOME THE GEMMA. BUT.. AVA.. NOBODY ELSE CAN DECIDE FOR YOUR LIFE BUT YOU.. AVA: I WILL, MOM. I WILL BE THE NEW TREE OF MANA. BUT IF I AM THE LAST ONE LEFT, WHEN I FALL.. MOTHER: YES.. THAT WILL BE THE END OF THE PEACE.. AVA: .. BYE.. ADAN. PLEASE GO.. .. I MUST STAY HERE.. .... DON'T WORRY. I WILL BE HERE AS LONG AS.. .. YOU GUARD ME FROM THE EVIL.... MOTHER: ADAN.... PLEASE GUARD MY DAUGHTER. YOU ARE THE ONLY GEMMA KNIGHT FOR THE TREE NOW.... MOTHER: I WILL BE WITHERING SOON.. PLEASE TELL MY GEMMA KNIGHTS THAT I SAID.. GOOD-BYE AND THANKS TO THEM. MOTHER: .. GOOD-BYE.. ADAN: .. AVA.. AVA: ADAN.... AVA: GOOD-BYE. ADAN: .. AVA.. GOOD.. BYE.. GOOD-BYE.. ..AVA.... GEMMA.. THE GUARDIAN OF THE PEACEFUL LAND.. THE NEW GEMMA MUST NOT BE LOST EVER AFTER.. WE ALL MUST KEEP IT FOREVER.. AND YOU, ADAN, ARE THE ONLY GEMMA KNIGHT NOW.. It will now show the HERO visiting various towns and places in the game as the various Staff credits appear in a box below him. The credits sequences ends with a black screen with THE END and a spotlight showing on what looks like the Mana Seed sprouting from the ground. FISH DUDE (Sofel) -This is a pretty neat little title where you play as a fish that has to go around and eat smaller fish to proceed to the next level. Luckily if you get eaten by a bigger fish during gameplay, the number of fish you have eaten does not reset, so once you get used to the gameplay you can hide from the bigger fish and go after the small ones. You can also eat the bigger fish but you have to be really careful because they come after you pretty quick. Hold the A button down to open your mouth before going after them and if you manage to get them in your mouth, chew em up like crazy. There are 3 levels to play through, each with 3 stages. When you finish Level 3, Stage 3 (where you have to eat 3 big fish to finish the stage) you will get a screen with a banner floating across it that says WINNER with fish of different sizes swimming ar- ound it. At the bottom of the screen it says NOW GO TO ADVANCED LEVELS A-C. These are definitely harder. Play through Levels A, B and C (each of these levels also has 3 stages, giving the game a grand total of 18 stages) and when you reach Level C-3 you will have to eat 5 of the big fish. Accomplish this and you will get the same WINNER banner floating across the screen but now it will say YOU ARE THE CHAMP at the bottom. Press Start and you will get a GAME OVER screen, which I detest getting after finishing a game. THE END is always a lot more rewarding and not a slap in the face, especially for a game that came out in 1991. FIST OF THE NORTH STAR (Electro Brain) -Unlike the NES version of the game where you played through side scrolling action levels and fought a boss at the end, the Game Boy version is more of a Street Fighter style fighting game where you pick from 1 of 11 fighters and try to fight your way through the other 10 to become ruler of the known uni- verse. Kenshiro is the main good guy and Kaioh is the main bad guy, but you can pick any of the fighters to play through the game as. I picked Kenshiro and battled past all of them, ending with the battle against Kaioh. After de- feating him it said WINNER! KENSHIRO and gives you experience points for win- ning the battle. It then goes to a screen where CONGRATULATION! flashes and then scrolls through STAFF credits, showing each of the fighters practicing their moves in a little box while the credits roll. THE END scrolls onto the screen and then you can either select Continue or Password. I selected Cont- inue and played through the game with Kenshiro again and got the same exact ending. If you play through as any of the other characters and finish the game you will get the same exact ending, no matter who you play as. Kaioh will always be the last guy to beat, unless you are playing as him. If you play through the game as Kaioh, your final opponent will be Kenshiro. Un- fortunately you will get the same weak ending beating the game as Kaioh that you got beating the game as any of the other 10 fighters. Wish there would have at least been a different ending message for each guy. FLASH, THE (T*HQ) -This is just your straight-forward action game where you must guide Flash through 13 stages of enemies and diffuse a bomb at the end of each stage. The Trickster is the one setting these bombs and by the time you reach Stage 13 Flash will be exhausted, as you will be able to tell from the intermission scenes between each stage. In Stage 13 you will have to battle the Trickster as you climb up levels of a building. Defeat him several times and you will finally reach the top. You can see the bomb you need to diffuse on the other side of a pillar, but it is unbreakable. However, if break the 3 objects to the left of the pillar you will then be able to smash the previously un- breakable pillar and diffuse the last bomb. It will go to a dialogue screen where Flash says: WHEW! FOR A MINUTE THERE, I DIDN'T THINK EITHER OF US WOULD MAKE IT! BUT NOW WITH THE TRICKSTER SAFE BEHIND BARS AGAIN, MAYBE WE CAN BOTH RELAX FOR ONCE! She says: YOU MEAN UNTIL THE NEXT THREAT TO CENTRAL CITY COMES ALONG! Flash: THAT'S RIGHT, AND THE FLASH WILL BE READY FOR IT! The Flash will then wink at you and it will stay on this screen until you hit A or Start which will cause it to return to the title screen. FORTIFIED ZONE (Jaleco) -This is a cool little action game that reminds me a little bit of Metal Gear for some reason. It is purely action and you go through rooms like in the underground Legend of Zelda areas but your main goal is to find keys that open locked doors while battling a few mini-bosses and end-of-stage bosses along the way. There are only 4 stages to play through. The first 2 stage each have 20 rooms on a 4x5 grid. Stages 3 & 4 both have double the rooms, as they each have two floors, each one having 20 rooms on a 4x5 grid. When you battle through Stage 4 you will eventually have to battle some of the bosses you have already defeated and will finally get to a big machine-looking boss. Destroy the "head" of it then wear down the rest of it. This seems like it is the final boss battle of the game but when you destroy this thing you are plopped back in the maze. Backtrack to the room where there are 3 ways to go on the bottom of the room but this time head up and defeat a mini-boss be- fore your final battle of the game. Attack the front of this thing and then go after the body and you will eventually destroy it. It will say STAGE 4 CLEARED and then: CONGRATULATIONS! MISSION COMPLETED The screen will fade to a cool screen showing the two heroes walking away from the battle area (the fortified zone?) as it blows up behind them. This screen fades to another showing their two smiling faces and then this one fades to a view of them waving at a rescue chopper that is on the ground. After this the STAFF credits roll and end on the PRESENTED BY JALECO screen. FROGGER (Majesco) -Yet another classic arcade game released for the Game Boy. Unlike Asteroids and a couple of other classics on the GB, Frogger has an ending...sort of. There are a total of 8 levels to play through. Each one gets increasingly dif- ficult and culminate in the nearly impossible Level 8. If you somehow manage to get all 5 frogs across the busy intersection and waterway you will get a screen showing the frog saying GET READY! and the message underneath says: GREAT JOB! YOU WRAPPED THE LEVELS It then returns you to Level 1. However, instead of saying LEVEL 1 at the bot- tom of the screen like it usually would it now says !!!!! 1. The speed of the cars and logs seem to be the same as it would be in Level 1 but now the snakes are in the median and on the logs so it is a lot tougher. You can play through the !!!!! levels and when you finish !!!!! 8 you will get the same ending you got the first time through and it will start you back at !!!!! 1 again. Still, it was cool to get an ending message saying you wrapped the levels. Also of note is that when your score reaches 99,990 it stops there and does not wrap back to 0. GAME & WATCH GALLERY (Nintendo) -This is going to be a long one. This cart consists of 4 classic Game & Watch Nintendo games. Each of the 4 classic games also has a modern remake of that game on this cart, giving you a total of 8 games. The 4 individual games are called MANHOLE, FIRE, OCTOPUS and OIL PANIC. Before we get into how you trigger the endings I will explain the Gallery part of the game. If you score a certain amount of points in the modern and classic versions of each game it will give you a star which unlocks the ability to see another old Game & Watch game in the Gallery Corner. You cannot play this old game but it gives you the name of the game and a brief history of it. You can unlock these stars by scoring 400 points and then 800 points. You can unlock a total of 16 Gallery stars. This part of the game is for fun. Both modern and clas- sic version of the game each have Easy and Hard modes. If you earn all the Rank stars in modern mode of each game you can unlock a Very Hard mode. Now in each of the games you get Rank stars for every 200 points you score (up to 1000 points). That means by beating the Easy and Hard modes of both the modern and classic versions of the game you can earn a total of 20 Rank stars for each game. You cannot earn any Rank stars in Very Hard mode. Anyway, when you get all 20 Rank Stars in one of the 4 games it will trigger the 1st end- ing (it does not matter which of the 4 games you do this first in): ** **1ST ENDING** You get the following message to start the ending: YOU DID IT!! YOU GET STAR'S IN ALL 4 GAMES. YOU GET A STAR FOR EVERY 200 POINTS. HOW MANY CAN YOU GET? Mario and Luigi will roll a cannon out near the entrance to a castle. It will shoot a bomb up into the air and it will explode. The GAME & WATCH GALLERY CAST will appear, showing names of the characters from each of the 4 games on the cart and Mario and Luigi continue to catch Bob-Omb and shoot him back up into the sky. When the credits are finished one final bomb is shot up and it says TO BE CONTINUED NINTENDO as the princess appears in the castle window. It will then go back to the title screen. ** **2ND ENDING** When you manage to get all 20 Rank stars for another of the 4 games on the cart it will trigger the the 2nd ending (the 40 star ending). The following message starts it out: YOU DID IT!! YOU GET STAR'S IN ALL 8 GAMES. GET MORE THAN 800 POINTS IN MODERN AND CLASSIC MODES TO SEE ALL OF THE GALLERY! You will then get the same exact ending sequence that you got in the 1st end- ing, with Mario and Luigi, the cannon, the staff credits and everything end- ing with the same THANK YOU FOR PLAYING NINTENDO message then returning you back to the title screen where you can keep playing. Now say you were playing the games in the order that they are presented in the main menu and you have already gotten all stars in MANHOLE to get the 1st ending and then got all the stars in FIRE to get the 2nd ending. Now you go to play the 3rd game on the menu, OCTOPUS, and you get all 20 stars in that game. You will not get an ending when you reach 60 total stars, even though you got one when you reached 20 stars and 40 stars. Instead, the next ending you get will be the final ending, when you get the full 80 stars by getting 20 stars in all the games: ** **3RD ENDING** When you manage to get 20 stars on the 4th and final game on the cart for a grand total of 80 stars (that means scoring over 1000 points on both the classic and modern versions of each game on both Easy and Hard modes for each version (not Very Hard mode though) it will trigger the 3rd and final ending. It will show all the Nintendo characters from the game on the screen. The Princess is near the top of the tower and a star gets tossed out to Mario and Luigi who are holding a trampoline. If you bounce the star a couple times it will bounce up to Yoshi, who is sitting on a cloud with Donkey Kong Jr., and he will spit out confetti. There are also 3 mushroom retainers on the screen. If you don't bounce the star up to him you just won't get to see him spit out confetti. Anyway, after a few seconds more of them waving at you it will go to that screen you got in the other 2 endings where Mario and Luigi roll out a cannon and catch Bob-Ombs and shoot them up into the air. The only differ- ence this time around is that instead of showing a CAST of characters that were in the game it will show the GAME&WATCH GALLERY STAFF and programmers of the game. After you see all the people responsible for putting out this fine collaboration of games it will end with THANK YOU FOR PLAYING NINTENDO. This was a very well done Game Boy game, combining the classic Game & Watch games with their modern day counterparts and providing a ton of gameplay to be able to get all the endings. GAME OF HARMONY, THE (Accolade) -A unique game where you control a small ship that looks like the ship from Asteroids and must bump orbs of the same symbol into each other to eliminate them from the screen. There are a total of 50 Levels in this game, with every 4th Level being a Bonus Level. If you manage to finish Level 50 you will get a one screen ending that says CONGRATULATIONS! with a bunch of orbs exploding around your ship like fireworks. You then go to a high scorers screen where you can enter your name. Not much of an ending programmed by the guys from Code Monkeys. GARGOYLE'S QUEST (Capcom) -This was one of my favorite Game Boy games back in the early 90s when it came out. You play as one of those annoying red devil enemies from the NES game Ghosts n Goblins and the game is half action, half RPG. Your quest is to gain enough items and abilities to prove that you are the savior of the land and all that good stuff and your ultimate goal is to make it to the castle of Breager, the ultimate bad guy in this game. Along the way you will use 4 different weapons, each with their own ability, like using the Block Buster to break blocks that get in your way and using the Claw weapon to shoot a substance onto the spikes so you can attach to it and "climb" up spiked walls. In your not-so-long journey you will come across several towns and battle a total of 6 boss battles, including Breager as well as the demon before him, Rushifell, who looks exactly like the final boss from Ghouls and Ghosts for the Genesis/SNES. When you finally reach Breager you will need to keep blasting him in the head to defeat him. After he is beaten you will talk to him and he will say: WHAT! I'VE BEEN DEFEATED TWICE? I'LL NEVER FORGET THIS. I'LL BE BACK AND... THEN... I'LL... GUUH... GWAAAA!!!!!!!!! The screen flashes and Breager disappears. You will then appear in the throne room of King Darkoan. Speak to his 3 minions for congratulations then speak to the King. He says: BUT WHY DIDN'T YOU TELL ME YOU WERE THE LEGENDARY RED BLAZE. ANYWAY, YOU SAVED THE REALM. I HOPE YOU'LL STAY HERE AND HELP US. BY THE WAY, FIREBRAND, THE EARTH IS YOURS. IF YOU CAN CONQUER THE EARTH, YOU CAN BE KING THERE. GOOD LUCK! The screen fades out and you get the following scrolling message: WHEN BREAGER WAS DEFEATED, HIS POWER OVER DARKOAN VANISHED. DARKOAN REGAINED HIS GREAT POWER AND DEFEATED THE ENTIRE ARMY OF DESTROYERS. THE GHOUL REALM BECAME SAFE (?) AGAIN. FIREBRAND BECAME WELL KNOWN THROUGHOUT THE GHOUL REALM, A LEGEND IN HIS OWN TIME. THE END It then shows several enemies/bosses and their names, then shows FIREBRAND then goes to the PRESENTED BY CAPCOM screen where it stays until you reset. GO! GO! TANK (Electro Brain) -This is an interesting action/puzzle game where you control a plane with a grappling hook and must pick up tetris shaped blocks and move them around in a manner so your tank friend at the bottom of the screen can use the blocks as steps to make it to the enemy base at the end of the Stage. Add persistent enemies and the fact that the plane is not easy to control and you have one pretty difficult game here. There are a total of 10 Stages. Between each Stage it brings you to a map screen and shows you move to the next Stage. When you get to Stage 10 and finish it you will get the usual GOOD! screen that shows the cartoon-like tank and plane and then it will go to the map screen. You will move to the last area on the map and it will tally your score. You then are "rewarded" with the game's one screen ending, showing the plane waving and the tank jumping around with the word CONGRATULATIONS at the top of the screen. You are then returned to the title screen. Not much to see here. GODZILLA (Toho) -This is a puzzle game in which you control Godzilla and must fight your way through many Stages to rescue your son Minilla. The object of each Stage is to destroy all the rocks in them to make the exit appear so you can move on to the next. However, many of the Stages have multiple exits, so the game is like one giant maze trying to figure out where to go. There are a grand total of 64 Stages but if you use KeyBlade999's FAQ/Walkthrough for it you will see that the fastest route possible to the Stage where you rescue Minilla has you playing through about 31 of them. When you break all the rocks in this last Stage there will be no exit door but you will instead be shown the ending. It will go to a screen with a big picture of Minilla on it with his name next to him (like the pictures of all the monsters if you watch past the title screen) with the message THANK YOU, DADDY below him. Pressing button A shows the words THE END and then pressing Start brings you back to the title screen. Not the monster ending you may have been expecting, but at least you were able to re- unite the father and son lizards. GOLF (Nintendo) -In this simple golf game you play as Mario and can select between the Japan course and the U.S.A. course, both of which are 18 holes. Your goal is to play through the course and have a better score than the computer opponents. When you finish the 18th hole on either course (you get the same ending no matter which course you played) it will say HOLE OUT and then go to your score card. Press A and it will show what place you finished in compared to the computer players. If you managed to finish in 1st place it will go to a screen with 6 cheerleaders jumping around a trophy that looks like a key and it will say on the screen: [YOUR NAME] IS NO. 1 !! HERE'S YOUR PRIZE. Press A and it goes to a screen that says CONGRATULATIONS!! and shows you and you leaving the GAME BOY CLUB by jumping in a convertible as your caddy waves at you from the front stairs. You drive off as the caddy jumps up and down and then runs after you. It then returns to the title screen. A simple ending for a simple game. GRADIUS - THE INTERSTELLAR ASSAULT (Konami) -This entrant in the classic Konami Gradius series is the sequel to the pre- vious Game Boy release in the Gradius series, Nemesis. I believe this is even called Nemesis II in Japan. You get the classic power ups like Speed, Missile and Options and must blast your way through 6 stages to reach the end. The only thing I don't like about the stage layout is that they are not clearly separated. When you beat the 1st boss it doesn't go to a screen showing your score and the next stage number but instead just has you keep flying into the next stage. Since there are a total of 6 bosses you must fight in this game I will count each stage as "ending" after beating that boss. When you reach the Stage 5 boss and defeat him you will immediately start racing through a stage where the tiles are falling onto you. We will call this Stage 6. When you reach the end you will have to destroy the small ship that escaped from the boss of Stage 5 when you were fighting him. Now just outlast this small final boss and it will show him exploding (the explosion looks eerily like a creepy face) and then the STAFF credits will roll while your ship slowly makes its way across the top of the screen. The credits finish and it will say END with 1991 KONAMI and your score on the screen. Pressing start brings you back to Stage 1 with your score still intact. I beat the game 2 more times but got the same boring ending. Also worth mentioning is that you play the game on the NORMAL difficulty setting, but you can select EASY or HARD as well. If you play the game on EASY and finish it you will not get a STAFF credits roll and it will only say END with your score beneath it (no 1991 KONAMI to be seen). However, when you hit Start after beating the game on EASY and play through it again you will get the ending with the STAFF credits and the 1991 KONAMI on the screen. Now if you play the game on HARD difficulty and beat it you will get the STAFF credit roll but when they finish up it will show your ship blasting off into the distance and then a shooting star shoots across the screen followed by END and 1991 KONAMI and your score. At least they gave you a little something extra for beating the game on HARD difficulty. Playing through the game a 2nd time on HARD difficulty gives you the same ending. GREAT GREED (Namco) -This is a not very well known RPG for the Game Boy that is actually really good. It isn't complex and the story and characters can get a bit whimsical at times, but it is a solid RPG that fans of the genre should enjoy. In Great Greed you do have a large world to explore but the game is divided into sec- tions. Once you complete an area you are not allowed to go back into it, so the game is more linear than the average RPG. You will still have a lot of items, weapons and spells to acquire and spend lots of time leveling up by fighting the many different enemies the game throws at you. There are 9 dif- ferent arears to explore, with all the names of the lands having to do with food. The final area, which is where the main enemy Bio-Haz resides, is part of Burger. You will eventually get to his castle where you will have to battle a sub-boss called Noknight and then to the final battle against Bio-Haz him- self. One of the interesting subplots of the game was that in each land you visited you would meet up with one of the King's daughters, who would help you on your quest. In the battle against Bio-Haz you start with his daughter Candy helping you for Bio-Haz's first form and when you have to fight him again right afterwards, his daughter Citrus will take her place. When you de- feat him the 2nd time you beat the game. I was not going to put all the dia- logue in but then I realized that was out of laziness, so here it is: --BIO-HAZ-- "YOU WIN. THE STRONG RULES THE WEAK. THAT IS THE WAY OF THE UNIVERSE. MY WORLD IS DRIVEN BY GREED, WHILE YOURS SEEMS TO BE ONE OF LOVE, AND CARING FOR YOUR PLANET. AFTER ALL, YOU CAN ONLY ABUSE YOUR HOME WORLD FOR SO LONG. LEARN FROM THIS, NEVER RUIN YOUR WORLD AS MY PEOPLE ARE POLLUTING MINE." Bio-Haz will then explode off the screen. --CITRUS-- "WE DID IT!" --CANDY-- "POOR GUY..." "BY THE WAY CITRUS, HOW DID YOU SAVE YOURSELF?" --CITRUS-- "FORTUNATELY, THERE WAS A POOL OF WATER ON THE BOTTOM OF THE CLIFF, I CLIMBED UP ON MY OWN." --CANDY-- "YOU ALWAYS WERE THE STRONGEST ONE IN THE FAMILY!" --CITRUS-- "LOOK OUT, THE CASTLE IS FALLING." --CANDY-- "SAY, WE MUST RESCUE GUM DROP. Cup Cake will then come running into the room. --CUP CAKE-- "EVERYONE!" --CANDY-- "CUP CAKE!" --CUP CAKE-- "GUM DROP IS ALRIGHT. TRUFFLE IS WITH US, TOO." Gum Drop and Truffle run into the room. --GUM DROP-- "THE BALLOON TRUFFLE MADE IS OUTSIDE. COME ON, HURRY." --CANDY-- "[HERO], HURRY UP!" Everyone then escapes and the screen flashes and happy music plays as the hot air balloon makes its way across the screen carrying everyone. It shifts to the throne room where the King and Queen greet the Hero. --KING GREENE-- "THE LONG WAR IS OVER. OFFICIALLY I WANT TO EXPRESS MY GRATITUDE." "PLEASE LISTEN TO THE WORDS OF APPRECIATION FROM EVERYONE." There are 9 people in the room. You must speak to everyone and then speak to the King again to keep the ending moving along. Here is what they all say: --TIME OUT-- "NOW, THE KINGDOM OF GREENE WILL GO BACK TO PEACE, THANK YOU." --CUP CAKE-- "YOU LOOK REALLY SPLENDID." --CITRUS-- "YOU REALLY ARE STRONG, AREN'T YOU?" --CANDY-- "YOUR ACTION WAS EVERYONE'S HOPE. --QUEEN-- "TRULY I THANK YOU." --GUM DROP-- "I AM GOING TO MARRY PINT." --TRUFFLE-- "YOU NOT ONLY HAVE COURAGE AND SRENGTH, BUT WISDOM AS WELL." --MICROWAVE-- "YOU DID IT AT LAST." --LUNCH BOX-- "THE REMNANTS OF THE ENEMY ARE ALMOST WIPED OUT NOW." --KING GREENE-- "[HERO], WON'T YOU MARRY ONE OF MY DAUGHTERS?" Now here is where things get interesting. You can choose YES or NO. If you pick NO the King says the following: "I SEE. YOU ARE GOING BACK. THEN MAKE YOURSELF AT HOME, AT LEAST FOR THE NIGHT." The rest of the ending plays out from here, which I will get to in a moment. Now if you responded YES the King says: "WHICH PRINCESS ARE YOU GOING TO CHOOSE THEN? YOU MAY TALK TO YOUR FAVORITE PRINCESS." This next part is pretty funny. You can choose absolutely anyone in the room, including the King and Queen! If you choose someone you are not supposed to, like LUNCH BOX or the QUEEN, the King will ask you to choose again, but if you pick them again the King will accept it. I will not get into each indiv- idual response, but once you make your choice the King will say: "NOW, THIS IS THE BEGINNING OF THE NEW GREENE KINGDOM. LISTEN EVERYONE. WE'LL HAVE A FEAST TONIGHT." Dancing girls come out and happy music plays. You then are shown in the next room where MICROWAVE will talk to you: "I WANT YOU TO STAY HERE FOR A LONG TIME, BUT YOU MAY HAVE SOME UNFINISHED BUSINESS IN THE OTHER WORLD. YOU'D BETTER RETURN TO YOUR WORLD FOR THE PRESENT. WE WILL COME TO PICK YOU UP AS SOON AS YOU ARE READY. GO AHEAD AND HAVE A WORD WITH YOUR FUTURE WIFE." So whoever you picked is in the room with you and MICROWAVE (unless you did pick MICROWAVE, then it is just you and her). Go over and talk to the person you chose as your "wife" and you get a message from them. The QUEEN's message if you chose her is "THE KING IS WEEPING." :) Now talk to MICROWAVE again and she says the following: "WELL, IT'S TIME. COME, GET INTO THE MAGIC CIRCLE. YOU CAN RETURN TO THE PLACE YOU STARTED, AND THE TIME DIFFERENCE WILL ONLY BE ABOUT ONE HOUR FROM WHEN WE STARTED. HERE WE GO!" You are warped back to Earth, in the forested area at the very beginning of the game where you were with your father. He finds you and you two talk: --FATHER-- "WHERE HAVE YOU BEEN? THE AREA WAS NOT AS POLLUTED AS I EXPECTED. THIS COUNTRY IS NOT TOO BAD. WHAT'S THE MATTER? YOU ARE SMILING. COME ON, LET'S GO." Your father walks off the screen and you follow him. MICROWAVE appears: --MICROWAVE-- "IN ANY CASE, THERE ARE HOPES IN BOTH WORLDS. AREN'T THERE, [HERO]? IN BOTH WORLDS, THERE ARE THE LOVERS OF NATURE, AND THE GREEDY WHO ONLY THINK OF THEMSELVES." MICROWAVE disappears and reappears back in here world. The STAFF credits will then appear in the dialogue box as various scenes from towns and other areas in the game play out behind the credits. Ken Lobb's name even appears in the credits. THE END finally appears as you are standing in a field with the person you chose as your "wife." But this is not over yet. MICROWAVE shows up on the screen and says the following: TO ALL OF YOU GAME MASTERS ON GREAT GREED MOVE THE CURSOR TO THE AREA YOU WANT TO SEE. PRESS THE A BUTTON. You will have 4 choices on the screen: SOUND TEST MONSTER BOOK PROFILE EXIT The SOUND TEST is obvious. The MONSTER BOOK is pretty awesome, as it lets you look at every single enemy in the game and all their stats. PROFILE lets you look at the profiles of the 5 daughters as well as MICROWAVE. EXIT gives you the message PLAY AGAIN SOON and returns you to the title screen. This was one of the coolest and most interactive endings of any game I have ever played and made playing through to get here worthwhile. GREMLINS 2 - THE NEW BATCH (Sunsoft) -This game is nothing like its NES counterpart. Where the NES version was made along the lines of cool games like Fester's Quest and certain parts of Blaster Master, Gremlins 2 for the Game Boy is a very difficult side scrolling plat- form game consisting of only 4 Stages. You must find the pencil in each Stage to have as your weapon, otherwise you are out of luck unless you are lucky enough to find a suitcase, which has limited uses, or a musical note, which you can only use once. There are bosses at the end of each Stage, also diffi- cult since you you only have your stubby pencil as a weapon. The further along you get in the game the harder the Stages are, with more difficult jumps to make and more enemies, spikes and gaps to navigate past. If you manage to make it to the end of Stage 4 you will do battle with the final boss Gremlin. This boss battle is unique, in that you are suddenly armed with a projectile weapon that would have come in nicely everywhere else in the game. The only problem here is that you need to hit the spider gremlin's head and he is unreachable. You must jump in the floating spider web above you and it will carry you up and down, where you can take pot shots at him when you are lined up with his head. Do this, manage to avoid his shots and hopefully you will do him in. When you do it will go to a screen showing some melting gremlin carcasses with the following message: THE EVIL GREMLINS HAVE BEEN DESTROYED. NEW YORK CITY IS NOW SAFE. The next screen shows Billy and his girlfriend holding Gizmo and says: ONCE AGAIN UNITED, BILLY, KATE, AND GIZMO HAPPILY GO HOME. The STAFF credits will flash beneath this picture and then your SCORE will ap- pear followed by THE END SUNSOFT. You are then returned to the title screen. HAL WRESTLING (HAL America) -This Game Boy wrestling game is one of the earliest from the popular Fire Pro Wrestling series of games. There are 2 modes to choose from: SINGLE MATCH and 4 VS 4 ELIMINATION MATCH. SINGLE MATCH In this mode you get to choose from 8 different wrestlers to play as. You then go through and have to beat each of the other 7 wrestlers in a 2 out of 3 falls match. After you have beaten your 7th opponent you then get to go up against the secret final wrestler, Mr. Hu. He is not one of the guys you can play as, so this is the only time you will see Mr. Hu. If you are able to defeat him in the 2 out of 3 falls match you will get a victory screen showing what looks like you, Mr. Hu and perhaps the referee standing at the top of the screen raising your arms in victory with the following message below you: THE GLORY OF YOUR VICTORY WAS JUST WRITTEN ON A PAGE IN THE HISTORY OF BATTLE! BUT THE NEXT FIGHT HAS ALREADY BEGUN! AND AGAIN WE AWAIT YOUR CONQUEST!! The staff credits then scroll with the wrestling ring in the background and PRESENTED BY HAL AMERICA are the last words you see before going back to the title screen. 4 VS 4 ELIMINATION MATCH In this mode you choose 4 wrestlers for your team and you go up against the remaining 4 selectable wrestlers. If you win the first match, the player you pinned is eliminated and they send one of the remaining 3 wrestlers on their team after you next and so forth. If you lose, then you wrestle as one of the remaining 3 wrestlers you have left on your team and so forth. If you manage to eliminate all 4 of your opponents it will go to the results screen and then say GAME OVER, so you get absolutely no ending for finishing this mode. HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP BOXING (Activision) -This is the first boxing game for the Game Boy and is pretty simplistic. You can choose to be any of the following 6 boxers, in order of skill: LIGHTNING LOU TOKYO THUNDER JOHNNY JAB LEFTY O'HOOK MIKE MAULER THE CHAMP It is easier to play through the game as The Champ but if you really want to challenge yourself, play as Lightning Lou. Whoever you end up picking, your goal is to defeat the other 5 boxers and then you will get a final match against THE HITMAN. If you can manage to defeat him it will show your boxer in the ring up on the shoulders of your trainer with a guy standing next to you either holding your new belt or a microphone trying to get an interview as well as a ring girl next to you. Confetti rains down on you as flashbulbs go off and the following scrolls by on the bottom of the screen: LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, INTRODUCING [NAME OF BOXER YOU CHOSE], THE NEW, UNDISPUTED, HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION OF THE WORLD! Staff credits follow and it ends with PRESENTED BY ACTIVISION. Pressing start brings you to the title screen. You get the same ending no matter which boxer you chose to play as. HEIANKYO ALIEN (Meldac) -This is an odd action game where the object is to trap the aliens in holes that you dig and then fill in the hole. It's pretty much straight forward alien trapping arcade action, in fact, the original Japanese arcade game from 1979 is included in the cartridge, so this is kind of like a 2-in-1 cart. In the OLD game you simply play on a screen and have to trap 3 aliens on the first screen. On each screen the aliens get faster and as you proceed through the screens there will be more aliens to trap, up to 8 on the most difficult screen. The screen number is located at the bottom but every time you beat 20 screens the next screen will be the same speed as screen 1. I managed to slog through to screen 99 and when I finished it the next screen was screen 00 and then it kept counting from 01 again, so the OLD game mode DOES NOT have an ending to speak of. Now for NEW mode. NEW mode plays like the OLD game, ex- cept it is a lot more forgiving. Also, there are obstacles like trees and wat- er to work around. There are only 12 stages to play through in NEW mode. The layout of the stage changes after every 3rd Stage, so you have 4 different stage layouts during the game. When you finish Stage 12 it goes to a scene showing the alien ship leaving and then disappearing when it reaches its apex. Several townsfolk are shown walking around now that they are free from the alien oppression. After about 30 seconds an animal pulling a cart lumbers ac- ross the screen and a single alien hops out of it. The arcade version of the game was later ported to the Super Famicom, but there was no Game Boy sequel so apparently this little leftover alien didn't do too much damage. THE END appears in the upper right corner and stays there until you reset. The NEW mode is short, but at least it has an ending. HIGH STAKES (Electro Brain) -This gambling game, also referred to as High Stakes Gambling on some sites, has 2 modes: PRACTICE and COMPETITIVE. In practice mode you do just that, practice. You have 4 games to play for fun: BLACKJACK, SLOTS, VIDEO POKER and CRAPS. Play these until you lose your money or quit. The COMPETITIVE mode is the meat of this game. This sets a story of your character, named Rosetti, on his mission to bankrupt 5 mafia bosses in the year 1927. There will be 5 Missions and each Mission is you playing the boss of that Mission at 4 casino games in order to collect enough Draw Poker credits on your score card to defeat the boss in THE SHOWDOWN. The 4 games that you challenge the bosses at are BLACKJACK, SLOTS, VIDEO POKER and DRAW POKER (THE SHOWDOWN). yOU earn the credits by defeating the boss at the first 3 games and when you play the 4th game (DRAW POKER) you can either beat him by making him lose all his cash or all his credits. When you defeat a boss you go on to the next Mission to take on the next boss. The bosses in order are: MACHINE GUN MAX, SUITCASE SAME, HITMAN HARRY, LUCKY LOUIS and AL COLOGNE (a take on Al Capone). Each boss gets increasingly difficult in that they are more apt to cheat against you, especially AL COLOGNE, which is especially frustrating in BLACKJACK when you have a great hand and he simply swaps hands with you. You can also cheat, so put that ability to good use by buying cheats from Shady in between games. Now at the end of MISSION 5 you will play AL COLOGNE in a final game of DRAW POKER. If you are lucky enough to bankrupt him or make him lose all his cred- its, victory will be yours. It will show a screen of you standing in front of AL COLOGNE'S casino, which is boarded up and says OUT OF BUSINESS. The text on the bottom of the screen says: YOU'VE DONE IT! THE FBI COMMENDS YOU WITH ITS HIGHEST HONORS. YOU'RE TRULY AN AMERICAN HERO. TOTAL CASH $ (amount of cash you earned) Pressing start brings you to a screen with staff credits and then pressing it again brings you to the title screen. Not much of an ending but at least Electro Brain put something at the end for beating the game. By the way, the bosses reminded me of characters right out of a Dick Tracy movie. HUNT FOR RED OCTOBER, THE (Hi Tech Expressions) -This game is similar to the NES version in that you navigate the Russian submarine Red October through dangerous waters shooter style. However, where the NES had a wonky last level where the game turned into a platformer this Game Boy version is straight shooter all the way through. There are a total of 8 levels. At the end of each level you must defeat a boss, which usually just consists of destroying several turrets or navigating through some tight areas until you reach the edge of the screen. When you get to the end of Level 8 you wll have to make your way through some really tight caverns and then destroy an aircraft, land gun and 4 emplacements on the right side of the screen. Destroy all of this and navigate through the small area towards the bottom of the structure and you will get the game's one screen ending, showing you waving from the surfaced Red October as thunderclouds pass by a moonlit (or is it sunlit...damn black & white) sky. Hitting A or Start will bring you to the HIGH SCORE TABLE where you can enter a name of up to 8 let- ters. After doing this it will eventually go back to the message you got upon starting the game. IN YOUR FACE (Jaleco) -This is the Game Boy version of the NES game Hoops, but with absolutely no bells and whistles. This is one of the most bare bones games I have seen for any gaming system. You can choose whether to play a 1-on-1 match or a 2-on-2 match and can change how long you want the game to be or how many points you want the game to play to. You also get to choose from 4 different players to play as but there is no difference in players, just the names. Anyway, after you choose your options for the game and manage to win it, you will get a one screen victory screen showing you with your arm raised in the air, the final score of the game and the words YOU WIN!! written in cursive...then it simply returns you to the title screen. There are no tournaments, no season to play, nothing. If you have the game link you can play against another player, but if you are looking for anything other than a few mindless minutes playing a bad basketball, this game is not for you. I guess the programmers figured they overdid the ending to Hoops so they skimped on this one. IRON MAN/X-O MANOWAR IN HEAVY METAL (Acclaim) -This game is a rare crossover title between a Marvel series (Iron Man) and a non-Marvel series (X-O Manowar). In 1996 Acclaim bought Valiant Comics and decided to put one of their signature heroes (X-O Manowar) into a video game with Marvel's Iron Man, who at that point in time was not the Marvel power- house that he is now. An odd pairing to say the least. You can play as either character in this game and there is a mix of enemies from both franchises to be found in this game, including Baron Zemo and Krytos, the 2 antagonists you will have to battle at the end. There are a total of 21 Levels. Some of them are short, like the auto-scrolling flying stages, while others are a bit longer and require you to go through several floors of buildings to make your way to the end. Your ultimate goal is to get to General Krytos on his spaceship to wrest control of the cosmic cube from him. In that final level on his ship you will first have to defeat Baron Zemo. Once defeated you move on a bit and will reach Krytos. Defeat him like you did the other bosses, trying to time your shots for when the limited invulnerability after your previous hit wears off, and eventually you will do him in. After you beat Krytos you still have to finish off the level and when you reach the top level you will fly out of his ship. The ending starts with an outside view of the ship as it explodes into a fiery cloud and Iron Man (or X-O Manowar if you were playing as him) flies away from the explosion. It then shows the cosmic cube falling to Earth and the following message appears: CONGRATULATIONS! THE EVIL MENACE HAS BEEN DEFEATED. THE UNIVERSE IS SAFE... FOR NOW. You then get treated to 6 pages of staff credits and then the game returns to the title screen. You may have noticed that there are 4 difficulty modes to choose from: Easy, Medium, Hard and No Way. I finished the game on Easy and No Way and got the same exact ending, so there was no reward for finish- ing the game on the insane No Way difficulty, just the satisfaction of know- ing you beat a difficult game on its most difficult setting. ITCHY & SCRATCHY IN MINIATURE GOLF MADNESS (Acclaim) -This is one of several Simpsons licensed games released for the Game Boy but instead of playing as Bart like in the others you play as Scratchy the Cat and must battle through 9 holes of miniature golf all while Itchy is doing his best to hunt you down. In fact, there are a bunch of Itchy mice chasing after you in the game, so not only do you have to worry about him but your main goal is whacking the golf ball through the level and into the cup at the end in a certain amount of strokes. Each hole has a par and you finish the game by making par or under on all 9 holes. There are many other obstacles along the way, including platforms you have to hit the ball onto and in the last level there are hands that help you get the ball past the ghosts that appear, though it costs you a stroke whenever the hand gets the ball. Anyway, if you manage to make it all the way through the game's 9 Levels and sink the last hole it will show your score card and then go to a screen that shows Scratchy about to take a swing at Itchy's head and says CONGRATULATIONS SCRATCHY on the bottom. THe next screen actually shows you nailing poor Itchy in the head and shows his eyeballs popping out with the word THWACK! underneath. The next screen expands on this showing Scratchy looking in the distance as Itchy's 2 eyeballs soar towards the flag. The final screen shows both eyeballs going into the hole with THE END on the bottom of the screen. After this ending it shows a HIGH SCORE screen. For every hole that you beat the preset player's scores on you get to enter your name in their slot. After you are done here it goes to the BEAM STAFF screen showing several staff credits and then a couple more credits screen before it goes back to the title screen. JAMES BOND 007 (Nintendo) -This was a great, almost Legend of Zelda style, game released by Nintendo for the Game Boy late in the Game Boy's life span. There is a lot to do and many people to talk to in the game and it is not totally linear, but here is the general order by country in which you will have to get through the game: China (get items, defeat Zhong Mae) London (get info and items, get MARBLE for good ending!) Kurdistan (items, defeat Iqbal, rescue Agent 008) Marrakech (get several items, look for Odd Job) The Sahara (get the canteen, find the airbase) Tibet (items, Test of Courage) Secret Base (items, beat Odd Job, find Zhong Mae) Kurdistan again (get items, beat Khatar and Sadam) Russia (beat Jaws) Golgov's Base (beat Golgov) As you can see from above, your main objective is to defeat Golgov and disarm his missiles. If you manage to do this, right after you shut down the power grid it will show Bond reaching out to Zhong Mae and grabbing her hand. There will be some dialogue between the two of you and if you DID NOT get the MARBLE it will just show Bond telling her about taking a boat ride but then will skip to the credits. If you did find the MARBLE, he will tell her about the boat ride and then it will actually show them getting on the boat to China and then show a cool pic of them sitting in the boat together. Decoder will then give Bond a message about escorting their boat to China and wanting Bond to report back to London. Bond tells her the captain of the escorting submarine owes him a favor and that they won't be seeing land for awhile in which she replies, "Oh, James!" It then shows a lot of credits from the Saffire team that made the game for Nintendo and then shows this screen: CONGRATULATIONS. TRY THESE NAMES TO PLAY THE CARD GAMES. BJACK BLACKJACK BACCR BACCARAT REDOG RED DOG It goes back to the title screen after this. Now if you enter your name as any of the above names you can play the corresponding game. Cool ending. JEOPARDY! (GameTek) -If you are familiar with the popular TV game show Jeopardy, then you will know what is going on in this game. Your game options are (1) VS Computer, (2) Two Players and (3) Gamelink. This ending description covers (1) VS Com- puter as the other 2 options are just for playing against a friend. To finish the game, simply play through the regular Jeopardy round, then the Double Jeopardy round (where points double) and then lastly the Final Jeo- pardy round, where you are asked 1 question and must figure out how much of your money to wager on this final question. If you end up with more money than the computer player you are the winner. It will show the game host (who looks nothing like Alex Trebek...maybe more like Wink Martindale) as well as you and your opponent and then if you outscored your opponent he/she will disappear and you are left alone with the host with the words: THE WINNER IS: [YOUR NAME] GREAT GAME The host claps for you and then it simply returns to the title screen. I think these early GameTek Game Boy games were just meant for the novelty of being able to play games on the go, as nothing was really put into the end- ings of them. A tournament would have been nice and maybe even some staff credits. KID DRACULA (Konami) -Another smooth game from Konami. This doesn't play like a Castlevania game at all, in case you were thinking it did. It plays more like a Mega Man game. It is very similar to the Famicom game of the same name but in actually is considered a sequel. There are a total of 8 Stages to play through. There is a boss at the end of each one and usually it has more than one form you have to defeat. There is also a bit of strategy involved, as some bosses need to be defeated with certain weapons, which you pick up after defeating earlier bosses. When you reach the end of Stage 8 you will finally fight Garamoth. He also has 2 forms. The first one he is flying. Hit him enough times and his wings will be gone and he is grounded. The key to defeating his 2nd form is waiting for him to make his 3rd jump, which is higher than the previous 2 he makes. He opens his mouth during this jump and this is when he is vulnerable to attack. Stand under him and throw a bomb upwards right when his mouth is open and this will damage him. Repeat until he is defeated. He will then split in half and disappear. The screen goes black and you get this message: KID DRACULA HAS BRAVELY CONQUERED KING GARAMOTH. "PIECE OF CAKE. LET'S GO HOME." It then shows Kid Dracula running along the bottom of the screen with 3 bats chasing him as the STAFF credits flash by. When the credits finish Kid Drac- ula throws the umbrella in the air and his friend Death appears and says: "MASTER! I TOLD YOU TO BE CAREFUL WITH YOUR FATHER'S UMBRELLA..." "AT LEAST I BROUGHT IT BACK." "THE WORST IS YET TO COME! HEE HEE HEE!" It then says THE END with the 1993 KONAMI copyright and stays here until you reset. I'm not sure what the significance of the umbrella is...must have some- thing to do with another Konami game. KID ICARUS: OF MYTHS AND MONSTERS (Nintendo) -In this Game Boy sequel to one of my favorite all time NES games Kid Icarus, you must control Pit and attain the 3 Sacred Treasures that Palutena hid away from evil and then battle your way through the Under World Tower, the Over WOrld and the Sky World Tower and finally the Sky Palace. As you see there are a total of 4 stages. Stages 1, 2 & 3 all have 3 levels and a boss battle. Stage 4 will have one level to fight through followed by your final battle against Orcos. He has 2 forms you must defeat, a smaller form and a giant form that takes up about half the screen. Once you do him in, which is no easy task as you have a lot of projectiles and smaller enemies to dodge, he will fade away and then it will show Pit walking through the palace and Palutena appears. She says: YOU HAVE DONE A MARVELOUS JOB, PIT! YOU BROUGHT PEACE BACK TO ANGEL LAND. Pit then flies up and out of the screen then up through the clouds as that great Kid Icarus music plays on. As he flies up past clouds each cloud will have one of the enemies from the game on it. He will keep going, higher and higher, past more enemies and will eventually reach the Sun. Keep a close eye on this as when he reaches the Sun it will quickly show his wing falling off and then say THE END PRESENTED BY NINTENDO. For those unfamiliar with the whole Icarus Greek mythology story, Icarus built himself a pair of wings but he flew too close to the sun and the wax on the wings melted and he fell into the ocean. This quick thing with his wing falling off in the ending was a tribute to that. Pretty cool if you ask me. KIRBY'S BLOCK BALL (Nintendo) -Another fine game from HAL Laboratories. This one is a Breakout/Arkanoid clone in which Kirby is the ball you are playing as. He can get different powers throughout the game, like turning into a stone or a flame, which helps you destroy the blocks on the screen easier. You must play through 10 Stages. Each Stage has 5 Levels. The last Level in each Stage is a boss fight. There is one important objective you must accomplish to view the good ending however and that is to score higher than the Stage's set Borderline. If you score more points than the Borderline set for that Stage you will plant a flag on that Stage on the map screen. If you fail to score more points than the Borderline then you will simply go to the next Stage without planting a flag. The import- ance of these flags is that you NEED to beat the Borderline in each of the game's 10 Stages in order to proceed to Stage 11. BAD ENDING If you fail to pass any Borderlines, after beating the boss of Stage 10, Kirby will ride a star down through a cloud and land on solid ground. He will then walk off the screen with his little hobo pack and the words THE END will appear as well as a question mark from Kirby, who reappears at the bottom of the screen as well as King Dedede appearing at the top. It will then say LET'S TRY AGAIN! at the bottom. You will then go back to the title screen where you can go back into the game and play any of the Stages that you did not get a flag in and try to beat the Borderline score again. GOOD ENDING If you managed to score more points than the Borderline in all 10 Stages, when you defeat the Robot boss of Stage 10-5, you will get the usual BORDER LINE CLEARED CONGRATULATIONS! screen and then when it goes back to the map screen a flag will appear in Stage 10 and a stairway will appear to Stage 11. Now where Stages 1 through 10 each had 5 Levels, Stage 11 has 7 Levels, with the final boss battle against King Dedede being in Stage 11-7 (making it a grand total of 57 Levels in this game). When you get to King Dedede just keep taking your shots at him. He has a longer life meter than the other bosses but you will eventually wear him down. You get a big 100,000 points for defeating him. After tallying up your points it will show the map screen and each Stage on the map is now represented by a symbol. The next screen shows Kirby standing atop the castle with stars swirling around him. Suddenly the castle tumbles to the ground and Kirby is left bouncing on top of a water fountain. The STAFF credits than scroll by at the bottom of the screen and when they are finished the water fountain shoots Kirby high up into the stars and to a screen that says THE END CONGRATULATIONS! In the bottom right you will a finger pointing down at a button. Now here is where you might get a slightly different ending. If you happen to get a high score in Stage 11 (over 230,000) then pressing the button here will show you a screen that shows Kirby standing in front of the game map with his star wand and says HI-SCORE AWARD PUSH B AS A REWARD, IN STAGE 11 PRESS B FOR SOMETHING GOOD! It will then go to where you can enter your name on the HI-SCORE RANKING and then bring you back to the title screen. Now if you didn't get a high score in Stage 11 it will just show you the HI-SCORE RANKING screen instead of the AWARD screen. As for that reward, if you go into your save game and go to Stage 11 on the game map and press B, it will let you play the Bonus Stages. KIRBY'S PINBALL LAND (HAL/Nintendo) -This is a really cool pinball game featuring Kirby from Kirby's Dream Land fame. The game is fairly short if you are good at pinball and/or know what you need to do to finish it (or are using cheats) so here is what you do. There are 3 different boards to play on. Each board has several screens, starting at the bottom and going up vertically. Your goal on each board is to make it to the top screen and then make the warp star appear, which will bring you to the boss of that board. The 3 bosses are Wispy, Kracko and the Poppy Bros. When you defeat one of them you go back to the level select screen to choose the next board. When you manage to defeat all 3 of these guys you will go back to the level select screen where a warp star will take you to the final battle with King Dedede, the boss of Dream Land who apparently has a hold on Pinball Land as well. He has 3 forms in the battle. His regular form where he jumps around, then the background turns into a boxing ring and Dedede turns into a ball and attacks. Hit him several times to turn him back to nor- mal and he will shoot lasers at you. Finish him off as quickly as possible and when he is defeated you will get the short ending. Kirby rides the star to a screen with a checkerboard floors and some mountains and egg-shaped clouds in the background. King Dedede bounces on to the screen as well. He stares Kirby down but then a slew of enemies appear on the screen, bouncing on poor Kirby and chasing Dedede off the left side of the screen (or maybe they were follow- ing him...I don't know). The last enemy drops a warp star and Kirby jumps on it, finding himself back at the level select screen where you can play through the game again. Unfortunately, that is the ending. There are no credits here but you can keep playing to raise your score, kind of like the arcade games of yester year. KLAX (Mindscape) -I'd like to make a note that this is the North American Game Boy Klax ending I am about to describe. It was released by Mindscape and developed by Tengen/ Atari. The Japanese version of Klax was released by Hudson and is an entirely different version of Klax. The game Klax came out during the Tetris craze and is along the same lines when it comes to gameplay. Get 3 of the same color blocks in a vertical, horizontal or diagonal row to get a Klax. Each Wave has certain number of Klaxes or points you need to get to complete it and move on to the next Wave. Ever so often you get a choice of warping to a higher Wave as well. In all there are a total of 99 Waves. When you finish Wave 98 you will get the Wave 99 intro, telling you to COMPLETE 6 HORIZONTALS TO AD- VANCE TO THE NEXT WAVE and then you get this message: THIS IS THE LAST WAVE OF KLAX. GOOD LUCK! Enjoy that message because when you finish Wave 99 it will tally up your score and dump you right back into Wave 1. An ending message would have been greatly appreciated but instead you get quirky messages between Waves and a final message BEFORE the last Wave and not after it. You definitely deserved better if you beat this game without cheating. I suffered through the game a second time and got the same non-ending when finishing Wave 99 again, so that is all you get. KNIGHT QUEST (Taito) -A very simplistic RPG for the game boy, but it has its charm. Reminded me of King's Knight and Arkista's Ring for the NES. You must take Will from lowly village boy to knight as you help your King on several quests, from knocking off his enemies to rescuing his daughter. Finding items and talking to towns- folk will unlock more areas to explore. The land is not vast and it is pretty easy to find your way in this one. Your ultimate goal is to find the Dark Lord. You will have to find a dragon to ride to his mountains where you will find his castle. His castle is full of sinkholes and is a mini-maze but if you use the maps made by Andrew Schultz on gamefaqs.com you will have no problem finding the Dark Lord. Use the Swallow sword attack to defeat him the fastest and you will get 250 GOLD and 250 EXP for your troubles. It will then show you returning to your king's castle with your dragon in tow as your are greeted by the townsfold. The following appears underneat that pic: ENDING ....THE FIGHTING HAS ENDED. EVIL HAS DIED, AND TABASA HAS REVIVED. AND.... WILL'S NAME WILL PASS DOWN FROM GEN- ERATION TO GENERA- TION AS A HERO. FOREVER..FOREVER.. SINCE THEN, WILL HAS SUCCEEDED IN ANOTHER 100 ADVENTURES. I'LL TALK ABOUT THEM NEXT TIME. THE END It stays here until you reset. A pretty short ending for an RPG, but the game itself was pretty short anyway. KUNG FU MASTER (Irem) -This is a very quick game and is easy if you can memorize the enemy attack patterns. There are only 6 Missions but you can choose from Easy or Hard difficulty. Play through the game on Easy difficulty and defeat the boss at the end of each short Mission and get to the end of Mission 6 to battle it out with the Kung Fu Master. Thrash him and after your bonus points tally up it will show you standing on a platform looking out over the ocean. After a few seconds the staff credits will start scrolling by and will say THE END when they are done. You are then returned to the title screen. Now if you play through the game on Hard difficulty you will get...the exact same ending. Thanks Irem, the least you could have done was have a girl to rescue at the end. A simple ending for a simple game. KWIRK (Acclaim) -This is a pretty difficult puzzle game that combines elements from Soukoban and other puzzlers into a good solid mind bender. There are 2 Game Modes to choose from: GOING UP? and HEADING OUT? are the names of them. In GOING UP? you can choose between 3 levels: #1 Easy, #2 Average and #3 Hard. Each level has 10 puzzles to play through for a total of 30. You will get an ending message after each level which I will type up below. In HEADING OUT? you also have 3 levels to choose from: #1 Easy, #2 Average and #3 Hard but here is where HEADING OUT? is different. It is pretty much a practice mode, as you can choose whether you want to play through anywhere from 1 to 100 puzzles in each of the levels and it will keep track of your top 4 scores and how many rooms you played through in the level. I will now explain the endings: GOING UP? LEVEL #1 EASY When you finish all 10 puzzles it will show a screen that says YOU DID IT! It will show your time and number of steps taken and will show Tammy waving to you at the bottom of the screen. Press A and the next screen says AWESOME! LEVEL #1 CLEARED and shows Kwirk walking to a house and then shows him and Tammy together with a heart blinking above them. You can then start Level #2. GOING UP? LEVEL #2 AVERAGE When you finish all 10 puzzles on this level you get the exact same ending that you got when you finished all 10 Level 1 puzzles. Sorry about that. GOING UP? LEVEL #3 HARD Now these puzzles are tough! If you can manage to finish all 10 of these Hard puzzles you will get the screen that says LEVEL #3 CLEARED but then the next screen that shows Kwirk walking to the house says EXCELLENT! above him. It shows you and Tammy at the bottom of the screen but the EXCELLENT! is the only difference. What a disappointment! To make matters worse it will just plop you back to Level #1 like it is no big deal. Now for the even bigger dis- appointment. There is no ending in the HEADING OUT? mode of the game. You get the same screen that says WAY TO GO!! whether you beat just 1 room on Level #1 Easy level or 99 rooms in Level #3 Hard level. Looks like the programmers just focused on making the best puzzle game they possible could and didn't really think gamers would care about the ending. Also of note, this game is called Puzzle Boy in Japan and is the first of 3 Game Boy Puzzle Boy games, the oth- ers being Amazing Tater and Spud's Adventure. LAZLOS' LEAP (DTMC) -This is the same game that you would find on the tables in restaurants during the 1990's where you have pegs that you have to leap over each other until you only had one left, which was easier said than done. You also had to land the last peg in the center of the board. In this Game Boy version you move marbles around until there is one left in the center. You also have a PAR for each board which is supposedly the amount of moves that Lazlos would make for each board. There are a grand total of 100 boards to play through. Each board has its own name and the pattern is usually related to the name of the board (the board titled FOOTBALL has a pattern that looks like a football player). You can play the 100 Boards in whatever order you want and pressing select will bring you back to the player menu where you can see what your own PAR has been on all the boards you have completed. If you do better than PAR on a board it will say OH! for that particular Board. If you manage to finish all 100 Boards you will get...nothing. There is no ending whatsoever. A fine guy by the name of nolberto82 made a Game Genie code where you only have to move 1 piece to clear a board (07F-A0E-F72) and even clearing each board with only 1 move did not trigger an ending, so prepare to be extremely disappointed if you spent a ton of time on this expecting to be rewarded. Also of note, the Japanese ver- sion of this game for Game Boy is called Solitaire. LOCK'N CHASE (Data East) -An interesting Pac-Man type game that has been around since at least the days of Intellivision, when I played it as a kid. The Game Boy version is much dif- ferent and actually has an ending. You start in Stage 1-1 and then go on to Stage 1-2 then 1-3. When you finish Stage 1-3 you get to play a bonus game (if you collected at least 1 diamond) then you go on to Stage 2-1. The stages con- tinue like this, with 3 boards per stage, until you get to Stage 6-3. The goal of this stage is different than in previous stages, where you collected coins to finish the stage. Here you must push a key through the corridors of the stage Soukoban style (or Boxxle style if you want to keep this Game Boy like) and up into the lock in the upper left of the screen. This will unlock the door and let you grab the huge diamond. It will show a scene of you pushing the big diamond out of the pyramid shaped bank and on to the next screen where the STAFF credits will roll. At the end of the credits it will say: PUSH Ax2 Bx2 A AND Bx2 IN TITLE MODE Wonder what this is? After this screen it will return you to the title screen and it says EXTRA at the top. You will now be able to access more stages by pressing AABBABB at the title screen. Actually, if you beat Stage 6-3 you can access the stages just by pressing start at the title screen but you can get to these extra stages any time by using the code at the title screen. Anyway, you now are at Stage 7-1. Play through Stages 8 and 9 and then Stages 10, 11 and 12 (which are represented by a Heart, Musical Note and $ respectively) and when you finish Stage $-3, which is similar to Stage 6-3 where you had to push the key through the stage to unlock the huge diamond, it will show you pushing the diamond out of the pyramid like before and show STAFF credits like before. This time though instead of giving you the code to play the extra stages it will show you at the bottom of the screen and two police officers will push a diamond and money bag towards you and it says THE END in the center of the screen. Pressing any button will bring you back to the title screen. I love that a game this old not only had an ending but also had hidden stages. LOONEY TUNES (Sunsoft) -This is a really good action/platform game that let's you control 7 dif- ferent Looney Tunes, one for each of the 7 Stages in the game. Each charac- ter has their own attack, though Daffy Duck and Bugs Bunny each use the boomerang weapon. Tweety-Bird has no weapon and has to elude Sylvester the Cat by flying throughout the stage. In Stage 3 you control Porky Pig or at least control the lazy swine flying his airplane through a shooter stage. Taz is your character for Stage 4, which is just a bonus stage he whirls through trying to collect meat for bonus points. In Stage 5 you control Speedy Gonzales who must race through his stage to the end. In Stage 6 you are Road Runner and must outrun then defeat Wile E. Coyote. In the final Stage you control Bugs Bunny who must make it through half the stage to do battle with 6 mini-bosses in a row. They are not tough though and include such foes as Yosemite Sam, the Mummy and Marvin the Martian. At the end of the Stage you will face off against the final boss, Elmer Fudd. Keep tossing your boomerang at him or jumping on his head. Eventually he will lose his hat. Hit him a few more times and he will be defeated, turning upside down and falling off the screen as a giant carrot falls from above. Grab the car- rot and it will tally up the score. It then shows scenes from each of the 7 Stages, showcasing the 7 playable characters and the bosses then ends on a screen with scrolling staff credits as well as a pic of most of the Looney Tunes characters at the top, a couple of which I did not notice in the game, like Pepe Le Pew and the big rooster, Foghorn Leghorn. It then shows a screen saying "THAT'S ALL FOLKS!" and PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT under it. Pressing start returns to the title screen. MARBLE MADNESS (Mindscape) -This was a decent, yet frustrating game for the NES and it is pretty much the same for the Game Boy. However, they cut out some stuff that make for a worse gameplay experience. First of all, there are only 5 Stages instead of the 6 that are in the NES version. The final stage, Ultimate, has been excised from the Game Boy version. Not sure why, since the 5 stages couldn't have taken up that much memory, but Mindscape has put out some pretty crappy stuff. The de- cision to cut out Stage 6 isn't even the worse decision they made. Not only are the Stages not numbered in this version, but after you finish Stage 5 you go back to Stage 2. There is no ending whatsoever. You will just keep repeat- ing Stages 2 through 5 endlessly (Stage 1 is kind of a practice stage so that is probably why they skip it when it loops). So let's recap: Stage 6 is gone, there is no ending, the stages aren't numbered and the game repeats forever. This has my vote for worst NES to Game Boy translation. MARU'S MISSION (Jaleco) -This game is part of the Ninja JajaMaru-kun series from Japan and is an in- direct sequel to the NES game Ninja Kid. In it you play as Maru and must res- cue your beloved Cori from the evil Muramasa. There are 6 stages in all. Each stage is divided into 2 parts. The boss of the first part usually gives you a weapon or some advice that you can use on the boss of the second part. As for the bosses, there are some well known ones in this game, like Medusa, Dracula and Isis to name a few. The between stage map shows you the next country you will be visiting and on the ones where you will be travelling over bodies of water on the map you will have a special stage where you must defeat several sharks with a harpoon gun (after Stages 1, 4 & 5). When you get to the end of Stage 6-2 you will do battle with Muramasa. Pound away at him and when you de- feat him it will go to the dialogue screen between you and him and he says: I CAN'T BELIEVE I'VE LOST TO A WIMP LIKE YOU! YOU MUST HAVE CHEATED. I AM NOW TO BE BANISHED, BUT I MAY RETURN. IF YOU ARE LOOKING FOR A FAIR FIGHT. SEND ME THE SECRET TO YOUR SUCCESS. MY ADDRESS IS. MURAMASA C/O JALECO USA 310 ERA DR. NORTHBROOK IL. 60062 WHO KNOWS I MAY SEND SOMETHING BACK. That's pretty cool to see after beating a game. I wonder how many people beat the game and actually sent something to that address. It flashes by pretty quick so I'm not sure they would have had time to copy it down. After that message it shows Maru and Cori joining together and a big heart appears above them with their faces in it. It then shows a beach with a volcano in the dis- tance and a turtle carries the two of you onto the beach. THe turtle eventual- ly goes into the water as you jump around on the shore. Keep waiting and it will start to get dark. After awhile Maru and Cori will leave the screen. Wait even longer and it gets darker and finally after awhile the turtle leaves the screen. Weird. It will stay on this screen with the music playing until you reset the game. MAUI MALLARD (Bonsai Entertainment/Sunsoft) -The game is also known as Maui Mallard in Cold Shadow and was ported over to the Game Boy after it had appeared on the Genesis, SNES and PC. It is not a particular good game. The stages are not numbered and the controls are some- what loose. In a couple of the stages you cannot even tell where the exit door is, as it appears to blend into the background. There are a total of 7 stages and even though they are not numbered they are titled as follows: MOJO MANSION NINJA TRAINING GROUNDS MUDDRAKE MAYHEM THE TEST OF DUCKHOOD THE SACRIFICE OF MAUI THE REALM OF THE DEAD MOJO STRONGHOLD After the first stage you will gain the ability to turn into a ninja by pres- sing the select button. You need to collect coins, as the ninja ability runs out when the coins run out. There are bosses to defeat at the end of each stage like in most games and when you get to the final stage, MOJO STRONGHOLD, you must swing up to the platform above you and battle it out with the final boss, some kind of witch doctor. In this stage you are able to transform into the ninja without coins, so use the ninja form to swing to the top then use your normal duck form to take shots at the witch doctor from the platform to his, while avoiding his occasional shot. When you defeat him there will be a lightning strike and then he will appear again. Defeat him again the same way and he will be toast. It will go to a shadowy screen and you will get the following message: MAUI, YOU DID IT! WE WERE ALL WRONG ABOUT YOU. YOU HAVE BECOME THE HERO EACH OF US CAN ONLY HOPE TO BE. IF ONLY YOU WERE STILL WITH US, I WOULD TAKE YOU ON AN ADVENTURE YOU WOULD NEVER FORGET. BUT ALAS, YOU WERE STRUCK DOWN IN YOUR MOMENT OF GLORY. SO, FROM THIS DAY FORWARD OUR ISLAND WILL BEAR YOUR NAME ALTHOUGH I CAN'T IMAGINE TOURISTS FLOCKING TO A PLACE CALLED MALLARD... SO, PERHAPS WE WILL JUST REMEMBER YOU WHEN WE LOOK... ...UPON THE STARS. That was kind of melancholy. You did not see Maui Mallard get killed in that last battle, so the ending was kind of confusing to me. Anyway, the next screen shows a giant sunburst with CONGRATULATIONS! at the top. This scrolls down and then a bunch of credits scroll by followed by THANKS FOR PLAYING! It shows some copyright info then pressing a button brings you back to the title screen. MEGA MAN - DR. WILY'S REVENGE (Capcom) -This first installment of the Mega Man series for the Game Boy only has 6 Stages to it. For the first 4 Stages, you can pick which Stage you want to play through. Here is the recommended order: Elec Man Ice Man Fire Man Cut Man When you play through all 4 Stages and defeat the boss at the end of each one, the Dr. Wily Stage will appear in the center of them. Play through this Stage and at the end you will get to the teleport room where you can choose from 4 doors to enter. Each door has a boss waiting for you. When you defeat all 4 of these bosses you will fight a 5th boss, named Enker, who is reminiscent of the final boss of NES Strider. After defeating Enker, you will go to the 6th stage which takes place in outerspace. Play through the stage and you will eventu- ally fight Dr. Wily himself. He has 2 forms. First you must destroy the ma- chine he is sitting in. Use your fire weapon to defeat the machine and then you will have to use your Mirror deflect weapon to defeat the machine's 2nd form. Do this and Wily will jump out of the machine and beg for mercy as he always does. It will then show his outerspace base explode into nothing fol- lowed by an escaping shuttle. The next scene shows Mega Man staring off into the starry void of space as the game's enemies (with names) scroll by at the top of the screen. After they all scroll by Mega Man will start walking and the background will no longer be dark but will show that he is on an outer- space base. He stops where he can see Earth out the window, then the back- ground goes black again and the following message appears: THANK YOU FOR PLAYING PRESENTED BY CAPCOM It will stay here until you reset. MEGA MAN II (Capcom) -This is a pretty basic Mega Man game for the Game Boy, but is fun and high quality nonetheless. There are a total of 10 Stages to play through. When you start the game you have the choice to start in any of the following 4 Stages: Clash Man Metal Man Wood Man Air Man When you play through and defeat all 4 of the robot masters in those stages you will go to the Wily Fortress where you will be in a chamber where you can pick from any of the next 4 Stages: Hard Man Top Man Magnet Man Needle Man When you defeat all 4 of these robot masters a hole will open up in the floor and when you drop through you will do battle with the mysterious Quint (I consider this one of the 10 Stages). Defeat Quint and you will go to Wily's Time Fortress where you will go through a short stage and then encounter Dr. Wily himself. He has 3 forms you must defeat. His first form is a sort of mech machine. Use the pea shooter or the Sakugarne weapon to pogo on him. When you take a good chunk of his life meter away he will convert into a tank. Use the same weapon options on him and when you do enough damage he will change into his final form, which is a dragon/dinosaur type of machine. Defeat this form the same way and you will have defeated Dr. Wily. It will show a scene with Wily racing out of the skull mouth of his fortress with you pursuing him on Rush. You fire a missile at him which appears to destroy him and send him plummeting towards Earth where he impacts with an explosion that looks like a skull cloud. The screen scrolls up to the stars where it shows Mega Man watching all the enemies in the game appear along with their names. THANK YOU FOR PLAYING PRESENTED BY CAPCOM scrolls by and it stays here until you reset. METAL MASTERS (Electro Brain) -This is a mech fighting game and a difficult one at that. Your mission is to defeat other mechs in the tournament and assemble the 4 parts of the Super Robot and defeat the Baron. I will start off by saying there are 3 difficulty levels to choose from: Easy, Medium and Hard. You will get the same exact ending if you beat the game on any of the difficulties, so you will not be rewarded with a better ending for beating the game on Hard mode. As for the game itself, it consists of a total of 16 battles. After every 4th battle you will enter a side-scrolling action stage where you must walk through defeating tanks and helicopters and then fight a boss robot at the end. When you defeat this robot you will get one of four parts of the Super Robot. After your 16th tournament fight victory you will enter the 4th and last side-scrolling stage. When you defeat the boss of this stage you will get the following message: THE BARON KNOWS THAT YOU HAVE JUST FOUND THE ARMOR OF THE SUPER ROBOT. YOU ARE NOW ABLE TO ASSEMBLE THE SUPER ROBOT! The following victory message scrolls across the screen: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU ARE THE WINNER OF THE TOURNAMENT. YOU HAVE FOUND ALL THE PIECES OF THE SUPER ROBOT, AND YOU HAVE THWARTED THE BARON'S PLANS TO CONSTRUCT A SUPER ROBOT THAT WOULD TERRORIZE THE CITY ALLOWING THE BARON TO TAKE CONTROL OF THE CAPITAL. THE CROWD WISHES TO THANK YOU FOR DEFENDING THEM FROM THE IMPERIALISTIC BARON AND SAVING THE CITY. The next screen shows your assembled robot walking onto the screen and then another, larger robot enters from the other side of the screen. The following message then scrolls by: BUT... YOU DISCOVERED THAT THESE PIECES ARE ONLY CHEAP IMITATIONS. THE BARON MANAGED TO GRAB ALL THE PIECES LONG BEFORE YOU DID. THE GUARDIANS PLACED AROUND THE DUPLICATE PIECES WERE PUT THERE TO THROW YOU OFF OF THE TRACK AND HELP DISGUISE THE BARON'S MOVEMENTS. THE BARON SAYS THAT HE SHOULDN'T HAVE ANY TROUBLE REDUCING YOU TO A MOUND OF RUBBLE, AND HE IS SURPRISED THAT YOU MANAGED TO GET AS FAR AS YOU DID. GET READY FOR THE ULTIMATE FIGHT! So now you have one last battle against the Super Robot assembled by the Baron, using a robot that you are unfamiliar with and is apparently made from cheap spare parts. Attack the Super Robot's body with an upper attack, quick- ly alternating with the A and B buttons as quickly as possible to throw a flurry of lefts and rights at his head. If you can lower his Body meter be- fore he lowers yours you will be victorious. You then get the final ending message: THE LAST PIECE OF THE BARON'S ARMY HAS BEEN DESTROYED AND SO HAS HIS PLAN FOR CONQUEST. THE BARON IS GONE AND PEACE ONCE AGAIN RETURNS TO THE EARTHEN CAPITAL. YOU ARE NOW THE METAL MASTER, DEFENDER OF EARTH AND GUARDIAN OF THE GUILD. CONGRATULATIONS, YOUR EFFORTS WILL BE REWARDED AND YOUR BRAVERY AND HONOR UNEQUALED... THAT IS, UNTIL ANOTER [sic] WARBARON RISES AGAIN... Several staff credits follow and THE END wraps things up before you press a button to return to the title screen. MICKEY'S DANGEROUS CHASE (Capcom) -This one's aimed at the younger crowd, but there is a fair amount of chal- lenge, including some difficult jumps and the auto-scrolling levels. There are a total of 5 Stages, each with 3 Levels. The only boss battle you have will be against Pete at the end of Stage 5, Level 3. Conveniently there is a block on the screen while fighting him that you can just keep pulling more blocks out of, so as long as you can figure out his pattern and avoid him you will surely do him in. After you beat him touch the gift to the right of the screen and it will trigger the ending. It will show a picture of Pete running away crying with this dialogue: MINNIE: LOOK! THERE'S PETE! WE GOT THE PRESENT! HERE IT IS. The next screen shows Mickey and he says: MICKEY: HERE MINNIE. IT'S FOR YOU. HA-HA. The next screen shows Minnie and she says: MINNIE: WHAT COULD IT BE? The next screen shows the opened present with a bird flying out of it: MINNIE: OH, WHAT A CUTE LITTLE BIRD. The next screen shows Mickey and Minnie with the bird perched on Mickey's nose as Minnie laughs: MICKEY: NOW YOU'RE SAFE, LITTLE BIRD. YOU BET! The cast credits will roll follow by the staff credits which end with THE END on the screen where it will stay until you reset. Also of note is that nowhere in the game does it say the name of the game is Mickey's Dangerous Chase. It says MICKEY'S CHASE on the title screen but no mention of the word Dangerous is to be found. MICKEY'S ULTIMATE CHALLENGE (Hi Tech Expressions) -This isn't your typical Disney action platformer. This is more of a puzzle challenge than it is an action game. There are 5 items you need to find. To find them you must enter one of the 5 doors in the castle and complete a challenge. You will have to sort books, move potions (a boxxle type game), dust pictures (memory matching game), play musical pipes (a memory game like Simon) and lastly guess which items are in Goofy's toolbox. When you finish each game the character running the game will give you an item. Once you have all 5 items you have to go back to each of the 5 characters and they will each give you a magic bean. Bring the beans to the well and a giant beanstalk will grow out of the well. Mickey will climb it where it brings him to the giant in the sky, where you will have to complete one of those annoying sli- ding puzzles. Complete this puzzle to beat the game. Now there are 3 diffi- culty levels: Cake, Medium and Hard. The difficulty level you choose affects how each of the challenges in the game will play out, whether they are longer on hard or there were more pictures to dust in the memory matching game. The difficulty really makes a difference in this game, especially on that last sliding puzzle. On Cake difficulty there are only 9 pieces to slide around but on Hard difficulty there are 36 pieces. Regardless, you get the same end- ing no matter what difficulty you choose. Once you complete the sliding puz- zle (which is an alarm clock), the alarm will go off and the giant will wake up. He will say: HUH? WH-WH-- HEY! DID YOU JUST WAKE ME UP?! You will then get 2 options to choose from for your answer: 1--> UH, I G-GUESS IT WAS M-ME. 2--> N-NOT EXACTLY, MR. GIANT, SIR. If you choose 2 he will say OH, THEN I MUST BE DREAMING. GOOD NIGHT. He will go back to sleep and reshuffle the puzzle, making you start over. If you choose 1 he says WELL, THANK YOU! I WAS HAVING THE STRANGEST DREAM AND COULDN'T SEEM TO WAKE UP. The screen switches to a pic of Mickey lying in bed and the alarm goes off, followed by the text: R-R-RING!!! GOLLY. I GUESS I FELL ASLEEP WHILE I WAS READING THIS BOOK...I WONDER HOW IT ENDED..? It then shows a pic of Mickey shaking the Giant's hand and says ...AND THEY LIVED HAPPILY EVER AFTER. Mickey then says ...WHA-? It switches to the staff credits and they scroll by to cute Disney music and silhouettes of Mickey in the back- ground and the credits end with ...AND A SPECIAL THANKS TO THE GUYS AT ECHID- NA FOR tUME, THE UNIVERSAL MAP EDITOR. THE END. It then goes back to the title screen when you hit a button. This game was released on the Game Boy in 1994 and as a bit of cool trivia, the Sega Master System version, which is iden- tical to this game but in color, was released in Brazil in 1998 and was the last official game released for the Sega Master System. MICKEY MOUSE - MAGIC WANDS (Nintendo/Kemco) -This game is known as Mickey Mouse V in Japan. It is a fun game where you control Mickey and must play through 40 Stages in search for your friends. After every 10th Stage you will fight a boss. Defeat the boss and you rescue one of your friends. In each Stage you need to find anywhere from 4 to 12 pieces of a puzzle to finish the stage. The puzzle pieces are hidden in dia- monds, as are other things like energy powerups, weapons and even enemies. You also get a new wand after beating a boss. These wands will let you make frozen blocks and throw blocks, which will ultimately help you make it past various areas in each Stage. When you finish Stage 40 you will do battle aga- inst the Wizard (since there are 4 bosses in the game there are a grand total of 44 Stages). To defeat him simply throw a block at him. You will think he is defeated but then he will come back even bigger. Now you must hit him 8 times. After the 6th hit he gets a force field around him that only lowers when he shoots at you. Hit him 2 more times when the field is lowered and the game will be beaten. Mickey will jump for joy and then on the next screen it shows Mickey standing alone with the following dialogue: MICKEY "MINNIE!" MICKEY "MINNIE! WHERE ARE YOU?" MINNIE "MICKEY...I'M HERE!" Mickey then joins Minnie on the next screen: MICKEY "MINNIE!" MINNIE "MICKEY!" MICKEY "YOU COULD COME BACK SAFELY." MINNIE "THANK YOU SO MUCH, MICKEY!" MICKEY "EVERYONE IS WAITING FOR YOU. LET'S GO!" They walk to the next screen where you are met by the other characters: MICKEY "EVERYONE COULD RETURN SAFELY!" FRIENDS "MICKEY! MINNIE! BOWWOW BOWWOW! IT'S GOOD WE COULD RETURN SAFELY!" MINNIE "MICKEY, I'M SAFE BECAUSE OF YOU. THANKS EVERYBODY." GOOFY "LET'S TAKE A PICTURE! MICKEY & MINNIE! PLEASE STAND IN THE MIDDLE! PLEASE RESERVE MY PLACE. OK. DON'T MOVE..." "..........................CLICK!" It then shows a nice screenshot of all 7 of them and then goes to a black screen with THE END written in cursive. It stays here until you reset. MIGHTY MORPHIN POWER RANGERS (Bandai) -This Super Game Boy enhanced fighting game lets you pick from the 5 Rangers: Trini - Yellow Billy - Blue Jason - Red Kimberly - Pink Zach - Black If you are playing this on a regular Game Boy, the colors obviously do not matter, but if you are playing it on the SNES using the Super Game Boy the background colors in the Levels will match the color of the Power Ranger you are using. There are 2 difficulty settings, NORMAL and HARD. You will get a better ending playing it on HARD difficulty, so the game has that going for it. However, there are only 5 Levels in the entire game, so it is really short. I will describe both endings below: NORMAL DIFFICULTY Play through each of the 5 Levels, defeating the boss at the end of each one. When you defeat the final boss, RITA, at the end of Level 5 she will explode and apparently turn into a bat and fly away. Your points tally up and it goes to a screen showing an odd ethereal head speaking. It says: THIS IS ZORDON SPEAKING. RANGERS, YOU DID A FANTASTIC JOB! HOWEVER, MY SOURCES TELL ME THAT RITA IS STILL OUT THERE CREATING HAVOC IN THE CITY! THE ONLY WAY YOU CAN DEFEAT RITA AND HER EVIL SPACE ALIENS IS TO ACCESS THE HARD MODE You do get a CONGRATS! screen showing the 5 Power Rangers but then pressing A brings you back to the title screen. Go to OPTION mode and change the LEVEL to HARD and start another game. HARD DIFFICULTY Play through the 5 Levels again, defeating the same bosses, and confront RITA again at the end of Level 5 here in HARD mode. After exploding she turns into a bat and flies off again but now you will get the good ending from Zordon: THIS IS ZORDON SPEAKING. CONGRATULATIONS POWER RANGERS!! YOU HAVE DEFEATED RITA AND HER EVIL SPACE ALIENS. IT SEEMS THAT THIS IS ONLY THE BEGINNING... I SENSE AN EVEN GREATER PRESENCE THAN RITA HERSELF. Luckily the game is over and you do not have to fight this "Greater Presence" but Bandai did release Mighty Morphin Power Rangers - The Movie for the Game Boy the next year, so this may have been some foreshadowing. Anyway, after Zordon's message it will show each of the Rangers flashing across the screen doing their moves and you will get the CONGRATS! screen again. This time there will be a staff credits roll before returning you to the title screen. I'm fairly certain this is the only video game in existence with a final boss by the name of Rita. MIGHTY MORPHIN POWER RANGERS - THE MOVIE (Bandai) -This game is a Final Fight style game in which you fight your character through a level, having defeat a certain amount of bad guys before you can move on to the next screen. There are 2 modes of difficulty, NORMAL and HARD but you will get the same ending regardless of which difficulty you finish the game on. The only difference in the ending will be determined by which Power Ranger you beat the game playing with, as I will tell you about in a moment. You can choose any of the 6 Rangers to play as. On the Stage selection screen you will see 6 villains. You can choose to play these in any order you prefer, except for the guy in the lower right corner, Ivan Ooze. YOu can only select to play his Stage once you have defeated the other 5 villains. When you get to play his Stage (Stage 6), you will have to go through fighting sections fol- lowed by the bosses from the previous 5 Stages. Plow through these guys and eventually you will reach Ooze himself. He is sitting down, with cords con- necting him to the ceiling and floor. Defeat him in this form and then he comes alive and will float across the room, shooting at you with his wand. Defeat him in this second form and you will have beaten the game. It will show your Ranger against a black screen with what looks like ticker-tape falling from the top of the screen. The 6 red medallions appear in a circle and then disappear just as quick. The Character/Boss/Staff roll then scrolls by and end on a PRESENTED BY BANDAI FIN screen. Now here is where the ending is slightly different. Depending on which Ranger you beat the game with, you will get a message from them before it goes back to the title screen. Here they are: Aisha/Yellow Ranger: IVAN OOZE IS HISTORY! Billy/Blue Ranger: THAT'S USING OUR HEADS, RANGERS! Rocky/Red Ranger: THAT'S WHAT I CALL TEAMWORK! Tommy/White Ranger: PIECE OF CAKE, RIGHT GUYS? Adam/Black Ranger: NOT EVEN IVAN OOZE CAN STOP US! Kimberly/Pink Ranger: THE POWER RANGERS ARE TOO AWESOME! So Bandai didn't alter the ending for beating the game on Hard difficulty, but at least you got a specialized ending message for beating the game with a specific Power Ranger. MILON'S SECRET CASTLE (Hudson) -This is almost identical to the NES version, with only a few cosmetic changes here and there. Your goal is to work your way up to the 4th floor of the cas- tle by finding items and defeating bosses along the way to collect the 7 Cry- stals. You will also need to find the Crown and the Cane in the castle towers by defeating the 2 crows disguised as princesses. Once you have all these items as well as other various items (like the Excalibur, which makes your bubbles more powerful) you will gain access to the 4th floor of the castle. Enter here and there are 4 different rooms where you must find Maharito and defeat him. The only problem is there is only one true Maharito, so if you de- feat the first one and he turns into a crow, you have to go to the next room and defeat him again and hope you have the right one. When you finally defeat him it will show Milon standing in the throne room and the princess will mat- erialize. It will show you standing next to her in a cool graphic scene as the minstrels scroll by at the top of the screen and some upbeat music plays. The next screen shows the princess looking at you lovingly as Milon flashes the peace sign to you. She then gives you a kiss and the screen fades out to a cool picture of the outside of the castle complete with clouds and a setting sun. THe following appears below the pic: YOU BRAVELY SAVED CASTLE GARLAND. THANK YOU MILON! The staff credits scroll back and forth for a bit and then the screen fades to a screen that says FIN in cursive and PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT. Pressing any button returns you to the title screen. This ending, as well as the brief scene at the beginning if you let the title screen fade out, makes this ver- sion more satisfying than the NES version, unless you are not a big fan of black & white. MINER 2049ER (Mindscape) -This is about as old school as it gets. An old school classic arcade game that has the look and feel of an old Game Boy game. It just has that feel to it that it just isn't supposed to be beaten, which makes it all the more sat- isfying to finish it and log the ending...or so you would think. There are a total of 10 Stations to play through. In each Station you must walk over every section of the floor (except the bottom floor) to advance to the next level. It is like Pac-Man, except instead of eating dots you are tiling every spot of the floor. When you walk over the last untiled spot of the floor you will move on to the next Station. When you reach Station 10, do as you normally do and when you walk over the last spot of untiled floor it will tally up your score like it normally does. It will then go to a screen that simply says: [YOUR SCORE HERE] CONGRATULATIONS PLAYER ONE After a few seconds it will go back to the title screen. Mindscape released this game in 1991 and the original Miner 2049er came out in 1982, so I would rate this ending somewhere in between those two dates, probably more toward a 1982 ending, even though it was rare for a game in that period to even have an ending. A huge thanks to nolberto82 for creating a couple excellent Game Genie codes for this game. MISSILE COMMAND (Accolade) -This game, along with Pac-Man, Asteroids and Space Invaders are considered the 4 all time true classic games, in my opinion. Missile Command for the Game Boy is a good arcade adaption and stays true to the arcade classic and even names the cities you are defending. Also, in true classic arcade game fashion, there is no ending to the game, it just keeps looping infinitely. If you want to consider this game as beaten, I would say playing through and defending all 16 cities would definitely qualify. You start with Cairo and have to defend it through 2 rounds. Do this and move on to the next city. Here is the complete list of cities (some are actually countries) that you must defend and in the order that you play through them: CAIRO NEW YORK LONDON SYDNEY PARIS MOSCOW ROME TIBET AMSTERDAM ATHENS CHINA EASTER ISLE S FRANCISCO SAN JOSE SALISBURY MEXICO Each city/country has their own unique background (Salisbury has Stonehenge as a background since it is only about 8 miles from there). When you defend Mexico twice you will simply go on to Cairo next, the first city you defended. I supposed the lack of ending is why Accolade put an option to see the Credits on the game select screen. MORTAL KOMBAT (Acclaim) -The Game Boy version of this classic fighting game is dumbed down quite a bit. You only have 6 characters to choose from (Kano, Rayden, Liu Kang, Scorpion, Sub-Zero and Sonya) and the gameplay is limited and sluggish, but for 1993 it could have been worse. To beat the game you only need to win a total of 11 Matches. In each Match there are 3 Rounds, so win 2 of these Rounds and you win the Match. Here is the Match breakdown: Matches 1 - 6 Depending on which of the 6 fighters you choose, the first 5 Matches will be against the fighters you did not play as and Match 6 will be against a mirror image of the fighter you did play as. Matches 7 - 9 In these Matches you will fight against a pair of fighters. Right after you defeat one of them the other one will jump into the fight. These are tougher because if the first fighter wears you down you still have to battle a fresh opponent immediately after the first one. These Matches also have 3 Rounds. Match 10 - Goro This Match is against Goro, a 2000 year old half-human dragon. He is tough to beat but beat him in 2 Rounds and you go on to the final battle. Match 11- Shang Tsung The final match against Shang Tsung is tough. He is a wizard and can morph into any of the other characters in the game, including Goro, and use their moves. When you defeat Shang Tsung you will get the following message: YOU HAVE DEFEATED SHANG TSUNG YOU ARE THE SUPREME MORTAL KOMBAT WARRIOR The STAFF credits will then scroll by and will stop at THE END. You can then enter your initials if you got a high score. It then returns you to the title screen. You get the same ending with no variation no matter which fighter you played as. MOTOCROSS MANIACS (Ultra) -This bike racing game plays very much like the NES classic Excitebike, except with a few more features like the Jet power-up. You have 3 game play modes to choose from: SOLO, VS COMPUTER and VS 2-PLAYER. The VS 2-PLAYER mode is just playing against a friend with a game link, so we won't get into that here. The SOLO and VS COMPUTER have identical tracks with the only difference being that in VS COMPUTER you have a shadowy looking computer biker racing on the track with you. That being said, there are also 3 difficulty settings, A, B and C. You choose these at the track selection screen, with A being the easiest and C being the hardest. You have 8 Courses to choose from. You can choose to start on any of the Courses on any difficulty setting. If you start with Course 1A you will play the Courses in order when you finish them and qualify. When you finish Course 8A it brings you to Course 1B and so forth. Once you make it to the final Course, Course 8C (unless you chose to just start here), finish the Course and get greeted by one of the absolute worst endings I have ever seen: GAME OVER That's right, a game released in 1990 by one of the best licensed companies in the history of video games, Konami (technically Ultra Games for this release), is responsible for not only giving you any kind of congratulatory victory message, but you get the dreaded GAME OVER message, like you died or ran out of lives or something. Totally unexcusable. You get this for finishing Course 8C on both the SOLO mode and VS 2-PLAYER mode, so you get to experience the suckiness in both modes. MOUSE TRAP HOTEL (Milton Bradley/Electro Brain/Imagineering) -This little-known game has you controlling a mouse named Maxie whose goal is to make it to the Penthouse at the top of the hotel to reach his girl- friend. There are a total of 6 floors to play through, each with a varying number of rooms/areas on them. Since the FAQ on Gamefaqs for the game is ex- tremely sparse as of this writing, here is the floor layout, from bottom to top: BASEMENT (Laundry Room/Weight Room) 1ST FLOOR (Lobby...one long floor) 2ND FLOOR (Hallway/Ventilation/Rooms 201, 202, 203 & 204) 3RD FLOOR (Hallway/Kitchen/Dishwasher/Dining Room) 4TH FLOOR (Hallway/Ventilation/Rooms 401, 402, 403 & 404) 5TH FLOOR (Ballroom/5 Key Rooms/Maze) As you can see, you start in the basement and work your way up the hotel floors. You basically just play through a floor and return to the Main Ele- vator and go up to the next one. You can play the floors in any order you want, except for the 5th Floor, which unlocks after you finished the other 5 Floors. On the 4th Floor you need to find Keys in each Room to advance. On the 5th (final) Floor you work your way through the Ballroom and then 5 small rooms with keys in them. Once you get through those rooms you enter the most difficult part of the game, the Maze. There are around 30 rooms in the maze with some of them having multiple doors to choose from. Luckily each room has a different design on the wall so you can tell the rooms apart. Your goal in the maze is to find the key that unlocks the door that leads to the Penthouse. The key isn't located very far from the actual locked door, so once you find the key and unlock the door you will instantly go up to the Penthouse and view the one screen ending, which shows Maxie and his girl- friend reunited as firworks go off over the city that you can see out the Penthouse window. It stays here until you reset. Not a great ending by any means, but at least you got something for your troubles. MR. CHIN'S GOURMET PARADISE (Romstar) -This is a strange game where you have to turn the enemies into peaches and collect them. Each Stage has a set amount of peaches to collect. There are a total of 8 Stages and every 2 Stages you get to play in a Bonus Stage. When you finish Stage 8 you go on to the Bonus Stage and when you complete that it simply starts you back in Stage 1. There is no ending at all here. Mr. Chin's is your basic old school arcade style game played for points (or calories as you will notice on the score counter). As a side note, if you simply could not get enough of Mr. Chin, check out the NES game Thunder & Lightning, also by Romstar, which is a Breakout clone that has Mr. Chin carrying around your pad- dle at the bottom of the screen. At least that one has an ending, though it is not much better than this one. MR. DO! (Ocean) -This Game Boy version of Mr. Do! would make arcade enthusiasts of the game proud, right down to the ending (or lack thereof). The object of the game is to collect all the cherries on the board while avoiding the bad guys. Do this and you go on to the next stage. Stages are called "Maps" in this one and you even get to see a map of the whole stage when you press Start to pause. Every 3 Maps you finish you get to see a cute intermission scene. When you finish Map 10 you get what can be considered the "ending" as the word WONDERFUL ap- pears on the screen with bubbles popping around it. It also shows your score for Map 10 and at the bottom it shows your TOTAL score and time through all 10 Maps as well as your AVERAGE score and time below it. Pressing Start moves you to Map 11, which is the same as Map 1 but with the difficulty ramped up. When you beat Map 20 you will get the same WONDERFUL "ending" and then move on to Map 21. You get that "ending" for every 10th Map you complete. When you finish Map 99 instead of going to Map 100 the counter resets and it goes to Map 0, but finish Map 0 and you get the WONDERFUL "ending" again and continue on to Map 1 again. So yeah, there is no ending here but at least you get a little something for your time and effort. MS. PAC-MAN (Namco) -If you are a fan of this classic arcade game, you should enjoy this portable version. There is no ending to report, so I will just discuss a few of the notable benchmarks in the game. There are 2 modes, ARCADE and HARD. The stage layout in both is exactly the same, so the only differences are in gameplay difficulty. There is no preset high score, unless you count 0 as a high score to beat. There are 7 different bonus fruits (yes, I know the pret- zel is not a fruit). The banana is the 7th. From Stage 7 and on the banana will be your bonus fruit. It fills up all slots on the right side of the screen when you reach Stage 15. You get the same basic stage layouts, except when you reach Stage 17 you get a layout you haven't seen before, which is more opened up than the other stages. Then in Stage 21 you get a layout that you also haven't seen before, which has a straight/squared kind of layout. These 2 stages will continue to show up again every several stages from this point out. There are also 3 different intermission scenes. After you finish Stage 2 you will get a scene showing ghosts chasing Pac-Man and Ms. Pac-Man. The ghosts will then collide and the Pacs will be together with a heart at the top of the screen. The next intermission scene is after Stage 5 and just consists of the Pacs chasing each other all over the screen. The 3rd inter- mission scene comes after Stage 9 and shows a stork dropping off Baby Pac- Man to the happy couple. These 3 intermissions will continue to pop out throughout the game, after Stages 13, 17, 21, 25, 31, 37 and so forth. I even dug through the game's ROM to see if I could find any kind of ending text but there was nothing to be had, so unfortunately I must come to the conclusion that there is no ending to this game. Other versions of Ms. Pac-Man ended after Stage 32 but there was no such luck with this version. MULAN (T*HQ) -This Disney franchise game is an action game that is compatible with the Super Game Boy. It has a Prince of Persia feel to it, but is a lot shorter than any Prince of Persia game I have played. There are only 6 stages total. Most of these involve making somewhat difficult jumps that often lead to you plunging to your death. Stage 2 deviates in that you are in water and have to swim vertically through the stage, ducking underwater to avoid enemies while making sure your air guage doesn't run out. Stage 3 has you riding a shield like a snowboard, trying to jump over or avoid the many obstacles in your path. Stages 4, 5 and 6 are regular action, though Stage 4 has you sliding down ice paths on your way to the bottom of the mountain. When you reach the palace at Stage 6 make your way through it and you will eventually end up outside for your final battle with Shan Yu. Your goal is to back him into the fireworks over on the right side and throw some firecrackers into them while he is next to them. The explosion will seal Shan Y's fate and it will go to the ending. The first screen shows the palace on fire with the following text: CONGRATULATIONS! THE FIRWORKS EXPLODE AND SHAN YOU IS FINISHED. UNFORTUNATELY, THE PALACE IS ENGULFED IN FLAMES AND DESTROYED! The next screen shows the Emperor with smoke swirling around him and says: THE EMPEROR EMERGES FROM OUT OF THE SMOKE. MULAN BOWS HUMBLY. HE TELLS MULAN THAT HE KNOWS OF HER ESCAPADES... It switches to a screen showing a scroll with the continued text: ..OF STEALING HER FATHER'S ARMOR, DISHONORING THE CHINESE ARMY, AND NOW HIS ROYAL PALACE! BUT, HE EXPLAINS, HER ACTIONS HAVE SAVED ALL OF CHINA. AS A TOKEN OF HIS ESTEEM, THE EMPEROR GIVES MULAN HIS MEDALLION. The next screen shows Mulan on horseback with this text: MULAN RETURNS HOME TRIUMPHANT. HONOR HAS BEEN RESTORED TO HER FAMILY. FA ZHOU IS OVERJOYED TO HAVE HIS DAUGHTER SAFELY HOME AGAIN. The next screen shows Shang holding Mulan's hand and says: SHANG ARRIVES TO RETURN FA ZHOU'S HELMET. MULAN INVITES HIM TO STAY FOR DINNER. SMILING, FA ZHOU GUIDES THEM TO THE HOUSE. --THE END-- It then shows the staff credits for T*HQ, Disney and Tiertex and then returns you to the options screen. Concerning the ending, you get the same ending whether you finished the game on EASY or HARD level difficulty. MYSTERIUM (Asmik) -This is a dungeon crawler type game, but not your typical one. Yes, there are enemies and weapons to pick up, but the main objective in the game is to col- lect various items like iron, tin, lead, etc. and convert them into other it- ems by tossing them into various pools (mercury, acid, fire, etc.). This will turn them into other items which you can either use or drop back into a pool to turn into yet another item. It is pretty complicated and there are scrolls you can pick up along the way to help you out, but I highly suggest using the great FAQ written by RPaulson to get you through this game. There are a total of 10 levels in the dungeon, or Mysterium as it is called. You carry items over into the next dungeon but you can only hold 18 items at a time, so you will have to decide which you can use, get rid of or hold onto. When you get to the 10th level of the Mysterium your alchemy skills will be put to the ult- imate test, as all the items you got in the previous 9 levels will be removed from your inventory. There are a bunch of raw items to pick up on the 10th level to be converted into other items at pools and here you will be intro- duced to the scales. You can put 2 items on this to convert them into another item...you know the drill. Anyway, you will eventually make the Golden Wand at the Scales of Mercury and then exit the chute that leads down to the Dragon's Temple. Now the game takes a complete turn on you, as you are face to face with the dragon. The game goes from dungeon crawler to action game just like that. Sneak in and hit the dragon when he takes a deep breath (after he shoots a few flames at you) and if you do it fast enough you should take him out fairly easily after a couple tries. Defeat him and you get this message: THE DRAGON HAS BEEN TURNED TO A GOLD STATUE. THIS IS A GREAT VICTORY FOR US ALL, THANKS TO YOU. NOW USE THE GLORIOUS GOLDEN WAND TO SET US ALL FREE FROM OUR BONDAGE. After defeating the dragon go back to Cadmia, who you saw chained on a wall earlier and use the Golden Wand to get this message: I APPRECIATE YOUR KINDNESS. YOU HAVE WELL DEMONSTRATED THE SKILL OF A GRAND MASTER ALCHEMIST. YOU MAY NOW USE THE POWER THAT YOU HAVE ACHIEVED TO TRULY SET YOURSELF FREE. CHAINS ARE BROKEN After freeing Cadmia, use the Golden Wand to free the 3 Arimasps near him and then walk to the dead end wall in the same area and use the Golden Wand one more time to get this message: THE GOLDEN WAND HAS SET YOU FREE FROM THE MYSTERIUM. YOU HAVE BRAVELY PASSED THE TEST AND RISEN TO THE LEVEL OF GRAND MASTER ALCHEMIST. THE ARIMASPS MAY NOW CONTINUE WITH THEIR GOOD WORK. YOU HAVE WON Pressing A will bring you back to the title screen. A pretty cool ending for an interesting Game Boy title. MYSTICAL NINJA STARRING GOEMON (Konami) -This version of Mystical Ninja for the Game Boy is a decent action game but unfortunately it is ruined by the cheap mini-games you must win at the end of each Chapter. If you don't beat the mini-game it is an auto- matic game over and they are not easy to beat. In all there are 5 Chapters to play through. In each Chapter there are multiple sections, whether they are inside a cave, a castle, in a village or on an island. When you make it to Chapter 5 (Skeleton Island) there are 4 areas to play through, including 2 mini-boss battles before you take on the final boss, Baron Skull. This final battle plays out like one of the mini-games, in that it is not like the traditional action game play you have gotten used to in this game. In this final battle you must defeat Baron Skull 3 seperate times by hitting the button just right so you "punch" him as he pops up. He gets faster each time you fight him and by the 3rd time he is very hard to hit. If you can manage to beat him your 3 main characters will have the following dialogue with him: BARON SKULL: "OH MY...HAVE I LOST? CAN IT BE...?" GOEMON: "WELL, NOW WHAT ARE YOU GONNA DO, SKULLFACE?" BARON SKULL: "I'LL JUST HAVE TO USE MY LAST RESORT." GOEMON: "YOU'RE STILL GONNA FIGHT?" BARON SKULL: "STRATEGIC WITHDRAWAL! I'LL GET YOU ANOTHER TIME!" [Disappears] GOEMON: ".........." SASUKE: "HE RAN AWAY..." EBISUMARU: "WHAT WAS IT WITH HIM, ANYWAY?" GOEMON: "WELL, WHATEVER. ALL'S WELL THAT ENDS WELL!" It then goes to a plain white screen and the following scrolls by: AND THUS, GOEMON AND FRIENDS THWARTED THE AMBITIONS OF BARON SKULL. THE TERROR OF THE BLACK SHIP GANG FADED, AND LIFE RETURNED TO NORMAL IN EDO. THE END HUH? WHAT BECAME OF BARON SKULL, YOU ASK? WELL...HE JUST MIGHT BE WAITING FOR HIS CHANCE TO CONQUER THE WORLD AGAIN. IN ANY CASE, ALL'S WELL THAT ENDS WELL! The credits then scroll by and it ends with PRESENTED BY KONAMI where it stays until you reset. NAIL'N SCALE (Data East) -This is an interesting puzzle/action game where the hero is armed with nails and uses them to climb, break blocks and defeat enemies on his way through 51 Stages. There is an EASY and a HARD mode. Each difficulty has 51 Stages but in HARD mode there is a time limit for each stage and you do not jump as high. Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending for EASY and HARD. As for the Stages, every 10 Stages you fight a boss in which you will have to figure out the weak spot to throw your nails at. When you defeat the rat boss in Stage 50 by hitting him with nails in his underside when he jumps over you, you will advance to the Stage 51 final boss battle against the dragon (apparently his name is Lore). You need to hit him in the horn on the back of his head by either jumping over him (from a nail in the wall) and shooting down on him or by hitting him in the back of the head from behind him. After drilling him about 10 times it will go to a screen with the dragon staring at you and then throwing his head back. The next screen shows the dragon against a scaly background which fades out to pretty much the same picture but the dragon looks like he is embedded in the background with the hero standing in front of him holding his trusty hammer. The screen then shakes and the hero starts free-falling past some blocks and manages to grab onto a nail sticking out of one of them. It shifts to a view from above the hero hanging from the nail in the block and then goes to a screen with the word FIN on it, where it will stay until you reset. I'm surprised there wasn't a better ending for beating this game on HARD mode. NAVY SEALS (Ocean) -This seems like a simple "fight your way through to the end" game but the enemies kill you just by touching you and other hazards like falling ceilings and dropping down into areas with spikes you cannot see until it is too late prevent this game from being really enjoyable. That being said, if you can memorize patterns there are only 5 levels to play through in Navy Seals and there are no bosses, not even a final boss. When you get to Level 5 fight your way past all the turban-wearing baddies and eventually you will get to the exit door. Go through it and you get a cool screen showing some windows getting blown out of the base with the following text: CONGRATULATIONS - YOU HAVE DESTROYED THE TERRORIST BASE The next screen shows your character with a fistful of American flag in one hand and his submachine gun in the other with this text above him: MISSION COMPLETED - THE NAVY SEALS ARE VICTORIOUS It then shows your score and shows a cool screen with 5 dudes rough-housing with one another and several staff credits flashing beneath them (maybe these guys are the game staff?). Pressing Start will bring you back to the title screen. NEMESIS (Ultra/Konami) -This is pretty much Gradius for the Game Boy. When you start the game you go to an options screen where you can toggle several options, one of which is difficulty level. You can choose 1 or 2, with 1 being easier and 2 being more difficult. Playing through difficulty level 1, there are 5 stages to beat. At the end of Stage 5 you will have to destroy the final boss, which is just the Core. BLow it up and you will get this swirly looking screen that is probably supposed to be an explosion followed by a screen that says: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE SURVIVED THE BATTLE. It then shows your ship and a STAFF credits roll follows. At the end of the credits you get this message: FIRE-UP YOUR WARP RATTLER AND PREPARE TO BLAST OFF INTO ENEMY SPACE. It then starts you back at Stage 1, but this is the 2nd time through the game so it says Stage 6. The 2nd time through the enemies are a little quicker and the challenge is tougher but you get the same ending after beating the Core at the end of Stage 10. I actually played through the game 6 times to see if the ending ever changed but it was the same after beating Stage 30 so I would definitely count beating the Core at the end of Stage 5 as beating the game. Now playing through on difficulty level 2...will get you the exact same end- ing as beating the game on difficulty level 1. Sorry, no ending variation in this game. NFL FOOTBALL (Konami) -This is one of the very first games released on the Game Boy and it shows. Hard to believe Konami put something out this bad. Intellivision football was a better game than this. The only good thing about this game is that you get to choose between any of the 28 NFL teams that were playing at the time. The bad news is that there are no logos, players or anything that distin- guishes one player from another. There are also no tournaments or even a schedule to play. You simply pick a team to play as and then pick a team to play against. When you finish a game it shows your TOTAL STATS screen and then when you hit a button it brings you back to the title screen. I feel bad for any poor kid who was excited about getting this game for Christmas or a birthday. NFL QUARTERBACK CLUB (LJN) -This is not an actual football game, but rather a skills competition where you get to choose from 13 different NFL quarterbacks from what was probably the 1992 season (since the game was released at the beginning of the 1993 NFL season). The QBs to pick from are: Jeff Hostetler Phil Simms Steve Young Mark Rypien Boomer Esiason Bernie Kosar John Elway Warren Moon Jim Everett Randall Cunningham Jim Harbaugh Troy Aikman Jim Kelly After picking your QB you can either play in a Single Event to practice in or in a Tournament, where you compete in 4 Events against the other quarterbacks and the QB with the most combined points at the end of the 4 Events wins. The Events are as follows: Accuracy Competition Speen and Mobility Distance Competition Read and Recognition In the Accuracy and Read & Recognition Events, the 2 QBs with the highest scores play each other in a 1 throw playoff to see who is #1 in that Event. When you finish all 4 Events they will tally up the total scores. They will then show a picture of the winner in each of the individual Events with their score and the amount of money they won for that Event then will show the FINAL SCORES. If you were lucky enough to have the most points it will show your QB on a QUARTERBACK CLUB page with total points and total money won then the an- nouncer will appear and say the following: THE COMPETITION HAS COME TO AN END AND THE RESULTS ARE IN. ALL THE QUARTER- BACKS HAVE DONE A TREMENDOUS JOB, BUT [NAME OF QB] HAS PROVEN HIMSELF TO BE THE BEST. HE IS OUR QB CHALLENGE CHAMP. CONGRATULATIONS... The CREDITS will then scroll and then it goes back to the player select screen where you can play again. Now for the bad news...you could have played the worst possible game, finished in last place and not won a thing and you will still get the same ending, but it will simply show whatever computer control- led QB who scored the most points as the winner of the QB Challenge then show the credits like before. So basically, you don't get any kind of different ending for actually winning the competition (other than seeing your own QB's picture as the winner) nor do you get a different ending for beating it on Easy, Normal or Hard difficulty. Kind of a bummer but pretty much what you would expect from an LJN game. NINJA GAIDEN SHADOW (Tecmo) -Let's start by saying this is an awesome Ninja Gaiden game for the Game Boy, even if it wasn't originally supposed to be a Ninja Gaiden game. It was devel- oped by Natsume as a Game Boy version of the NES game Shadow of the Ninja. I'm not sure how it all went down, but Tecmo ended up getting the game, adding a few Ninja Gaiden elements to it and most gamers that have played this prob- ably have no idea it wasn't supposed to be a Ninja Gaiden game. Nice touch by Tecmo throwing Shadow in the title, though Ninja Gaiden was called Shadow Warriors in Europe. Anyway, there are only 5 stages in this game. Each stage has a cool boss battle at the end of it as you would expect. At the end of Stage 5 you will face off against Garuda, who happened to be the boss in the NES Shadow of the Ninja. In this game he is one of Jacquio's underlings but you don't end up battling Jacquio at all even though he is mentioned in the opening story. Defeat Garuda and he grows bigger. Defeat him again and you get the ending. It will show a scene of Garuda falling to the ground with you standing behind him, sword in hand. You then walk towards the screen as the castle crumbles into the ground Castlevania-style. The STAFF credits will roll as you continue to walk and after the credits you get a screen showing Garuda's broken mask on the ground with END above it. It stays here until you reset. NINJA TARO (American Sammy) -This game plays like an action RPG. You do the actual fighting, like in a Zelda game, and have to collect items and weapons. You do not get experience points for beating enemies, but you will find many chests scattered across the land that will increase your energy, strength and weapon power, hence the RPG elements. Your goal is to travel through the land to various towns to gather info and items to defeat the Ogre, who you find out has assumed the identity of a man named Shin who resides over the area. Eventually you will track him down in his own castle after rescuing the girl he abducted and will do battle with him. In his first form he moves around the room and will do some major damage if he comes in contact with you, so avoid him and hack away at him with your powered up Murasame sword when you can. Once he is defeated he will reveal his true form, some large monster with a giant eye that you must stab at until he is defeated once and for all. Once you defeat the monster you will be in a misty room. The mist will clear when you go to move and you will get the following message: MIST REPLACED THE SPOT WHERE THE OGRE STOOD. THE SORROW CRYSTAL ABSORBED ALL THE MIST, GREW, AND TURNED TO ASH. You will then be transported to the cave where the Ninja Master and the girl you rescued (Kondo's daughter) are. Go talk to them and Kondo's daughter will say: CONGRATULATIONS! I AM GLAD TO SEE YOU! MY NAME IS SAYA. COME BACK AND SEE ME AGAIN! Talk to the Ninja Master and he will say: WELL DONE! I AM SO PROUD TO HAVE AN APPRENTICE LIKE YOU! BUT A NINJA'S DUTY HAS NOT ENDED UNTIL YOU REPORT TO YOUR EMPLOYER. ARE YOU GOING BACK TO GEKO CASTLE? YES NO If you choose NO you can just wander around aimlessly. Choose yes to go back to Geko and he says I WILL SEE YOU AGAIN! Back in Geko, talk to the weird aide that looks like a jack-in-the-box and he says: OH! WELL DONE! WE ARE PROUD OF YOU! Before you speak to Nobu and trigger the finale, note that you can leave the room and go back and travel through an enemy-less world if you feel like it. The townsfolk will congratulate you wherever you go and you can even look for some upgrades if you feel like it. Anyway, speak to Nobu and he says: WELCOME BACK. BRIEF ME ON YOUR ADVENTURES. HMM, HMM, HMM. UNDER- STOOD. YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE OGRE IMPERSONATING SHIN ...THANK YOU! NOW, REST AWHILE! The screen then goes gray and you get this message: SO A CHAPTER HAS ENDED FOR NINJA TARO. BUT HE IS A FIGHTER, AND WILL NOT REST FOR LONG. NEW ADVENTURES AWAIT HIM... UNTIL THEN.... It then shows a screen with Ninja Taro and Saya sitting together with hearts all around them and smiles on their faces. It says THE END beneath them and will stay on this screen until you reset. OPERATION C (Konami/Ultra) -If you are a Contra fan, you should definitely enjoy this Game Boy version, even if it only consists of 5 Areas and is pretty toned down from the NES version. You get a boss at the end of each area and when you reach Area 5 you have to deal with the nasty aliens, obviously inspired from the movie Alien. When you reach the end of Area 5 you have to do battle with a giant robot that hovers around the room. Dispose of him and you find out he is not the final boss. Further past him you will reach what he was guarding, a large glass chamber with what looks like a giant alien egg inside. Just keep blast- ing at this as it gradually cracks and eventually the thing will be destroyed. The next scene shows your chopper escaping form the smoldering island you just laid waste to and then the STAFF credits will roll. It ends with PRESENTED BY KONAMI and then pressing Start brings you back to Area 1, but with your score intact. Playing through the game again will get you the same ending. OUT OF GAS (FCI) -Fujisankei Communications International (FCI) put out some decent games for the NES like Zanac, Dr. Chaos, Phantom Fighter and some AD&D games and they continue their solid, not flashy trend with Out of Gas for the Game Boy. This game has a total of 64 stages to play through, divided into 8 Levels. There are no bosses, just a scavenger hunt for gas canisters in each stage. Once you find all the canisters you are whisked away to the next stage. When you finish stage 8 in each Level it will show your girl back in the main ship waiting for you to get back. You get to see this fleabag each time you com- plete an 8th stage, so when you finish Level 8-8 it will show your character in the ship with her giving her the thumbs up with a cheesy smile on your face. She then plants a big smooch on you, complete with hearts fluttering. You get a dazzled look on your face as stars float around your head (and the pair of fuzzy dice hanging above). She then looks directly at the camera and gestures towards you as your tongue pops out and her eyes roll up. This is truly a strange ending. Hopefully he gets lucky. Anyway, it then shows your ship travel across space as a few screens of staff credits flash by and it brings you to the title screen. This is a fairly long action game, so luckily you get passwords for completing it. If you are using an emulator of Game Shark device, use code 0136DCC0 to give yourself infinite time so you can enjoy each Level with a whole lot less stress. PAC-IN-TIME (Namco) -This Super Game Boy enhanced cart is basically the Amiga/PC game Fury of the Furries but with Pac-Man replacing the main character. Mindscape/Kalisto were responsible for that game and sold the rights to it to Namco to make it into a Pac-Man franschised game. The game itself is long and difficult. You will have to master the game's jumping technique as well as the ability to use a rope to grapple and swing from platform to platform, sort of like using your arm in Bionic Commando, except there is it more intensively used in this game. Your mission is to make it through 7 Levels, each with 10 areas, making a whopping 70 Levels to finish. Luckily there are easy to write down pass- words so you don't have to do it all in one sitting. When you reach the last few areas of Level 7 you will be chasing the final boss, the Gum Monster. You finally confront him in Level 7-9. To defeat him just keep jumping and avoid- ing his shots every few seconds while firing at him when you can. He will change his attack after being hit to firing 4 bubbles at you. Eventually he will be reduced to his small size with holding a shield. This is when you need to shoot the cage above him. It will trap him and open up the floor so you can escape to Level 7-10. This final Level is a welcomed relief, as all you do is run to the right to escape the castle and trigger the ending. The following message will scroll onto the screen: BY DEFEATING THE GUM MONSTER, PAC HAS RETURNED TO HIS LOVING FAMILY IN THE PRESENT - FOR HOW LONG CAN HIS LIFE REMAIN PEACEFUL? It then shows a scene with Pac-Man standing in front of his house with his family (it is quite colorful if you are playing on a Super Game Boy) and the word CONGRATULATIONS is in the sky above them. THE KALISTO TEAM staff credits scroll by followed by THANKS TO NAMCO AND MINDSCAPE and THE END before re- turning you to the title screen. It's always nice to see a Pac-Man game with an ending. PAC-MAN (Namco) -This game is identical to the NES version of Pac-Man, other than the obvious fact that it is in black & white. There is no ending, so true enthusiasts of the classic arcade version will probably appreciate playing it for score and nothing more. Here are some highlights I got from playing through the game: The last unique bonus item you can collect is the Key, which appears as the Stage 13 bonus item. Up until then you had an assortment of fruit, like cher- ries, apples and a few others, as well as a bell and what I think is the ship from Galaxian. Once you reach Stage 13 the key will be the only bonus item you can get for the rest of the game. The screen displays the last 6 bonus items, so when you when you reach Stage 16 it will show all keys. As for scoring, when you reach 999,990 points you go back to 0 but fortunately your High Score will stay at whatever you got before it went back to 0. There is no preset high score on this version, so whatever your score is will be the high version unless you start a different game before powering off. Lastly, you do get 3 different intermission scenes. The 1st scene is after Stage 2 and shows a ghost chasing Pac across the screen, then shows the ghost running back across the screen as Pac (about 3-4 times bigger) is chasing after it. The 2nd intermission comes after you finish Stage 5. This one shows a ghost chasing after Pac-Man and it tears itself on a peg and rips its covering a bit. The 3rd and final intermission scene you get comes after Stage 8 and shows the stitched up ghost chasing Pac-Man off the screen, but then that same ghost, looking very much like a snail, retreating back through the screen pulling its fallen-off covering behind it. Those are the only 3 scenes you get. PANEL ACTION BINGO (FCI) -This is a weird spin on the classic bingo game where you play as a bird and compete against a cat to get a bingo before the cat does. Now here is where it differs. In a normal bingo game someone picks a letter/number combo ball out of the cage of balls and calls it out and if you have it you put a chip on your card. In this game you can see the entire board but you must get to the numbers (or letters if you chose that option) before the cat does and get to them in order. If the cat gets to the next number before you do make sure you head to the next one before he does and so forth. The cat gets pro- gressively faster as you go through the levels so you will need to be quick to beat him to the punch towards the end of the game. There are a whopping 60 Levels in this game. Each Level has 3 Rounds plus a Bonus Round, making a grand total of 240 screens you must play through to finish the game (the Bonus Round is just a whack-a-mole type game where you try and get to the moles before the cat does). For every 10 Levels you finish it uncovers a section of a picture which will be revealed after you complete Level 30 and then a new picture after finishing Level 60. Also, once you finish Level 30 the next 30 Levels you need to get to the tiles in reverse order (from 25 to 1 or from Z to A) before the cat does. Your ending is the same whether you played with numbers or letters. When you finish the Bonus Round on Level 60 it will tally your score and then show you the fully uncovered picture of a girl walking through what looks like a stream with the bird perched on her hand and the cat stalking after them in the background. Press A and it goes to a screen showing the bird in the center holding up its wings and a banner under it that says CONGRATULATIONS! along with your score. It then goes to the final screen shows the cat in the center with some kind of laurel wreath around it with bells on it and 4 birds surrounding him with THE END at the top of the screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen. PAPERBOY (Mindscape) -This game is very similar to the NES version. I think one of the only dif- ferences is actually the ending. As in the NES version, you must guide the paperboy through 7 Levels (Monday through Sunday). You have to delivery newspapers to the houses that have mailboxes in front of them. This is easier said than done, as there are obstacles like the Grim Reaper as well as dogs, angry houseowners and runaway lawnmowers out to get you. You do not have to be perfect, but you will get a bonus if you are. If you can make it through all 7 days of the week you will get the one screen ending that shows a picture of your paperboy and has the following headline: PAPERBOY WINS BIG! THE DAILY SUN Beside his pic is has the following: EARNS HONORS, BIG BUCKS! The NES ending has a different headline and has a bigger newspaper page on the screen. Anyway, the screen fades to THE TOP TEN screen where you can enter your initials. Once this is done it returns you to the title screen. Not much of an ending, but if you were a fan of the NES you probably enjoyed being able to have a portable version of it on your Game Boy back in the early 90s. PINOCCHIO, DISNEY'S (Black Pearl/Virgin) -This is a pretty simple platform game, once you figure out the various tasks you need to accomplish. The main goal of the game is acquiring the 3 Badges: Truth, Bravery & Unselfishness. To get them all you must play through 7 un- numbered Stages. Basically, if there is an intermission with a message when you complete an area, I count that as a completed Stage. You will get the Truth Badge when you complete Stage 1, the Bravery Badge when you complete Stage 4 and the Unselfishness Badge when you complete Stage 7-the final Stage. There is some variety to the stages. You play as Jiminy Cricket in Stage 2, ride a rollercoaster in Stage 3, are inside a whale for Stage 6 and row a boat to safety in Stage 7. When you completely row your boat to safety in Stage 7, Pinocchio will jump to safety but GeppetTo will go underwater. To finish the game and get the last Badge you must simply jump into the water to save him. The fairy will appear and give you the last badge and the following message will appear (in story book form): PINOCCHIO DUCKED THROUGH A HOLE IN THE ROCK AS MONSTRO MADE A LAST CHARGE. GEPPETTO AWOKE ON THE BEACH NEXT TO PINOCCHIO. AT HOME GEPPETTO LAY PINOCCHIO ON THE BED. "MY POOR BRAVE UNSELFISH BOY." GEPPETTO HEARD THE BLUE FAIRY. "AS HE WAS PROVEN TO BE BRAVE, TRUTHFUL AND UNSELFISH, HE WILL BE A REAL BOY FOREVERMORE" "FATHER", SAID PINOCCHIO. "I'M A REAL BOY" "A REAL BOY!" CRIED GEPPETTO "THIS CALLS FOR A CELEBRATION!" "WHEN YOU WISH UPON A STAR," THOUGHT JIMINY CRICKET, "YOUR DREAMS REALLY DO COME TRUE. GEE THANKS BLUE FAIRY." The game then abruptly returns you to the Start/Options screen. How rude. There are 3 difficulty modes (Easy, Normal & Hard) but you get the same ending on all 3 and the difficulty only seems to affect some enemies and the number of lives you start with. I did play through the game on all 3 difficulty set- tings and actually gained an appreciation for the game by the third time through. PIT-FIGHTER (THQ) -A not-so-good port of the somewhat popular arcade fighting game. You get to choose between 3 fighters: Buzz, Ty and Kato. Each one has their own fighting techniques. There are a grand total of 15 fights you will have to win to beat the game. There are 10 regular Matches. After every 2 Matches you will fight a Grudge Match (4 in all) and after Match 10 you will face off against The Warrior in the Championship Match. He is obviously the toughest guy you will face during the game. Defeat him and you will get a screen showing a picture of the fighter you were playing as with the words THE NEW CHAMPION flashing beneath it. Pressing a button will bring you back to Match 1, but with your score ($) intact. Not much of an ending at all, but technically there are 3 separate endings since you get a different pic depending on who you fought as. Yeah, that's pretty weak. POPEYE 2 (Activision) -This is a fun platform game for the Game Boy by Activision. It plays nothing like the original Arcade/NES game Popeye and if you are thinking it is called Popeye 2 because it is a sequel to that game, it is actually a sequel to an earlier not-so-great Popeye game that was only released on the Game Boy in Japan. In this version you must guide Popeye through 4 Rounds, each with 4 Stages. As always, Brutus is the antagonist you will have to deal with, at the end of Round 4-4 right after rescuing Olive Oil from the Egyptian Pharaoh boss of Round 4-3. Slug away at Brutus with your oversized, spinach enhanced fist (you can even use a glitch mentioned in the game's FAQ where you can stand on the boat to the right of the sail and the game thinks your head is an extension of the sail, so Brutus will walk on your head and you can keep punching him) and eventually you will do him in. It will go to a screen show- ing Brutus running at you, then you punch him, then Olive Oil comes running at you and you punch her...just kidding. The next screen shows Popeye, Olive and a couple of the others opening a chest and a can of spinach pops out. The screen fades out and the POPEYE 2 STAFF credits roll and finish with END spel- led out in spinach cans. PRIMAL RAGE (Time Warner Interactive) -This is the kind of game that a game endings guide is quite useful for. The game is nothing like the SNES or Genesis version and rightly so since it is made for a portable black & white screen. You get to play as 6 different fighters: SAURON, BLIZZARD, ARMADON, CHAOS, TALON and DIABLO. BLIZZARD and CHAOS are palette swaps as are SAURON and DIABLO, so there are really 4 unique fighters in this game. There are also 8 Difficulty levels to choose from. There are 2 different endings to get, which depend on which difficulty level you are playing on. Here is the ending descriptions: PLAYING ON DIFFICULTY 1, 2 or 3 Pick your fighter and you will do battle against the 6 enemy opponents (you fight yourself, so this makes 6). These matches are Best of 3 matches, so whoever wins 2 matches in the alotted time limit wins the fight. When you defeat an opponent it will tell you that you have conquered their land. Each opponent has their own land, so when you beat them you gain their land. When you defeat all 6 opponents it will show you taking the 6th piece of land and then go to a black screen that says WORLD DOMINATION. You then get to enter your initials which will appear on the HIGHEST SCORES screen if you scored high enough. It will then say GAME OVER and return you to the title screen. PLAYING ON DIFFICULTY 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 On these difficulty levels you will get the same ending, but there is more that you have to do than in Difficulty 1, 2 or 3. When you defeat all 6 opp- onents you will get all 6 pieces of land but instead of going to the same ending you will go to a FINAL BATTLE. This is the toughest part of the game. You will have to defeat all 6 opponents again, one right after another. If this wasn't hard enough, there is no time limit (XX appears where the time usually does), so you will get no cheap wins by having more energy than your opponent when your time expires. If you can manage to outlast all 6 opponents in this FINAL BATTLE it will say SAURON CONQUERS (or whoever you played as). It then says YOU ARE MASTER OF THE NEW URTH. Next you will enter your init- ials for the HIGHEST SCORES screen and then instead of the GAME OVER message that you got in Difficulty 1, 2 and 3 it will say TIME WARNER INTERACTIVE and will show a couple screens of their programming staff and then say PROBE ENTERTAINMENT and show two screens of their programming staff before you get the GAME OVER message, then it returns to the title screen. So you get the same exact ending for beating the game on Difficulty 4 that you do for beat- ing it on Difficulty 8. The crappy thing about this is that you can view the staff credits at the Start/Options/Game Credits screen, so it is not much of a reward for beating a tough game on the harder difficulties plus you do not get any kind of different ending for beating the game with a different fight- er. PUNISHER, THE: THE ULTIMATE PAYBACK (LJN) -This is a short game similar to Operation Wolf in style. You do not get to see your character, The Punisher, like you do in the NES version. You just control a crosshair and try to either shoot or toss grenades at your foes. There are only 5 stages/missions. This game is unique in that when you start the game it will say Mission 1 but when you clear that mission it says Stage 1 complete and does this for all the missions/stages. Anyway, you have to fight a boss at the end of each Mission and when you get to the end of Mission 5 you will square off against The Punisher's arch nemesis, Jigsaw. Blast away at him, shooting his weapons out of the way when you knock him down. Hit him enough times and you will have beaten the game. It will go to the STAGE 5 COMPLETE screen and show the TOTAL ENEMY, ENEMY KILLED, PERCENTAGE and SCORE BONUS numbers. The next screen shows a close up of the gruesome Jigsaw with the following dialogue: IT WILL NOT END HERE PUNISHER. YOU WILL NEVER WIN! The next screen shows Punisher standing over Jigsaw and he says: IT IS OVER FOR YOU JIGSAW. BY THE TIME I AM FINISHED, THEY WILL NEVER FIND YOUR PIECES! It shows a picture of Punisher lighting up some dynamite and then a picture of Jigsaw saying NO WAIT...I REPENT! A screen follows showing the building that Jigsaw was in blowing up as Punisher watches. The next screen shows the Punisher and says: PENANCE IS GOOD FOR THE SOUL... BUT PUNISHMENT IS GOOD FOR THE GUILTY! THE GUILTY HAVE NOW BEEN PUNISHED. THE INNOCENT HAVE THEIR VENGEANCE. FOR NOW MY JOB IS OVER, BUT WHERE EVER THERE ARE GUILTY, I WILL BE THERE, TO PUNISH THEM... The Punisher then cocks his gun and it goes to the TOP 5 PUNISHERS screen where you can enter your name, up to 6 letters. It then returns you to the title screen. PYRAMIDS OF RA (Matchbox) -If you are into puzzle games and want to get your money's worth from a game, look no further than Pyramids of Ra. There are a total of 23,995 possible rooms to play through, spread out over 5 Tombs. You do not, however, have to play through all of them. If you finish a room perfectly you will skip 100 rooms and you will also skip rooms if you finish them quickly, so you are luckily able to skip large chunks of rooms at a time if you are good at the game. Here is the room breakdown by Tomb: UNIS TOMB 1599 Rooms TETI TOMB 3199 Rooms KHAFRE TOMB 4799 Riins SNEFRU TOMB 6399 Rooms SCARABEUS TOMB 7999 Rooms Whenever you complete a Tomb it will uncover the person (Pharaoh?) residing in that Tomb. When you finish the Scarabeus Tomb you will get the ending message which says the following: WELL DONE! YOU HAVE COMPLETED PYRAMIDS OF RA. IMPORTANT. RETAIN PASSWORD. SEE BOOKLET FOR PRIZE INFORMATION. PASSWORD: HRPQMVNKY Pressing Start will bring you to the staff credits screen and pressing Start again brings you back to the title screen. A prototype of this game was found for the NES and is called Scarabeus (I have an ending write-up for it in my NES endings guide) but it was never finished and unfortunately never saw the light of day on the NES. Q*BERT FOR GAME BOY (Jaleco) -Yes, that is the actual full title of this game. This arcade classic for the Game Boy is pretty much more of what you are used to out of a Q*bert game and once you get used to the controls it is a pretty fun game. There are a total of 16 Levels, with each Level having 4 Stages. When you finish Level 16-4 it will go to the Q*BERT THE MOVIE SCENE 16 which shows Q*Bert carrying an umbrella under the tree and finally not getting hit with the coconuts (?) falling out of it. However, the tree ends up falling onto him and then it goes to a screen that says: Q*BERT THE MOVIE THE END! You then get a screen giving you the following message: CONGRATULATIONS! TO WATCH THE ENTIRE Q*BERT MOVIE, PRESS: RIGHT, UP, B, A, DOWN, UP, B, DOWN, UP, B. FROM THE TITLE SCREEN! You then get a screen with several staff credits and then get to enter your name on the HI SCORE screen. It then gives you the option to CONTINUE or END but CONTINUING just restarts you at Level 1-1 with your score reset and END brings you back to the title screen. Also, using that code at the title screen lets you watch all 16 Level intermissions as one long movie. QIX (Nintendo) -This classic arcade game by Taito was released on the Game Boy by Nintendo themselves. That is a pretty important fact because this ending description would be pretty bland if it had just been released by Taito. I basically would have written how the Stages go up to Stage 99 and when you finish Stage 99 it goes back to Stage 1 without any fanfare. I would have also mentioned that when your score reaches 999,999 it stops there and doesn't reset to 0, but just stays at 999,999 no matter how many more points you score. One last thing I may have mentioned would be the fireworks you get after every 4th Stage. That would have been enough for an endings write-up for this guide but it still would have left me feeling unsatisfied that there was no real ending to the game. There still isn't a real ending, but since Nintendo released the game they threw in the added bonus of having their mascot Mario show up in the game. The funny thing is, you would not even noticed he was in the game if you were using invincibility cheats and/ or did not score over 50,000 points. When you lost your last life, you will get a GAME OVER screen. However, you will get a cool little "ending" se- quence depending on how many points you scored. The game is difficult enough that they probably did not think anyone would really finish Stage 99, so you get the endings "after" you die. Here is what kind of an ending sequence you get when you score the following points: 0-49,999 You simply get the GAME OVER screen and then it shows the High Scores and goes back to the title screen. 50,000-149,999 This ending shows Mario standing in a desert in a sombrero and poncho play- ing his guitar with a vulture sitting on a cactus. 150,000-249,999 This ending shows Mario looking very African jumping up and down on the African plain with his spear with an elephant in the background. 250,000-299,999 This ending shows Mario dressed as a matador in a colisseum standing in front of a snorting bull with 7 dancers in the foreground. 300,000-349,999 This ending shows Mario sitting in a turban in front of an Indian palace charming a snake with tunes being played. 350,000-399,999 This ending shows Mario in China (or possibly Japan) standing in front of a pagoda while people ride bikes in the background. 400,000-499,999 This ending shows 3 Mario lookalikes in Russian soldier outfits marching in front of a Russian city with their rifles. 500,000-999,999 This final ending shows Mario, Luigi, the Princess and a bunch of Mushroom Retainers standing in the castle while Mario jumps up and down with the word CONGRATULATIONS! on the screen above them. So the best possible ending would be to get this ending screen with your point total at 999,999 points. I fin- ished this game years ago and had no idea Mario was in this game until I happened to read through the Qix Game Boy FAQ by QXZ and thought he was mak- ing it up until I found out for myself. R-TYPE (Irem) -This is a cool shooter for the Game Boy that was made popular in the arcades and on the Sega Master System. This version has 6 stages to play through. The stages all have a pretty tough boss at the end and when you reach the end of Stage 6 you will have to destroy this weird looking alien creature that is hiding behind a teeth-like barrier. This is pretty tough but if you can man- age to outlast all the debris coming after you and destroy the boss you will destroy the alien and clear Stage 6. You will get the following message: YOU HAVE RESTORED A SHORT PEACE, BUT THE BYDO EMPIRE STILL LIVES. NOW FACE THE ULTIMATE CHALLENGE It dumps you back in Stage 1 but with a greater degree of difficulty. Play through this 2nd Quest and when you defeat the alien at the end of Stage 6 again (must be the Bydo Emperor) you will get the following message: THANKS TO YOUR BRAVE FIGHTING, THE COSMOS RESTORED PEACE. THE BYDO EMPIRE WAS ANNIHILATED TO NEVER SCARE PEOPLE AGAIN. YOUR NAME WILL REMAIN IN THE UNIVERSE FOREVER. THE GAME IS OVER GAME OVER It then goes to a screen that says CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE A HIGH SCORE and you can ENTER YOUR NAME (3 letters max) and then it returns you to the title screen. I love that an early Game Boy game (1991) actually has a 2nd Quest that, although it is just more difficult than the first, gives you a differ- ent ending message than beating the game normally. Good job Irem. Also of note is that you can skip directly to the 2nd Quest! At the title screen if you hold Down and press Select it will open an options menu where you can change the Difficulty level from the default EASY to HARD, which is really the 2nd Quest. So if you select HARD right from the beginning and play right through the first time, you will get the good (2nd Quest) ending. RAGING FIGHTER (Konami) -There are 3 different modes to choose from in this portable Street Fighter clone of a game. They are 1 PLAYER, VERSUS and STORY. In 1 PLAYER mode you can choose a PRACTICE match or play in the TOURNAMENT. In VERSUS mode you need a Game Link to play against a friend (or someone you don't like for that matter) but it is a simple one on one fight against a human opponent, so that will not be discussed here. In STORY mode you have a team of fighters who must individually defeat 5 other fighters to finish the game. I will detail the endings to each of the modes below and then describe what the ending is like for each of the 4 difficulty settings (applies to both the TOURNAMENT and STORY modes): -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING In the TOURNAMENT you get to choose which of the 7 fighters you want to play as. You must then fight all 7 of the fighters (the 7th will be a mirror image of whichever fighter you are playing as) to get the ending. Each time you defeat a fighter it will show a picture of your fighter moving up a tower to fight the next fighter. When you get to the top of the tower to face off against your mirror image (the 7th fight), defeat him/her in the usual 2 out of 3 matches and you will get the ending. The endings do slightly change de- pending on the difficulty you chose. Here are the 1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT endings for each difficulty: -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 1) After beating your mirror image it will tally up your points. It will then show you as the winner and you as the loser, since you fought your mirror image (with a mask on). It then goes to the RESULT screen, which shows your score as well as what Floor you made it to and your Rank (from A to G) and also says RAGING FIGHTER 1993 KONAMI at the bottom. It then rolls the CAST credits, which show the 7 characters from the game as well as a fellow from the "Dark World" named GUILGA. We will get to him in the STORY section. The STAFF credits then roll by and you go back to the title screen. -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 2) Everything is the same as the DIFFICULTY 1 ending, but after the RESULTS screen it will show pictures of the CAST, which is all 7 fighters, then it goes to the CAST and STAFF roll. -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 3) Same ending as DIFFICULTY 2, but instead of just showing a picture of the fighters, it also them practicing their moves. -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 4) This is the same ending as DIFFICULTY 3, but instead of merely showing the fighter practicing after it shows their picture, it will show them fighting an opponent. So even though the endings aren't much different, at least Konami gave you something slightly different ending-wise for finishing the game on the different difficulty levels. Now we will go through STORY mode: -STORY MODE ENDING So STORY mode is a bit different than TOURNAMENT mode. There is no timer and you just have to beat an opponent once, rather than 2 out of 3 falls. You control a team of a few fighters and must fight through 5 individual oppo- nents. If you lost a fighter you get to jump in with another fighter from your team. As for your opponents, you always have the same 5: Vandal, Bulky, Miyabi, Shades and the mysterious Guilga. Guilga looks like a shadow version of one of the other characters, but this is as close to a final boss that you will get in this game. If you manage to defeat Guilga you will get the following endings, changing slightly depending on the difficulty level: -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 1) After beating Guilga there will be no score tallying or ranking result screen. It goes straight to the cast pictures just like in 1 PLAYER TOURNA- MENT mode's Difficulty 2 ending followed by the same CAST and STAFF credit roll then returns to the title screen. -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 2) This ending is just like the Difficulty 3 ending in TOURNAMENT mode, where it shows your fighter practicing their moves then follows up with the CAST and STAFF credit rolls as in the other endings. -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 3) This ending is just like the Difficulty 4 ending in TOURNAMENT mode, showing the CAST member's pic followed by them fighting with an opponent. The CAST and STAFF credits roll like the other endings. -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 4) So, since Story mode Difficulty 3's ending was like Tournament mode Diffi- culty 4's ending, there must be something special here, right? Unfortunately it is identical to Story mode's Difficulty 3's ending. Not sure why the last 2 difficulty endings were the same in Story mode, but that's what you get. One last point of note, there is a Game Genie code created by Galoob to get an "Expert's Only" mode which is supposedly harder than Difficulty 4. I went ahead and checked it out and it seemed about up to part with Difficulty 1 but you will get Difficulty 4's ending if you finish the game using this code. RIDDICK BOWE BOXING (Extreme Entertainment Group) -This is a sub-par boxing game from a company that only made a handful of games. You have the choice at the start screen to fight a 1P exhibition match, a 2P exhibition match, Begin a career or Resume a career (with a password). The meat of this game is Career mode. You get to name your boxer and pick the hair and body color then you get a list of 25 boxers, with yourself at the very bottom. You can scroll up the list but you can only select the boxers whose faces you can see clearly (the ones not blacked out). Every time you beat a boxer you can move up the ladder and the next 2 boxers unlock. You can fight the better of the two to move up quicker and eventually reach Riddick Bowe himself. If you take the direct route by beating every other boxer, you will fight Bowe at Match #13 (assuming you won them all). He is tough but if you can beat him the next screen shows a newspaper sports page with a picture of your boxer and NEW CHAMPION printed above him. It them goes to the TEAM EQUILIBRIUM staff credits and then to a picture of Riddick Bowe with the fol- lowing message for you: HERE'S THE MAN THAT BEAT THE MAN, WHO BEAT THE MAN. THAT MAKES YOU THE MAN. However, the game is not completely over yet. It will let you continue on and you will have to fend off a bunch of the other boxers in a bunch of CHALLENGE MATCHES. I played through 13 of these matches, sometimes fighting the same guy more than once in a row, and after the 13th CHALLENGE MATCH I got the follow- ing message from Bowe (accompanied with his pic): I'VE RETIRED MANY A MAN IN MY DAY AND NOW IT'S YOUR TURN. I thought this might mean I had one more fight with him but it simply dumps you back on the title screen after that message. I guess he meant that you are now the man retiring many a man. At any rate, there were a total of 26 matches to play through (assuming you won them all) to get that final ending message from Riddick Bowe. RING RAGE (Taito) -This is a pretty simplistic, yet difficult to beat wrestling game. You have 5 wrestlers to choose from: Gunboat Rody, Spike, Yasha, Shadam or "KO" Joe. There is a 1P EXTRA MATCH mode where you just wrestle exhibition matches in a best of 3 falls series. The main part of the game is TOURNAMENT mode, where you must wrestle in 4 matches (called Rounds) defeating the other 4 wrestlers in the game and then in a final 5th match against the TWF Champion Killer Cane. These TOURNAMENT matches are 1 fall, not best of 3 like in 1P mode. The matches are also held in different arenas, including a cage match in New York. If you make it to Round 5 and defeat Killer Cane in Calgary, you will get a screen showing you as the WINNER and then it will go to a screen that says CONGRATULATIONS! This will scroll upwards and the following message will scroll by beneath it: YOU'VE CONQUERED THE PINNACLE OF ALL FIGHTING MATCHES!! AT LAST, YOU'VE BECOME A NEW CHAMPION OF THE TWF!! YOU ARE TRULY A MASTER! HOWEVER, IN THE WORLD OF COMPETITIVE FIGHTING, THERE IS MUCH TURBULENCE. YOU'VE ONLY JUST BEGUN YOUR JOURNEY TOWARD GREATNESS AND THE REAL KING OF THE MATCH!! The RING RAGE STAFF credits scroll by ending with PRESENTED BY TAITO and then pressing a button goes to a GAME OVER! screen (the old "slap in the face" message I hate to get when you finish a game) and then to the title screen. ROBOCOP (Ocean) -This is mostly an action game, but they throw in a couple stages like one where you have to identify a criminal by matching sections of his face with a timer running down as well as one where you have to "Recalibrate your gun" by shooting at targets. There are a total of 10 Stages and I liked the fact that Ocean has the Stage number displayed right on display bar at the bottom of the screen so there is no doubt as to what Stage you are on. When you get to Stage 10 it says you must "Present the Board with Evidence Against Dick Jones." All you have to do is rescue the President from the guy holding him hostage, who I assume is Dick Jones. This is similar to the hostage situation in Stage 2. Just be precise and nail the guy without hitting the hostage and after several hits he will go down. After this you get a screen that says: NICE SHOOTING SON YOU HAVE RESCUED THE PRESIDENT Just as you are basking in the glow of finishing the difficult game it will immediately say GAME OVER and go back to the title screen. I'm not sure why game programmers do this sort of thing, but it's kind of cheap if you ask me. If you happen to be playing this on an emulator, the game freezes at the be- ginning of Stage 4 on VisualBoyAdvance, but works just fine in KiGB. Make sure you own a copy of the cart if you are going to do such a thing... ROBOCOP 2 (Ocean) -This is not a very fun game, with a lot of cheap hits and unmarked stages, but it is definitely beatable. There are a total of 15 stages, if you count the boss battles against ED209 and the 2 sliding puzzle games as separate stages. In addition to the 2 sliding puzzles and the 3 ED209 battles are 9 side-scrolling action stages where you must fight your way through and pick up at least 60% of the begging criminals on each stage (except for one stage where there are no criminals to get). After the 3rd ED209 fight you have one more action stage to fight through and then you get the final battle, against Cain, who looks like an advanced version of ED209. Shower him with bullets and dodge his varied attacks and this mech will be defeated. The next screen shows RoboCop standing in front of a city, sparkling like he was right out of an oil bath. It then goes to a screen that says: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE SAVED THE CITY FROM CAIN AND HIS EVIL NUKE It shows a few staff credits and says PAINTING BY NUMBERS, which I assume to be the name of the staff group, then it goes to a screen where you can enter your name among the other high scorers. It will then go to the title screen. Ocean made several movie licensed games that all have the same feel to them like Robocop, Darkman and The Untouchables to name a few, if you like this sort of game. ROBOCOP VS. THE TERMINATOR (Interplay) -Finally a RoboCop game not made by Ocean. The game isn't that much better than the previous 2 but it is easier to play, in my opinion. There are a total of 7 Stages to blast your way through. Most of them have boss battles at the end of them. They are typical straight-forward action stages where you just shoot baddies, leap over gaps in the floor and grab the occasional power-up. Nothing special at all here but if you were a fan of either RoboCop or Term- inator you were probably happy to play this crossover title, even though the Terminators look nothing like the Arnold variety. Anyway, when you get to the end of Stage 7 (Los Angeles - Skynet Central Computer) you will do battle with the said computer, which is actually a brain floating around on some kind of hover machine. Just keep blasting away at the center of the hover machine and the brain will eventually be toast. It will then go to a screen like the other post-stage screens, with RoboCop striding across the bottom of it, but you will get the following message: CONGRATULATIONS! MISSION COMPLETE SKYNET CENTRAL HAS BEEN DESTROYED. GOOD JOB ROBOCOP! After he makes his way across the screen it simply goes back to the title screen. The quickness of the ending makes you feel ripped off but if you were playing through the RoboCop Game Boy games in order then you were probably glad to finally have them all finished once and for all. ROLAN'S CURSE II (American Sammy) -This little known Game Boy game is just as good as Rolan's Curse, if not bet- ter. It plays like a poor man's Legend of Zelda and though not as vast, you do get to travel to towns, talk to people, collect a few items and defeat the occasional boss. A cool aspect of this game is that you get to find some com- panions to fight with along the way. You can have up to 3 companions in your party and along the way there are 7 companions to find. You will have to pick which ones you want to fight with, but keep in mind that when you beat the game you will get an ending message for each companion that is in your party, so you will not get the ending message for the companions you left behind. The FAQ on Gamefaqs.com divides the game up into 8 chapters, but that was for the sake of the walkthrough. They are not numbered in game and even though the quest is fairly linear, there are a few branches you can take and can even go back to towns and places you previously visited, so you can basically back- track (using a wing if you have one makes this easier) and visit places you have already been. Anyway, when you get near the end of the game you will reach the dungeons, then the palace, then finally the final battle with Barius. He isn't much to behold, as he lays on the ground looking injured with his heart (or what I think is his heart) pulsating. That is obviously his weak spot. Hammer away at it and after awhile he will be defeated. You will get the following message: EVIL KING BARIUS IS DEFEATED AND HIS PLOT TO REGAIN HIS EVIL GRASP ON THE WORLD IS ENDED FOR NOW.. THE WARRIORS BID FAREWELL TO EACH OTHER.. Now here is where you will see what happened to each of the characters you finished the game with plus the Hero character you named when you started (I named him Adam). I will list the 4 ending descriptions I got when I finished the game but will also add the descriptions for the other 4 characters I did not finish the game with: -PIT PIT HAS RETURNED TO HIS VILLAGE, AND IS AGAIN TO HIS OLD PRANKS! -KYLE KYLE WILL FINALLY FIND THE PEACE THAT HE DESERVES. KYLE'S TOWN HAS HOLIDAYS IN HIS MEMORY. -ZOLD ZOLD HAS RETIRED TO A PEACEFUL LIFE IN HIS PALACE. -LORA LORA LEAVES THIS WORLD WITH THE SPIRIT OF LOVE. -LANE LANE IS BACK IN HER TOWN USING HER SKILLS TO HELP THE NEEDY. -JUDE JUDE'S SEARCH FOR KNOWLEDGE CONTINUES WITH HIS ONLY PUPIL AT HIS SIDE. -LEE LEE RETURNS TO HIS TOWN TO TEACH THE WAYS OF PEACE. -ADAM (HERO) ADAM CONTINUES IN SEARCH OF GRAND ADVENTURES. THE LEGEND OF ADAM AND HIS GREAT STRUGGLE AGAINST THE FORCES OF EVIL WILL BE TOLD AND RETOLD FOR MANY GENERATIONS TO COME! The words END appear in a block in front of a black screen. SEAQUEST DSV (Malibu/T*HQ) -This Super Game Boy compatible game consists of you in a body of water where you will undertake a total of 9 Missions. They are unnumbered and, as the manual says, may not go in the order the manual has them in (or I describe them in), but you will have to undertake these missions in roughly the order I present them in. You start by moving your sub around and using your sonar to see how far you are from your 1st mission. When your sonar is saying you are at your location, deploy your tiny ship and it will go to that mission. You will get the hang of it. I got the missions in the following order: (1) A shipwreck mission where you must collect 20 canisters and return to your ship. (2) An underground cavern mission where you must collect 16 canisters. (3) A trench mission, where you must get 20 canisters and avoid octopii. (4) A powerplant meltdown mission, which is an arcade style mission where you have to quickly shoot at areas of the pipes that need repairs to fix them. (5) The Darwin mission, where you control a ship and a dolphin and must re- trieve 20 canisters and then beat an annoying boss probe at the end. (6) A 2nd powerplant meltdown mission, like the first but faster. (7) The insanely difficult saboteur mission, where you must grab all the bombs and dispose of them through airlocks as well as use stun panels to activate flame jets in the floor to stun the saboteurs, who you must then grab and use the B button to get them to play a tune. You must do this to 4 different sabo- teurs and when that is done, all while a giant timer is counting down, you must find the tune entry panel and push up, use select, then B to play the tunes. Very difficult to pull off! (8) The enemy control base, where you must collect 30 canisters then activate the self-destruct mechanism and escape before the time meter runs out. (9) Lastly, you must battle the Renegade's battle sub in the open water with your missiles, but don't let it get too far away from you or it will escape. When you manage to blow up the Renegade's sub you will get a well-earned mes- sage from your superior, which says: CONGRATULATIONS SEAQUEST. YOU'VE RECOVERED THE PLUTONIUM CANISTERS AND DESTROYED THE RENEGADE FORCES. THE U.E.O. EXTENDS ITS GRATITUDE FOR RESTORING PEACE TO THE WORLD'S OCEANS. It then shows a scene with the seaQuest docked at the UEO station while a smaller sub continuously floats by with the words GOOD JOB SEAQUEST! trailing behind it. It will stay on this screen until you reset. This is definitely a game that would take an insane amount of practice, skill and luck to make it through without cheats and there are no passwords either, so if you finished this game on your own I commend you. SERPENT (Taxan) -Taxan is known for their NES games with multiple quests and endings. Even though Serpent is a simple game, there are technically 8 different endings. Your main goal in the game is to defeat your enemy snake by trapping it so it cannot move. You play against him until you have beaten him 7 times. When you have beaten him 7 times you will get the ending screen for whatever Mode and Level you are playing. There are two Modes. Mode 1 and Mode 2 both have 4 Levels to play at. The higher the Level, the faster the gameplay is. Here are the ending screen descriptions for each Level: MODE 1, LEVEL 1 The word CONGRATULATION! will be in the middle of the screen with 8 hearts getting bigger and smaller around it. MODE 1, LEVEL 2 A big, blinking eye will be in the center of the screen with the word CONGRAT- ULATION! at the bottom with 5 hearts getting bigger and smaller around it. MODE 1, LEVEL 3 A big set of lips will be smacking kisses at you with the word CHU! coming from them and CONGRATULATION! at the bottom of the screen. The 5 hearts will also be surrounding the lips. MODE 1, LEVEL 4 A cute girl with a snake tiara will be in the center of the screen. She will occasionally wink and kiss at you while the 5 hearts are pulsating around her. The word CONGRATULATION! is at the bottom here as well. MODE 2, LEVEL 1 This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 1 ending, except there is a tiny lit- tle snake wandering around the screen. MODE 2, LEVEL 2 This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 2 ending, except there are 2 tiny lit- tle snakes wandering around the screen. MODE 2, LEVEL 3 This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 3 ending, except there are 3 tiny lit- tle snakes wandering around the screen. MODE 2, LEVEL 4 This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 4 ending, except there are 4 tiny lit- tle snakes wandering around the screen. This game is really difficult to beat and I would have never been able to get these endings recorded if it wasn't for the "Win Immediately" Game Genie codes created by nolberto82 (C33-B9F-E61 and FA5-0DF-A21). SHAQ FU (Black Pearl) -I'm not very good at fighting games but after firing up this Super Game Boy enhanced game and seeing a couple names I recognized from my many years of reading video game magazines in Donn Nauert and Steve Ryno I got pretty ex- cited to play this game I had heard nothing about since its 1995 release. Now I know there is a reason I had not heard Shaq-squat about this game. It's not very good. The controls seem smooth enough and you are offered 3 modes of game play: SHAQ FU, DUEL MODE and 2 PLAYER. However, DUEL MODE is just end- less practice fighting as you can choose from any of the 7 fighters in the game to play as and to fight against. It keeps track of how many battles you have fought regardless of who you fight as or against but after winning 35 battles it just went on to Battle 36 so I assume it goes on forever. 2 PLAYER mode is self-explanatory, as you face off against a friend using a game link cable, another Game Boy and another Shaq Fu cartridge. The SHAQ FU mode is the meat of the game. You play as Shaq and square off against each of the 6 fighters in a Best of 3 Rounds Battle. The 6 opponents are named: Kaori, Rajah, Mefis, Voodoo, Beast and Sett. They all have their own unique looks and moveset. When you manage to beat all 6 of them it goes to...a single VICTORY! screen, showing Shaq with his arms raised in the air. If you were hoping for a final battle against a Shaq clone or some other final boss type character, you will not find such coolness in this game. It simply goes back to the opening screens when you press a button. I guess I was expecting a lot more out of this game. Why, I do not know, but the ending definitely fell flat. SIMPSONS, THE - BART & THE BEANSTALK (Acclaim) -This is a pretty simple and quick game if you know what to do. The object of the game is to get up the beanstalk and get the 3 treasures from the Giant and make it back down the beanstalk. The game is comprised of 7 Stages. The first 2 Stages have you climbing the beanstalk and then making your way to the castle and they each have boss fights at the end of them. Amazingly, those are the only 2 boss fights of the game! THe 3rd Stage (Giant's Cup- board) is a platformer where you have to collect coins and just reach the end of the stage. Immediately after you exit you have a simple stage where you are in the Giant's soup and must jump from meatball to meatball to gather the 15 coins you need to finish the Stage. Stage 5 has you going through the Giant's room, where you must grab the 3 items the Giant's wife mentioned (the Money Bag, the Harp and the Golden Goose) and then exit the stage. Stage 6 has you playing Stage 2 again, but from right to left with the Giant chasing after you. The final stage has you free-falling down the beanstalk, avoiding enemies and following a coin trail to the bottom. Once you make it to the ground, grab the axe and you have finished the game! It goes to a screen showing Bart next to the beanstalk with the following dialogue: BEFORE THE GIANT COULD REACH THE BOTTOM, BART GRABBED AN AXE AND CHOPPED DOWN THE BEANSTALK. THE GIANT FELL WITH A THUD. BART'S HOUSE SHOOK SO MUCH THAT THE WHOLE FAMILY RAN OUT TO SEE WHAT HAD HAPPENED. The next screen shows Bart standing atop the Giant's head, which in actual- ity is a giant Homer Simpson head. More dialogue follows: BART SHOWED THEM THE GOLD, THE HARP, AND THE GOOSE. THEY WERE ALL SO EXCITED THEY WERE SPEECHLESS. ...EXCEPT FOR HOMER, WHO SAID "THAT'S ONE UGLY GIANT!" BART'S FAMILY USE THE MONEY TO BUY A NEW COW. AND THE MONEY MADE BY SELLING THE GOOSE'S GOLDEN EGGS KEPT HOMER ROLLING IN DONUTS FOR THE REST OF HIS LIFE. THE END You then get 5 pages of staff credits and are returned to the start. SKATE OR DIE - BAD 'N RAD (Konami) -This is not like the NES game Skate or Die but is more like the NES sequel Skate or Die 2: The Search for Double Trouble in that it is a side scrolling action game. Not only are there a bunch of enemies to fend off but there are many obstacles that kill you instantly making this game quite difficult for one aimed at young skate kids. There are a total of 7 Stages. Stages 1, 3, 6 and 7 are side scrolling stages while Stages 2, 4 and 5 have you skating vertically from the top of the screen down. These vertical stages scroll automatically and I believe are tougher than the side scrolling ones. There are bosses at the end of Stages 1, 3, 6 and 7. The Stage 7 boss is the last boss of the game and is a guy sitting on a floating chair with lion's heads on each side of him that spit out fire. If that isn't difficult enough, the screen you fight him on is a half pipe and if you try to skate underneath him you run the risk of getting scorched by the flames shooting out from under his chair. Anyway, to beat him jump onto either of the lion heads to bounce onto his head and this will inflict damage. Hit him several times and he will be defeated. It then shows your girlfriend sitting in a room with a candle and a skateboard next to her with her head down. The staff credits will roll and then your skater will enter the screen to join her and it will say PRESENTED BY KONAMI. SMURFS, THE (Infogrames) -This is a Super Game Boy compatible cart and you can also choose to play it in 3 different languages. It is a simple platformer with a few odd stages mix- ed in, like a stage where you are riding a log and one where you are flying on a stork. In all there are 12 Stages (called Acts) to play through plus 3 boss battles, which take place after Acts 4, 9 and 12. Your final battle will be against the Smurfs main antagonist Gargamel. He is tough to figure out how to beat, as one touch from him will kill you instantly. You need to stand right on the left side of the seesaw that is near him and the bird will drop an egg on that side. Quickly jump on the right side of the seesaw right as the egg lands on the left side and it will send the egg into Gargamel. Nail him 6 times and he will be defeated, but you have to do it quickly or he will get close to you and touch you. When you hit him for the 6th time a Key will drop and Gargamel will retreat off the screen. Pick up the Key to trigger the ending. You will carry the Key back into Gargamel's castle and go down the stairs to the big chest you passed in Act 12. You will unlock it and the screen changes to a picture of Smurfette giving you a kiss and it says: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE RELEASED SMURFETTE. It then shows a scene back at Smurf Village with the Smurfs celebrating with the following message at the bottom: CONGRATULATIONS! YOUR COURAGE AND BRAVERY HAS THWARTED GARGAMEL'S EVIL PLANS! THE SMURFS ARE WAITING IMPATIENTLY FOR YOUR RETURN TO SMURF A BIG PARTY IN YOUR HONOUR. The STAFF credits will flash by followed by THE END with your SCORE. Now when you press a button it will bring you to a screen that says PRACTICE MODE where you can select any of the 11 Acts given to you (not Act 12) to practice on. Not a bad little reward for beating the game, but that wasn't much of an end- ing. Also of note is that there are 3 difficulty settings: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. You get the same ending for all 3 of them, the only differences are more enemies in NORMAL and HARD and the bosses take more hits to defeat (Gargamel takes 3 hits on EASY and 6 hits on HARD. SNEAKY SNAKES (Tradewest) -This is a Game Boy sequel to the NES game Snake Rattle'n Roll. The object of the game is to make it to the scale at the end of most levels (the water levels do not have scales) and weigh enough to tip the scale and open the exit door. In order to weigh enough, you have to eat enemies and get a longer tail until you start to flash. Only then can you open the exit door. There are a total of 16 Levels in this game. Level 16 has several warps you must take to get through the Level and when you make it to the end you will have to face off against a final boss, a weird looking fellow who flaps his arms and moves around the bottom of the screen tossing spiked balls at you. Just keep blast- ing him with your tongue and after a lot of hits he will finally explode. Go to the right past the fan where there was a barrier and now it is gone. Go up the hill and you will see the girl snake (girlfriend?) is waiting for you. Follow her into the exit door and it will go to a screen showing a beautiful sunset over an ocean. The screen will scroll right and show an island with palm trees and a hut. You appear on the screen and dance around the hut for a bit and then are joined by your buddy and then the girl snake. You all bop around the hut for a bit then it goes back to the sunset screen and to a new screen that says: THE END [PICTURE OF SNAKE] FINAL SCORE ###### Pressing any button here will bring you back to the title screen. Not a bad sequel to the NES game. SNOOPY'S MAGIC SHOW (Kemco) -This is more of an action game than a puzzle game, as you guide Snoopy through 120 Levels where the goal of each level is grabbing the 4 birds (they look like his buddy Woodstock). Grab all 4 birds and move on to the next level. In some levels you have to move blocks around and ride conveyors to get to the birds but once you grab that 4th bird the level ends. Every 20 levels you get a quick intermission scene and after you finish the first 60 levels you get a screen that GAME CLEAR and then BUT... and your brother Spike appears. Now that Spike has been introduced into the game halfway through he will try and chase you down in each level. One touch from him takes away a life. So much for brotherly love. Now go through Levels 61-120 and when you finish Level 120 it will show Snoopy walking back and forth across the screen carrying a flag. After doing this several times, 2 of the Woodstock birds appear like cheerleaders, shaking pompoms. They do this for a bit and then Spike appears, also shaking pompoms. I guess that is his pun- ishment for being a hassle to his brother. Spike then walks off, the curtain lowers and Snoopy is on the screen in front of a big glowing star with the words THE END above it. That is all there is to this ending. SNOW BROS. JR. (Capcom) -This game is similar to the game Bubble Bobble but with a snow theme. There are a total of 60 Stages to play through. You start the game on Stage B50F and work your way down from 50. You will fight mini-bosses on Stages B41F, B31F, B21F, B11F and a big boss on Stage B01F. When you defeat the big boss on Stage B01F (which is some weird looking spiky face with sunglasses hanging from the ceiling) your brother will be lowered from the boss and then a heart will drop from the boss and land between you and your brother. The boss will then tell you the following: IF THE [HEART SYMBOL] CAN BE RETURNED TO THE SUN, THE WORLD WILL BE WHOLE ONCE AGAIN. It then goes to a screen showing the brothers toss a square piece up into the center of a large window. The window then swings open and your character jumps into it, then returns to grab the heart he forgot, then jumps back in again. You then go to the bonus stages, starting with Stage 01F and ending at the final boss battle at Stage 10F. You will now do battle against the Sun. Stand on the platforms to his upper left or right and freeze the enemies he tosses at you and push them into him. After hitting him about 7 times he will go dark and open his mouth in the shape of a heart. The heart you brought with you will fly onto the screen and into the opening of the Sun's mouth. This transforms him back into the happy Sun and all the enemies in the game appear on the screen with him and some clouds doing a little dance. After a little while of this it will go to a screen showing your character's face in the center with the word CONGRATULATIONS! above you and then back to the title screen. SOLARSTRIKER (Nintendo) -This pretty simple shooter was one of the Game Boy's earliest released games and was released by Nintendo themselves. There are only 6 stages in all. Each stage has a boss like most other shooters and when you get to the end of Stage 6 you will have to defeat several of the mini-bosses from the other stages be- fore doing battle with the game's final boss, a giant alien bug. Destroy the bug and you will get a nice cut scene showing your ship blasting out of the atmosphere (or whatever that was it blasted out of). The words FINAL MISSION IS OVER appear and the next cut scene shows your ship landing on a larger ship. The STAFF credits roll and the big ship takes off at the end and the words END SCORE ### SOLARSTRIKER 1989 NINTENDO are on the screen. Now you can do something interesting. If you press Start on the END screen it brings you back to the title screen but now the title screen says PRESS SELECT. When you started the game it said PRESS START. When you press Select here it starts you back on Stage 1 but it is a more difficult 2nd Quest for you to play through. However, you get the same exact ending playing through the game a 2nd time, so no special ending here. SOLOMON'S CLUB (Tecmo) -If you enjoyed Solomon's Key for the NES, you will love the Game Boy version. The object of the game is to guide Dana through 5 Levels with each Level hav- ing 10 rooms. Just making it through all 50 rooms will not be enough however. In each Level there will be a Wing icon in one of the rooms. Make sure to get the Wing and when you finish that room you will get to play the Secret Room of the Level. In this Secret Room you will find an S icon. Make sure to get all 5 of the S icons in the Secret Rooms (one in each Level). Now when you finish all 5 Levels of the game you will get a screen showing a bunch of char- acters from the game with the following message: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE COMPLETED ALL OF THE LEVELS IN SOLOMON'S CLUB. Now here is where the endings differ. If you did not get all 5 of the S icons in the 5 Secret Rooms, you will get this message: BUT YOU HAVE FORGOTTEN THE SPECIAL ITEMS. GO BACK AND LOOK FOR THEM BEFORE YOU CONTINUE. It will then send you back to the Level Select screen. The cool thing about this is that you will notice a ! mark next to the Levels that you found the S icon in and there will be a ? icon next to the Levels that you have not found the S icon in. When you a Level with a ? icon it will actually put you in the Room with the Wing so you will not have to remember what room it was in. Now if you finished all 5 Levels and found all 5 S icons, you will get the message saying you have completed all of the levels but instead of saying you have forgotten the special items it will say the following: AND NOW YOU MAY CHALLENGE THE LEVEL SOLOMON. It brings you to the Level Select screen but now there is a new option at the bottom, LEVEL SOLOMON! Start this set of Rooms and...oh no, the eerie music from Solomon's Key! That brought back some bad memories. You will notice there are no hidden gems to collect, just a lot of flames to try and get past to the key and the exit. Now work your way through 5 Rooms and after you beat Room 5 the next room will be called Room HIDDEN. There are a bunch of S icons in the room but there is an S Book (the Book of Solomon?) in the center of the room. Hit the book with your wand and it will open up as 6 fairies jump out of it. It will go to that same victory screen with the characters from the game and you will get the following message: YOU HAVE JUST COMPLETED THE LEVEL SOLOMON. YOU ARE NOW A FULL MAGICIAN. USE YOUR MAGICAL POWERS TO BRING PEACE INTO THE WORLD. The STAFF credits will then flash by and it will say -THE END- PRESENTED BY TECMO. Gotta love an old Game Boy game with good and bad endings! SPACE INVADERS (Taito/Nintendo) -This ending description is for the USA released Space Invaders that is compatible with the Super Game Boy and not for the Japan-only version of Space Invaders that was released 4 years earlier. The ironic thing is that the Japan-only version was simpler, yet had an ending (see the next entry below for that ending description). In this version of Space Invaders you are presented to select between 2 modes: SUPER GAME BOY and ARCADE. The ARCADE mode can only be played with 2 Game Boys linked together with the link cable. You play against an opponent for most points and there are 10 Rounds in this mode. Most people don't have a link cable for 2-player play, so you are probably reading this to see if there is an ending in SUPER GAME BOY mode. When you select this mode you get the Space Invaders title screen and then you will get to choose from one of the three screen types: BLACK & WHITE, B&W WITH CELLOPHANE and COLOR. Regardless of which screen type you pick, it does not affect the game in any way other than visually. As for the gameplay itself, if you are a Space Invaders enthusiast, then you will prob- ably enjoy the fact that it simply goes on forever and you just play for a high score. That's right, this version, which came out 4 years after the Japan-only released version of Space Invaders, has NO ENDING. Yeah, the rounds are numbered, but after you beat Round 99 you will play Round 0 and then Round 1 again and so forth. There are also no intermissions like there are in the Japan-only version of the game, so those of you looking for an ending will want to skip this USA released version, unless you want your Space Invaders in color, cellophane or want to use that old game link you have lying around. This was disappointing to say the least. SPANKY'S QUEST (Natsume) -This game reminded me of Bubble Bobble in many ways. You play as a monkey who's main weapon is a bubble he can bounce on his head. The more you bounce it on your head the more powerful it becomes, then you can use it as a weapon to eliminate enemies. When you start the game you can choose between 4 of the 5 Towers. Once you beat those 4 Towers (in any order you choose) you can play Tower 5. Towers 1-4 each have 16 Stages with the 16th always being a boss battle. Tower 5 only has 5 Stages, all of which are boss battles. In Tower 5-01 through 5-04 you will battle the bosses of the first 4 Towers again. Once they are defeated you go on to 5-05 which is a battle against a giant crow (if you took too long in any stage a crow would come out and attack you...this must be a giant version of that crow). When you defeat it it will turn into the evil witch Morticia. Defeat her and you have won the game. A bunch of bonus B's will come from her and you will get 10000 bonus points for each life remaining. It then goes to a screen with a starry background and what is probably Spanky flying through the starry sky while the STAFF credits scroll by on the bottom of the screen. Spanky is wearing a cape with an M on it, so I'm not sure what that is all about. END appears as Spanky continues to dance above. Press start and you can enter your initials on the TOP SCORE screen. It then goes back to the title screen. Not a very good ending. SPIDER-MAN AND THE X-MEN IN ARCADE'S REVENGE (LJN) -Most lists just call this game "Spider-Man/X-Men" but the main title screen has the full title, so I'm going to go with that. It is the 4th entry in the Game Boy Spider-Man series and is just as bad as the other 3 (listed in the A section of this guide under 'Amazing Spider-Man' and its 2 sequels). Not sure how LJN could have bungled every single one of the Spider-Man games, but they managed to do just that. In this one there are only 7 Stages to play through. You play as Spider-Man in Stages 1 & 7 and for the other 5 stages you can play them in any order you like and will play as Spider-Man (again), Wolverine, Gambit, storm and Cyclops. A few of the Stages are very straight forward but the stage I found to be the hardest was the Storm stage, as you spend time underwater and not only have to deal with enemies as usual but an air meter that can run out on you pretty fast. Anyway, when you play through the first 6 Stages you will play as Spidey in Stage 7, the final stage. Here you will see that the X-Men got captured by Arcade at some point and are trapped along the walls of the room. You must defeat Arcade in this room, as Stage 7 is just this final boss fight. When you defeat his clown form he splits up into small versions of himself. Defeat these smaller versions and the game is beaten! You will get the WELL DONE SPIDER-MAN screen and then the following message from Arcade: WELL DONE! YOU HAVE EXCELLED YOURSELVES. OBVIOUSLY, THAT WASN'T ME. MORE OF MY ROBOTS. NOW I'VE GOT JUST ONE MORE SURPRISE. I'LL GIVE YOU A CLUE: 5..4..3 --Spider-Man-- RUN, THE WHOLE PLACE IS GONNA BLOW! An explosion is heard and then Spidey says: YOU THINK HE GOT OUT? --Gambit-- YOU CAN COUNT ON IT. --Cyclops-- C'MON, LET'S GO HOME! I thought we would get messages from the rest of the X-Men but it just goes to a programmers screen that scrolls by with all the culprits responsible for this atrocity then it dumps you back to the opening copyright screen. SPUD'S ADVENTURE (Atlus) -This game is part of the Puzzle Boys series, with Kwirk and Amazing Tater being the other Game Boy releases in the series. This game is less of a box pushing game like the other 2 and more of an action game, with some adventure elements like gaining experience by defeating enemies, but it is definitely more action oriented. There are some of the box pushing puzzles scattered through the levels but they are not the main focus of the game. There are a total of 5 Levels to play through. Your goal is to go through all of them and rescue the princess, defeating a boss at the end of each Level. The princess was taken by a character named Devi, a black demon-looking critter. You will actually fight him at the end of Level 4. Upon defeating him he will sort of turn good and warns you that your weapon is the only weapon that will work against the final boss Dodorain (you can select to control 2 other characters during gameplay when you rescue them, but I always control Spud). Go through Level 5 and at the end you will take on the spiky looking Dodorian. Beat him like you did the previous bosses. He will wink out of existence and then you will be able to walk down a hall and enter the room with the princess that triggers the ending. Spud opens her prison door and goes to her. It then shows a cinema scene of Spud with the princess and he says: PRINCESS ARE YOU OKAY? The next screen shows Devi and the other character that died during gameplay, Arnie Eggplant, waching over you, the princess and the other 2 controllable characters as they watch a sunset with the following text: NOW ARNIE EGGPLANT AND DEVI SEEMED TO SMILE UPON THEM... The next screen shows the 3 characters in front of the King and princess. He says: I WOULD LIKE TO EXPRESS MY THANKS TO ALL OF YOU FOR SAVING MY DAUGHTER PRINCESS WHY DON'T YOU THANK THEM I... TERRY TURNIP, LET'S WAIT OUTSIDE (says the Carrot, as they exit) SPUD...I WOULD (says the Princess) PRINCESS I'M JUST A WANDERER. I AM NOT WORTHY OF YOUR THANKS... I MUST LEAVE... GOODBYE. Spud leaves the room. WAIT...PLEASE SPUD...WAIT... The princess follows him out. KING "HA HA HA!" It then shows a scene with Spud and the princess running outside as they pass by the characters from the game and the staff credits appear below them. Devi even appears, bumping into the princess and falling on his butt. It will then show you your TOTAL TIME and say TRY AGAIN PRESENTED BY ATLUS. I'm not sure what the TRY AGAIN means...hopefully there is not a better ending to get. If anyone knows of one please let me know. SQUARE DEAL (DTMC) -Known as Cadillac II in Japan, the full name of this game is Square Deal - The Game of Two-dimensional Poker. It is pretty much Tetris meets poker. Cards will fall from the top of the screen and you need to get either 3 of the same suit, number or a straight of at least 3 to remove those cards from the board. There are a total of 10 Levels to play through. You can select Levels 1 through 5 from the Options screen. To clear Level 1 you must elimi- nate all 52 cards OR get 500 points. It is difficult to eliminate all cards since you have to play perfect to do this, so in the early Levels you will be trying to get straights (which get you more points) and 3-of-a-Kinds since they net you more points than a Flush. As you go up in Level you need to get more points to finish a Level. If you manage to make it to Level 10 the goal is almost impossible. You have to eliminate all 52 cards AND score over 5000 points! You have to do this with the cards coming down at an alarmingly fast rate as well. If you are skillful enough to do this you will get a screen with the cute poker girl (reminds me of one of the NES Panesian games) and the following message: WELL DONE! YOU'VE COMPLETED THIS ROUND From here it goes to another screen that says: CONGRATULATIONS. YOU HAVE WON THE SQUARE DEAL MEMBERSHIP. NOW YOU ARE IN!! PUSH "A" BUTTON Push the A button and you get this message: GOOD JOB!! PRESS "A" TO FINISH It almost feels like they are making you work for this ending when you should just be sitting back watching poker girl dance around or something. Anyway, press A again and you get the final ending. It shows another cute 8-bit poker honey getting showered with money and at the top of the screen it says: ALL CLEAR CONGRATULATIONS! It stays on this screen until you reset. I am going to go out on a limb and say that less than 1% of the people that have played Square Deal have had the skill and/or patience to see this screen. I had to make Game Shark codes to give myself a lot of money AND a code to trick the game into thinking I had played the 52nd (last) card when I finally cleared the screen in the middle of the round just to see the ending. Very tough game to beat! STAR TREK - 25TH ANNIVERSARY (Ultra) -This isn't a bad little game once you figure out what is going on. Your mis- sion is to locate the 12 parts of a Disruptor scattered by the Klingons so you can use it to destroy the giant Doomsday Machine that is threatening the gal- axy. There are 3 worlds you have to visit: Neural, Kalanda and Triskelon. Each world has 4 pieces of the Disruptor. To get to each world you have to navigate the Enterprise through a section of space where you will have to cross various areas (asteroid fields, space amoeba, Tholian drones, Klingons, Romulans etc.) in order to reach the planet. So basically there are 3 flying sections and 3 world exploration sections where you travel on foot finding the Disruptor pie- ces. Once you find the 12th piece on Triskelon you will automatically go back to the Enterprise for a 4th flying section. You can see the Doomsday Machine on the map on the far right but getting to it won't be easy, as you will have to cross several obstacles. When you reach the Doomsday Machine you will have to fly through space destroying asteroids and varous debris and will finally reach the Machine at the end. It looks like a giant slug. Just keep hammering it with your new Disruptor beam and it will shrink down in size. Repeat this until it shrinks for a 3rd time down to a very small size. Destroy it for good and Admiral McQuilkin will give you the following message: CONGRATULATIONS, KIRK. YOU'VE DESTROYED THE PLANET KILLER, AND SAVED THE GALAXY. THE FEDERATION OWES YOU ITS THANKS. It then goes to a screen showing the Enterprise flying across through space and the following message appears: HAPPY 25TH ANNIVERSARY, STAR TREK... After this short message it goes to a screen that looks like the tricorder subscreen and you will get this odd message: ABOUT THE AUTHOR CARY HAMMER LIVES IN SAN FRANCISCO. HIS DIET CONSISTS MOSTLY OF GRUBS AND PALM LEAVES. HIS GESTATION PERIOD IS 3 TO 4 MONTHS. ABOUT THE ARTIST BILL STANTON SECRETLY LOVES TO DISCO It then goes abruptly back to the title screen. I'm not sure why we needed to read about these guys when finishing the game. If they wanted to make it seem like the inside back cover of a book (comparing it to the end of a game) maybe they could have dedicated the game to Star Trek creator Gene Roddenberry. STAR WARS (Capcom) -This is the same game that was released on the NES and SMS with only a few cosmetic changes (some enemies missing, etc.). For some reason Capcom released this on the Game Boy even though they did not program it. If you want a good guide to the game, my SMS Star Wars guide applies perfectly to it and gets you through areas like the maze-like Death Star pretty darn good. Anyway, every time you accomplish a task in the game, like meeting Obi-Wan or getting the Faster Blaster power up, you gain a certain percentage of Game Completed. How- ever, none of this will affect your ending as I discovered. You start by con- trolling Luke Skywalker and along the way you will find Han Solo and Princess Leia as controllable characters (sorry Chewie, you only make a brief appear- ance in this one). The stages are not numbered in this game, but here are the areas you will be playing through: TATOOINE (6 caves, Sandcrawler, Mos Eisley, Docking Bay 94) ASTEROID FIELD INSIDE THE DEATH STAR (7 areas, including a boss battle against the Dianoga) MILLENIUM FALCON ESCAPE X-WING FIGHTER (approacing the Death Star) X-WING FIGHTER (Death Star Trench) When you reach the end of the trench you will have to fire one of your proton torpedoes into the thermal exhaust port (big hole) at the end of the trench run. Make sure to use the torpedo and not your regular lasers. The Death Star will explode in weak, black and white Game Boy non-glory and you will get a screen showing pics of 6 heroes: Luke, Han Solo, Princess Leia, C-3P0, R2-D2 and Chewbacca (!). Obi-Wan gave his life but doesn't get a pic in the ending screen. The following message is under the pics: WELL DONE! LET THE FORCE BE WITH YOU, ALWAYS... GAME COMPLETE %100 As I mentioned before, you can get less than 100% and will get the same ending here. The NES version showed the medal ceremony from the movie for their end- ing but Game Boy memory limitations must have been the reason for this one screen ending. Pressing the A button brings you back to the title screen. STAR WARS - THE EMPIRE STRIKES BACK (Capcom/Ubisoft) -This is almost identical to the NES version and just as hard, if not harder. You control Luke Skywalker throughout the whole game and must fight your way through Hoth (including the Snow Walker battle), Dagobah training with Yoda (after finding him) and onto Bespin/Cloud City, where you will have to beat Boba Fett in an X-Wing vs Slave 1 air battle and then a couple platform stages where you go through the city in search of Vader. In all there are 10 unnum- bered missions to play through. When you reach Mission 10 you must battle Darth Vader several times throughout the Mission until you eventually find him on the catwalk. Where him down with your lightsaber, preferably after us- ing the lightsaber power up icon and when you get his energy meter down to 1 unit he will fall off the screen. This is definitely not how it went in the movie, but since it is a video game you get to play out your destiny. The next screen shows a pic of Vader with the following message from him: THIS TIME YOU HAVE DEFEATED ME. BUT NEXT TIME YOU WILL NOT BE AS LUCKY. IT IS OUR DESTINY TO MEET AGAIN. The victory music plays and the following message scrolls across the screen: CONGRATULATIONS, YOUNG JEDI KNIGHT! YOU HAVE WON ANOTHER VICTORY AGAINST THE EVIL GALACTIC EMPIRE BUT DO NOT UNDERESTIMATE THE DARK SIDE OF THE FORCE. THE EMPEROR, WITH HIS IMPERIAL FLEETS WILL CONTINUE THE SEARCH FOR HIDDEN BASES OF THE REBEL ALLIANCE AND TO SEEK AND DESTROY THE LAST OF THE JEDI KNIGHTS. THE REBELS, ON THE OTHER HAND CONTINUE THEIR STRUGGLE TO RESTORE FREEDOM TO THE GALAXY. TIME WILL COME FOR.. THE RETURN OF THE JEDI. THE FORCE WILL BE WITH YOU ALWAYS. A picture of Yoda appears and he repeats what you just saw: THE FORCE WILL BE WITH YOU ALWAYS. Pressing any button returns you to the title screen. It wasn't the best of endings, but at least you got something for your troubles. STARHAWK (Accolade) -First off, if anyone knows exactly what region this game was released in, please let me know. I have no concrete evidence if this was a USA or a Euro- pean release, but I have seen websites that say both and neither, so for now I will just list it in the USA releases. The game itself is a basic shooter. There are only 5 Levels, each with a boss at the end. It reminded me of a watered down Gradius/Life Force/R-Type, like if it had been released by Sa- chen. There are a few powerups to obtain, but other than that it is one of the simplest shooters you will every play. There are also 2 modes of diffi- culty, EASY or HARD, but you get the same ending on both modes. When you de- feat the alien ship boss at the end of Level 5 it will show a screen that shows your ship escaping fast from the exploding planet with the following text: WELL DONE! THE EVIL EMPIRE HAS BEEN DEFEATED! Even the ending message is simple. Pressing start brings you to the HI-SCORES screen where you can enter your initials and then pressing it again brings you back to the title screen. I'd say don't waste your time with this, but since there aren't a ton of shooters for the Game Boy you might as well add it to your game's beaten list. Coincidentally, Starhawk is also the name of an old vector arcade game released in 1979 and a PlayStation 3 game released in 2012. Maybe we will see another Starhawk released in 12-15 years. STOP THAT ROACH! (Koei) -This is an interesting Koei game that strays from their usual war simulation genre and plays out as a puzzle game. The key to each Level is to defeat all the roaches or lead them into traps before they can get the treat on the screen. You really need to know how the roaches move and in which direction they will go when you swat them or where the remaining roaches will scurry when you whack one of their comrades. Once you have that figured out you need to just figure where to put traps, where to stand when hitting a roach in order to block others from getting the treat and just have a good sense of where things are on the screen. There are a total of 100 Levels to play through (Koei doesn't mess around!). After every 10 Levels you get a cute in- termission scene usually showing you chasing roaches to the left side of the screen, then them chasing you with reinforcements to the right side of the screen. When you finally manage to finish Level 100 you will get the usual YOU WIN! message followed by a cinema scene showing a family of roaches leaving your homestead, sad and defeated. It shifts to the same scene from a- far that shows your house with smoke coming from the chimney and a nice black, white and grey Game Boy sunset as the vermin depart. The next scene shows the 2 kid heroes (Ken & Lilly) sitting at their kitchen table eating a nice meal, free from the roach distraction that occupied them through 100 Levels. It then shows just their happy faces and a thumbs-up from Ken and a peace sign from Lilly with THE END under them. After a couple seconds a smiling roach quickly pops up from the letter T then quickly disappears again. It fades out to the Koei Corporation 1994 copyright screen then eventually goes back to the title screen. SUMO FIGHTER (DTMC) -This is a decent action/platform game that has you battling as a Japanese Sumo wrestler. I thought the game was going to be some kind of tournament fighter game but was pleasantly surprised that it wasn't. There are 5 Stages to play through, each with 3 Levels. There will be a boss battle at the end of every Stage's 3rd level. There are also a few bonus games you will come across, including an arm wresling game, a thumb wrestling game and even a Sumo wrestling game, all of which are won by stopping a quickly moving meter in the center several times until you are victorious. Anyway, back to the regular game, when you reach the end of Stage 5-3 you will do battle against the Shogun's bodyguard. Defeat him and do battle against the Shogun himself. He seemed to be one of the easier boss battles to me. Once you finish him off grab the marker he leaves behind and your character will do his victory flexing. Now, the ending you will get will depend on which difficulty mode you chose. Here they are: EASY MODE It will show your character and a geisha walk to each other in the middle of the screen in a jumping embrace. They will then look towards you as the party ball at the top of the screen opens and releases a couple hearts and some confettie and the words THANK YOU!! BON CHAN appear at the bottom. It then says LET'S TRY HARD!! GOOD LUCK!! It then takes you right to the difficulty select screen where you can choose to play through the game again. HARD MODE It will show your character and a geisha walk to each other in the middle of the screen in a jumping embrace. They will then look towards you as the party ball at the top of the screen opens and releases a couple hearts and some confettie and the word CONGRATULATIONS! It then says LEVEL HARD CLEAR!! LET'S TRY...! SUPER!? The difficulty select screen appears again like it did in Easy but now you will notice SUPER mode as a selection. SUPER MODE This mode only appears after you have beaten the game in HARD mode. It will be the same ending as HARD mode where it says CONGRATULATIONS!! but then it adds YOU ARE A GREAT PLAYER!! and then goes through a bunch of STAFF credits and finishes with PRESENTED BY: DTMC INC. So you only get the credits by beating the game on SUPER mode. SUPER BREAKOUT (Majesco) -This game had a limited Game Boy release as a single cartridge but is mainly known for being released with Battlezone on one of the Arcade Classics carts. This ending write up could pretty much end here, as there is absolutely no ending for this game, but I will flesh it out a bit. There are 5 different "Versions" of Super Breakout to choose from: PRACTICE, REGULAR, DOUBLE, CAVITY and PROGRESSIVE. The only difference between these is the set up of the bricks you must break. Rather than mix in the different patterns into one game, each version is simply one screen that you replay over and over again. There are no cut screens or messages between screens, you just replay the same screen. The only thing that changes is your score and once you reach 9999 it stays at 9999 until you lose all your paddles or quit playing. This holds true for all versions. At least it stayed true to the original, but for a game released in 1998 you would kind of expect a Congratulations screen at the very least. SUPER HUNCHBACK (Ocean) -What seemed like a simple, straight-forward platform game had some serious bite at the end of it. I should have known a game that had "Putting on the Ritz" as an opening theme would be more than meets the eye. There are a total of 9 Levels to guide Quasimodo through. They become progressively harder the further you get, as any game should, but the last few levels through the white sparks of doom at you. If you get hit by one of these, whether you are playing on an emulator or an actual Game Boy, not only will they kill you immediately, but there is a 90% chance that it will reset your game (or freeze the emulator). Avoid these at ALL cost. So progress through the levels banging the bells at the end of each level to move on and eventually you will reach Level 9. This Level is a challenge, to say the least. It is one big area full of platforms and reflectors. Some of these reflectors can be moved with the B button so they are in a different position. The reasoning for this is because there are 5 globes at the top of the screen that create those annoying white sparks of doom and they will travel through the level, follow- ing the path of the reflectors. When the reflectors are set to the correct positions, the path of the sparks will lead them all into the giant diamond at the top of the level, destroying it and creating a warp to the game's ending. I had to use a youtube video for this, following it step-by-step and even somehow missed something on my first playthrough, but the 2nd time I did exactly as he did and was able to destroy the diamond and jump through the warp for the ending. It will rack up your score like it always does and then it will show the grotesque little hunchback running through the forest to his buxom lady friend. The next screen shows her giving him a kiss with hearts circling around them and then the credits (complete with 'Elmer Fudd" as editor) appearing inside the circle of hearts. After the credits it shows the pic of the girl kissing the hunchback and THE END appears in the circle of hearts around them. It will stay here until you reset. SUPER MARIO LAND (Nintendo) -What Game Boy endings guide would be complete without perhaps the most pop- ular game for the system, Super Mario Land. This game captures the Mario style perfectly on the small screen with one of the few drawbacks being the actual length of the game. There are only 4 Worlds to play through. Each World only has 3 stages. Since it was one of the earliest Game Boy games, programmers probably hadn't begun to push the system to its limit, but even though it is short it is definitely good. There are even a couple stages that are out of the ordinary for Mario games, like being in a submarine in World 2-3 and fly- ing the plane in the final stage, World 4-3. When you make it to the end of World 4-3 you will have to battle Tatanga, who is holding your beloved Daisy captive, but he sends his cloud henchman, Biokinton, out to get you first. Blast away at the cloud boss and Tatanga will come for you. Blast away at him and after about 25 hits he will explode. The next screen shows Daisy walking towards Mario and above them it says: OH! DAISY DAISY THANK YOU MARIO. -YOUR QUEST IS OVER- Daisy and Mario then run to the right and end up jumping in Mario's ship. They take off and the STAFF credits scroll by as they are flying and THE END ap- pears on the screen. Pressing a button will bring you back to the main screen. Now you will notice that the mushroom icon next to the word START on the title screen is replaced by a Mario head. This means when you press Start you will be playing in Expert Mode, like a 2nd Quest. The layout of the game is the same, but there are more enemies to beat during stages. If you beat Expert mode you will get the same exact ending that you did the first time. The only difference now is that when you go back to the title screen after the STAFF credits end you will see 1-1 next to the word START. Hit the A button and you can change 1-1 to any of the games stages so you can jump anywhere in the game if you so desire. SUPER R.C. PRO-AM (Nintendo) -This classic Game Boy game programmed by Rare is just as good as its NES counterpart. In it you must race through 24 Tracks and finish in at least 3rd place to advance to the next track. However, even if you finish all 24 Tracks you will not get the ending unless you spell out the word N-I-N-T-E-N-D-O three times by collecting a letter on each of the 24 Tracks. When you spell it out after Track 8 you will be upgraded to a new car, the Speed Demon. Then after Track 16 (assuming you collected a letter in Tracks 9-16) you will get the Spiker car. When you finish Track 24 you should have spelled out NINTENDO for the 3rd time. If you have not it will make you repeat Track 24 to get an- other letter. If you have managed to spell out NINTENDO all 3 times and finish Track 24 it will show you holding the #1 trophy as well as your little RC car while photographers snap pictures of you. Then it shows the front page of a newspaper and has a picture of you and the trophy with the following written: NINTENDO R.C.NEWS R.C. PRO-AM HAS NEW CHAMP. RARE SPECIAL OFFER That SPECIAL OFFER part is just at the bottom of the paper and is just filler. Hitting any button at this screen brings you to the TOP FIVE SPEEDSTERS screen where you enter your initials, then it brings you back to the title screen. SUPER STAR WARS - RETURN OF THE JEDI (Black Pearl) -This is the 3rd Star Wars game for the Game Boy and definitely the best. The first 2 were just the NES versions ported over in black & white while Return of the Jedi here is a black & white port of the SNES Super Return of the Jedi. It is also Super Game Boy enhanced, meaning you could use the device that let you play GB games on your SNES in color. Anyway, first thing to know is that there are 3 difficulties to choose from: Easy, Brave and Jedi. Each setting has the same number of Stages but when you finish the game on Easy or Brave you will get a screen showing Han, Luke, Leia, C-3P0, R2-D2, Chewbacca, Lando and Wicket on Endor with the message CONGRATULATIONS! NOW TRY JEDI MODE. Now play through the game on Jedi mode. You will get the same 10 Stages, which consist of platform levels, a speederbike stage, Stage 7 where you eventually fight Darth Vader, Stage 8 where you take on the Emperor himself and then the final 2 Stages, which both have you controlling the Millenium Falcon where you have to destroy the core and then escape the exploding Death Star from within. When you escape from the Death Star on Jedi difficulty it will show the Death Star exploding like it did on Easy and Brave modes and will go to the screen with the same 8 heroes on it but the message will be different, saying: CONGRATULATIONS JEDI! YOU HAVE DESTROYED THE NEW DEATH STAR AND DEFEATED THE EMPEROR. THIS DAY WILL BE REMEMBERED FOR ETERNITY AS THE DAY YOU SAVED THE GALAXY FROM EVIL. NOW, AS IT WAS BEFORE THE EMPIRE, PEACE WILL REIGN AGAIN. Then it goes to a screen showing the ghosts of Yoda, Obi-Wan Kenobi and Anakin Skywalker and says the following underneath them: REMEMBER! THE FORCE WILL BE WITH YOU ALWAYS! It tallies up your final score and then the game resets to the title screens. Not the best ending in the world but at least you get something different for beating the hardest difficulty. If you want to see the credits, you can select that option in the Options menu. SWORD OF HOPE, THE (Kemco-Seika) -This is an interesting hybrid between a traditional RPG and a game like Shadowgate (also by Kemco-Seika). You gain experience as well as HP and MP but there is no world map to traverse, as you go from room to room (or area to area when outside). Like most adventures, you need certain items and keys to move to new areas. There are 3 magicians you must find from the start, but they are hidden behind locked doors in the main area, so your initial goal is to find the key to one of the magician's doors and when you do, enter into that area and find the magician. You are trying to find the Sword of Hope but each magician can only power up your current sword. Eventually the old man you started the game at will bestow power into your sword to make it the Sword of Hope. After this you must get through the Underground Labyrinth and then go through King Hennesy's Castle and the Mirror World contained within. In the castle you will find the Secret spell in his throne after hitting it. You will then cast the Secret spell on the mirror to open the entrance to the Mirror World where you eventually find the dragon painting. King Hennesy (who is actually your father) will appear and fight you, as he is under the spell of the Dragon. Defeat the King and then battle the Dragon. When the Dragon hits you, the blood runs down to your birthmark which reveals it to be a sword. Your attacks will do much more damage and you will put the Dragon away much easier than the King. The ending will consist of the following pictures with text written beneath them: [DRAGON WITH A SWORD THROUGH IT] LATER, THEO STOOD BEFORE A GIANT DRAGON PAINTING ON A WALL. WHAT! THE SWORD OF HOPE "WISH" STUCK IN THE PAINTED DRAGON. "OH..." YOU HEARD AN ANGUISHED CRY BEHIND YOU. "BE BRAVE FATHER!" THE KING WOKE FROM HIS UNCONSCIOUS- NESS AT THEO'S SHOUT. "WHAT? I CAN'T REMEMBER! IT HAS BEEN LIKE A LONG BAD DREAM... YOU ARE? THE MARK ON YOUR LEFT ARM, IS PROOF YOU ARE THE SWORD'S CHOSEN!" SUDDENLY, THE PAINTING CRASHES TO THE FLOOR WITH A GREAT THUD. "FATHER! QUICKLY!" THEO HELPS KING HENNESY OUT OF THE WEIRD CAVE. Here the game actually retraces each step back to the castle. You will be in the room with the broken mirror with the following text: AS WE BOTH LEFT THE STRANGE WORLD, IT BROKE INTO A SHAPELESS MASS. [CABIN IN THE WOODS] THE DARKNESS VANISHED AND THE COUNTRY BECAME WARM AND BRIGHT. [CASTLE PICTURE] THE THREE WIZARDS BROUGHT THE CASTLE TO THE SURFACE FROM UNDERGROUND. THEN, THEY WISHED FOR WEALTH AND PEACE FOR RICCAR. [PICTURE OF RISEN CASTLE] AND... THEO'S GREAT DEED BECAME A LEGEND IN THE LAND, WHICH ALL REMEMBERED... HE WHO BEARS THE SIGN OF HOPE ON THE LEFT ARM SAVES THE WORLD It goes to a final screen with the words THE SWORD OF HOPE in the center, framed by some fancy artwork and the word FIN in cursive below it. T2 - THE ARCADE GAME (LJN) -This is apparently a scaled down version of the arcade and Genesis version of the game. There are a total of 6 stages to play through. Even though they are not numbered, you will know you finished one because your bonus score will be tallied up when you complete them. When you finish Stage 4 it will say it is the end of Mission 1. Just disregard that and play through the final 2 Stages. In the final stage you have to defeat the T-1000 at the very beginning of the stage by shooting the nitro truck so the nitro spills out onto him. When he is defeated play through the rest of the stage and you will eventually reach the end, where the boy is on the right of the screen and the T-1000 appears and tries to get him. Keep shooting the T-1000 and eventually you will shoot him off the back center of the screen and he will fall into the hot liquid below. It will go to the bonus score tally screen (where you get 10000 points for terminating the T-1000) and it will say the usual TERMINATOR: EXCELLENT! message. You will then get the following ending message: MISSION: COMPLETE. JOHN CONNOR IS ALIVE. BUT RESEARCH AT CYBERDYNE WILL CONTINUE. JUDGMENT DAY IS STILL POSSIBLE... GAME OVER FINAL SCORE ###### You can then enter your name on the TOP 5 TERMINATORS screen and then it will show the Acclaim/LJN/Beam staff credits and go back to the title screen. TAIL 'GATOR (Natsume) -This is a neat little platform game that reminded me of Super Mario Land for some reason. You control an alligator who must use his tail to defeat enemies and find a key in each room to unlock the door to the next room. There are a total of 4 Areas. At the beginning of the first 3 Areas you get to choose which path you want to go. There are 4 paths to choose on the screen. It does not matter in which order you choose the path, but sometimes you may face the Area boss in one of the earlier paths you have chosen, since he isn't always in the last path. So basically, Areas 1, 2 and 3 all have 4 stages (paths) and Area 4 only has 2 stages. In Area 4 you don't pick a path, you just play through 2 stages and at the end of Area 4-2 you will face the final boss, a Giant Dragon. Keep pounding away at him with your projectiles and eventually he will be toast and explode. After defeating him you will walk out of the castle and jump off of it, sailing down through the clouds and will land on a big puffy one. You will float down the screen on the cloud as the STAFF cred- its scroll by. When they are done the cloud will land on the ground and your Gator will enter the door at the bottom. The door will close on you and END will appear above the door. TALESPIN (Capcom) -A quality, albeit a bit too easy, shooter from Capcom. This game is listed as Disney's TaleSpin on some lists (like Gamefaqs.com) but I'll just refer to it as TaleSpin. In it you must fly Baloo through a mere 5 stages, each with a good sized boss at the end. At the end of Stage 5 you will face off against a giant flying ship called the Iron Vulture. All you have to do is destroy all the propellers as you fly by. When all the small propellers have been slagged take aim at the bigger one in the back of the ship. Destroy it and you have beaten the game. It will go to a screen showing Shere Khan in a suit saying: CURSES! THAT FOOL DON KARNAGE BLEW IT AGAIN! BUT I'LL ACQUIRE THAT COMPANY IF IT'S THE LAST THING I DO! The next screen shows Baloo talking to his son Kit with this dialogue: TODAY'S PROBLEMS MUST HAVE BEEN SHERE KHAN'S DOING. HE MUST BE FURIOUS AT YOU, BALOO. WHEN WILL HE LEARN NOT TO GO AGAINST ME IN THE AIR? I'M THE BEST PILOT IN THE SKY. It then shows Baloo flying by in his plane with Kit following him on his air board. THE END floats onto the screen in big letters. There are no staff cre- dits here, it will just stay on this screen. You can press Start and it will show you your final SCORE and MONEY earned and pressing Start again will go back to THE END screen but that is it for the ending. TARZAN (GAMETEK) -This is a very hard game, with cheap hits and a not-so-easy to control character. You control Tarzan and have to get through 6 Levels of the game to rescue your beloved Jane from the Evil Explorers/Poachers. There are 2 difficulty settings, EASY and NORMAL, but the game is hard on both. You will get the same ending regardless of which difficulty you select. In each Level your main goal is to collect 16 objects which will trigger either a boss appearance or will let you do something you couldn't have previously done (like move the stone in Level 6). When you collect all the Crystal Icons in Level 6 and climb to the top of the level you will be eventually find the final boss, a stone statue with the Poacher leader inside. He will duck into the statue and stones will shower down upon you as the statue pounds his arms into the ground. The Poacher then pops out of the statue to shoot at you. Now is the time to hit him. Hit him a bunch of times and he is defeated. Jane will pop out of the statue with hearts around her as Tarzan pounds his chest. You then get a screen showing Tarzan (who looks a lot like Rad Gravity of NES fame) with his lips extended towards Jane and a bunch of hearts surrounding them with the following text below them: WELL DONE! YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE EVIL EXPLORERS! TARZAN AND JANE ARE REUNITED ONCE AGAIN. It then shows you the TARZAN CREDITS and simply returns to the title screen. Not much of an ending considering how difficult it was to get here. TASMANIA STORY (FCI) -This is a pretty decent Pac-Man type game with a twist to getting the end- ing. In each Stage you must collect all of the items to finish a Stage. How- ever, doing this alone will not net you the ending scene. There are a total of 10 Stages. If you simply blast through the game and beat all 10 Stages it will loop back to Stage 1...unless you have satisfied the requirements. Each Stage has a number of enemies you must jump on an squash before a secret ani- mal bonus character will appear. For Stages 1 & 2 you need to squash one ene- my and a Koala will appear. Grab it! In Stages 3 & 4 you must jump attack 2 enemies and the Wallaby will appear for you to get. Stages 5 & 6 require you to jump on 3 enemies to make the wombat appear. Jump on 4 enemies in Stages 7 & 8 and a penguin will appear for you to grab. Finally, in Stage 9 & 10 you have to jump attack 5 enemies and a mouse will appear. Grab the mouse and when you finish Stage 10 if you have successfully met all of the conditions and grabbed the special animals in each Stage instead of looping back to Stage 1 it will go to a screen showing a tiger running across the landscape and your character will appear on the bottom of the screen and say: CONGRATULATIONS! TASMANIA IS CALLED "APPLE ISLAND". The word END appears on the screen as well. Pressing start will return you to the title screen. Thanks to the game's manual I was finally able to figure out exactly what triggered the ending. TAZ-MANIA (Sunsoft) -You control the clunky Taz in this primarily side-scrolling action game. Each Stage takes place on an island and has 4-5 levels, including a boss bat- tle at the end of each island. There are a few odd stages, like the one where you just have to skip over the water to reach the other side as well as a couple where you are on a roller-coaster type ride and a few where you are racing vertically, having to avoid roadblocks and grab diamonds, but for the most part the majority of the stages are side-scrolling. There are a total of 23 stages between the 5 islands. When you reach Island 6 you will have your final boss battle against the Zoo Keeper Copter. He is fairly easy, as all you have to do is jump on the see-saws to launch a ball into the air to hit the copter. Once you nail it 10 times the copter will be destroyed. It will go to a screen showing Taz with his arms crossed as the following message ap- pears: WELL DONE YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE ZOO KEEPER YOU SCORED ##### THANK YOU FOR PLAYING SUNSOFT'S 'TAZ-MANIA' A ton of staff credits will then scroll by and keep repeating until you hit the start button. This game was released in Europe as LOONEY TUNES 2: TAZMAN- IAN DEVIL IN ISLAND CHASE. TAZ-MANIA 2 (T*HQ) -This sequel plays differently than the first one in that it is a platform game all the way through and the gameplay does not vary at all like it did in the first one. It is also odd that T*HQ released the sequel, as Sunsoft put out the first one...you'd think T*HQ would have just given the game a sub- title rather than making it a sequel to a game they did not produce. Anyway there are 4 Stages in this game: JUNGLE, CONDO CAVES, UNDERGROUND MINES and DESERT. Each Stage has 3 Levels followed by a boss fight, making a total of a mere 16 Levels in all. Each time you defeat a boss you save a member of your family. To defeat the final boss, Bull, at the end of Stage 4-4 you have to hit his plane a bunch of times and then it will crash off the screen to the right. Go over and then defeat Bull on the ground and you will have beaten the game. It will show Bull begging for mercy as you kiss the heart in your hand. It tallies up your score and then shows Taz rescuing his little brother with the following dialogue: YOU'RE THE BEST BIG BROTHER IN THE WORLD! I'M HUNGRY. LET'S GO HOME! The next scene shows the Taz family (mom, dad & sister) in their house near the refrigerator. The little brother comes whirling in and then the mom says: HERE COMES TAZ NOW, HUGH! HE SURE IS A MIGHTY FINE BOY! He comes blasting in and devours the refrigerator whole. It then shows Taz above the word TAZ-MANIA (not TAZ-MANIA 2) and the staff credits start to roll. Howard Phillips of Nintendo Power fame is among the credits. Several characters from the game are shown during the credits and then you get to enter your name on the HIGH SCORE screen. Do this and then it brings you back to the title screen. As noted above, it probably only said TAZ-MANIA at the start of the credits because that is what the game was called for its Euro- pean release. The original TAZ-MANIA for Game Boy was called LOONEY TUNES 2: TAZMANIAN DEVIL IN ISLAND CHASE in Europe so the sequel was the first one actually titled TAZ-MANIA over there. TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES - FALL OF THE FOOT CLAN (Ultra) -Another fun Konami game, this is a straight-forward action game where you play as any of the 4 turtles and must slash your way through 5 Stages to finish the game. There is a boss at the end of each Stage, including Shredder at the end of Stage 4 and Krang at the end of Stage 5, the last Stage. Stage 5 takes place inside the Technodrome, the rolling headquarters of the Foot Clan. If you manage to defeat Krang at the end of the Stage he will fade away and it will go to a screen showing one of the turtles untying the captured April O'Neil with the following text below them: WE ARE HERE TO SAVE APRIL. YOU SAVE ME! THANK YOU TURTLES! It then shows the massive Technodrome crumbling into the ground and then goes to a white screen with the following message: EPILOGUE FREAKED THE FOOTS, MANGLED THE MOUSERS AND TOTALLED THE TECHNODROME. THAT'S.. TURTLE POWER!! BUT, WHAT ABOUT THE SHREDDER AND KRANG...!? TURNED TO TOAST? VAPORIZED TO MILK SHAKE?? OR..ESCAPED TO DIMENSION X??? UNTIL WE KNOW, NONE OF US CAN SLEEP SAFELY IN OUR BEDS ..ER, SHELLS! An image of the 4 turtles scrolls onto the screen followed by the STAFF credits. When the credits are done it shows THE END and Krang appears on the screen. He gives a digitized laugh and then a ? appears after THE END. You then get the GAME OVER screen with your scores and it goes back to the title screen. TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES II - BACK FROM THE SEWERS (Konami) -The 2nd TMNT installment for the Game Boy. In this one you have to battle your way through 6 Acts. Each Act has a boss to defeat at the end like in most action games and a couple of them have mid-bosses to take out. There are also 3 difficulty modes: Easy, Normal and Hard. The difference in these is faster enemies, more enemies and more difficult boss battles. The good news is that the ending is slightly different. When you get to Act 6 you will have several areas to go through as well as a few boss fights, including General Traag (who is very similar to the Stone Warrior boss from Act 5), Super Shredder and of course the final boss, Krang. When you defeat Krang his body will explode but Krang himself escapes out the window. Your turtle jumps to safety as the Technodrome explodes (or seems to, as it shows a picture of it with the background flashing). A picture of the 4 turtles will then scroll onto the screen and the CAST roll, which includes every character who appeared in the game, good and evil. After this the STAFF credits will flash by. When these are finished it will say RESULT and show your TOP SCORE and regular SCORE. It then shows a picture of one of the turtles holding a pizza with (C)opyright 1991 KONAMI under it followed by END appearing on a black screen then back to the title screen. That was the Easy mode ending. If you played the game on Normal or Hard mode there will be one slight difference with the ending. Everything will be the same but when it shows the turtle holding the pizza at the end instead of just going to the END screen the turtle will throw the pizza at you and it will slide down the screen before going to the END screen. It's not much at all but for a game released in 1991 it was cool to see a small reward for beating the game on a harder difficulty setting. TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES III - RADICAL RESCUE (Konami) -If you are thinking this will be just like the previous 2 installments in the TMNT Game Boy series, you will either be upset or surprised to find it is very different. Instead of the linear hack and slash action you had in the first 2 games, this one requires thought. You spend the game in a mostly underground fortress trying to find keys, key cards and pizzas and fighting bosses every so often (the hallway before the bosses is very similar to those in the Mega Man series). The bosses will give you keys that will unlock other areas of the fortress. Eventually you will make your way to the end where you will have to fight all 4 of the bosses you already beat one more time. Defeat them all again and you will battle the Cyber Shredder. He has 2 forms, so when you beat him once be ready for his energy meter to recharge and then beat him again. You also have to rescue the other 3 turtles (you start as Michaelangelo) who are being held captive somewhere in the fortress. You can switch between turtles once you find them and they each have a unique ability that will help you get past various obstacles during gameplay. So once you defeat the Cyber Shredder you have one last small room to get through. Once you get past the flame jets use the key you got from Shredder to open the door and rescue April O'Neil. She will appear on the screen and say the following: I KNEW YOU'D RESCUE ME! NOW THAT SHREDDER'S GONE, THE WORLD WILL FINALLY BE AT PEACE. The screen goes white and a digitized COWABUNGA! is heard as well as spelled out on the screen. It then shows pics of the 4 turtles as CAST and STAFF credits scroll by and end at the KONAMI 1993 copyright screen. TENNIS (Nintendo) -This is a very simple, yet fun tennis game for the Game Boy and was one of the original 5 North American launch titles. I won't get into the rules of tennis here, but the main objective is to win 2 out of 3 sets to defeat your opponent. You can choose between 4 difficulty Levels. When you beat the Level 1 opponent you will get a message that says LEVEL 1 CHAMP! TRY NEXT LEVEL. You will get the same message after beating the opponents in Levels 2 & 3. When you defeat the Level 4 opponent you will shake his hand and then your character will be jumping around in front of the crowd and the follow- ing message will appear on the screen: YOU ARE THE GREATEST TENNIS PLAYER!! It will remain on this screen until you reset. A simple ending for a simple game. TERMINATOR 2 - JUDGMENT DAY (LJN) -This is a straight action game with a bit of variance to the levels. Level 1 has several generators that you need to knock off towers all while Termin- ators are chasing you down. The hard part is you need to knock them down in order from the highest one to the lowest, which required some back-tracking. Level 2 is in Skynet and all you have to do is make it to the end of the platform type level. Level 3 is a doozy. You have to rewire a Terminator so it will fight for your side. What this requires is basically 3 mini-games where you have to repair 4 paths for the circuits to make a clear run from the bottom of the screen to the top. The hard part about this is that you have a time limit so you need to do it quick. You have 3 different boards that you have to "repair", with increasing difficulty as you move on to the next one. In Level 4 you play as the original Terminator (Ahhnold!) on a motorcycle with John Connor trying to outrun the T-1000, who is chasing you down in a truck. This is tough because you need to stay ahead of him while shooting to your left the whole time. If he touches you once you are toast. Level 5 is a platformer where you have to find some keys and the Terminator arm before you can exit the level. Finally, in Level 6 you will do battle with the T-1000. Keep moving to the right while punching him and waiting for a weapon to drop down from above. Grab it and shoot him and keep going to the right. Eventually you will reach the edge of the walkway and be able to shoot him into the vat of molten steel below. He will spaz around in the steel for a few seconds and then the following message will scroll by: GOOD WORK! NOW THAT THE T-1000 HAS BEEN DESTROYED, YOU HAVE GUARANTEED THE SAFETY OF THE HUMAN RACE, AND ALL LIFE AS WE KNOW IT... OR HAVE YOU? HASTA LA VISTA BABY! It then shows a peaceful scene of children playing in a park with trees and a skyline in the background. A quick staff credit scroll goes by and then it returns you to the LJN title screen. TESSERAE (GameTek) -This game is like one of those peg games where you have a bunch of pegs in holes and you need to leap frog over the other pegs, removing them until there is only 1 peg left. Tesserae uses tiles instead of pegs and there are several different kinds of tiles, including ones that you cannot move and others that need to be jumped over several times. There are a total of 9 boards (called Mosaics) to play on. You can either practice an individual Mosaic or you can play in a TOURNAMENT, which requires you to play through all 9 of the Mosaics to get to the ending. There are 3 difficulty settings: Beginner, Intermediate and Advanced. You will get the same ending no matter which difficulty setting you played through. As for the ending, play through all 9 Mosaics in the Tournament and when you finish Mosaic 9 the screen will fill up with changing tiles and then go to a grey screen that says SUPER PLAYER in black. Pressing a button will bring you back to the title screen. This could seriously be in play for one of the worst endings ever, consider- ing how difficult it is to finish all 9 Mosaics on the Advanced difficulty. Definitely a disappointment. Thanks to nolberto82 for coming up with a Game Genie code to clear a Mosaic with one move (0B9-25F-081 & 189-24F-A29). TETRIS (Nintendo) -The classic puzzler for the Game Boy. Pretty much everyone has heard of this one and if they owned a Game Boy, chances are they owned Tetris. There are 2 different modes of play to choose from: A-TYPE and B-TYPE. I will explain each one and what you can do to trigger the endings: -A-TYPE- In this mode you can choose what speed level you want to start at, from 0-9 with 9 being the fastest. You then play Tetris until your pieces reach the top of the screen. Now depending on how many points you score, you will get a bonus scene when your game ends: -0-99,999 points- You get no bonus, just a GAME OVER screen. -100,000 - 149,999 points- After the GAME OVER screen it shows a rocket getting ready to launch. It then slowly launches and then you enter your name on the TOP SCORE screen. -150,000 - 199,999 points- after the GAME OVER screen it shows a larger rocket than the one you got with the lesser score launching then you enter your name on the TOP SCORE screen. -200,000 - 999,999- An even bigger rocket with a pod attached to the top of it takes off then you enter your name on the TOP SCORE screen. I have scored 999,999 points in this mode (it stays at 999,999 and doesn't reset) and I still got this 3rd rocket ending. -B-TYPE- In this mode you can choose what Level (0-9) and how High (0-5) you want to play at. You will get endings for finishing Level 9 at the various heights. Here is what you will get: -Level 9, High 0- There will be a lone violinist playing a tune at the top of the screen with a sun in the sky and some Russian spires in the far background. -Level 9, High 1- You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now another musician joins the violinist, this one playing what looks like a guitar. -Level 9, High 2- You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a third musician is playing a large instrument between the other two. -Level 9, High 3- You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a fourth member of the band, a drummer, joins them on a lower platform. -Level 9, High 4- You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a 5th and 6th member of the band, both playing flutes, appear to the right of the drummer. -Level 9, High 5- You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now you have the entire band, as a guy with an accordian is next to the flutists, two male dancers are on the platform above them and two female dancers are in the box on the lower right side of the screen. But that's not all! It then goes to a screen showing a giant space shuttle blasting off and then CONGRATULATIONS! appears. Now that is a pretty cool ending. TRAX (HAL) -This is an underrated tank shooter from HAL, makers of both Kirby and Lolo. It is kind of charming for a tank game, as HAL put their special brand of humor into the game, especially the ending. You can choose to play MAIN GAME or MULTI GAME. The MAIN GAME is, well, the main game. I will get into that in a bit. The MULTI GAME is where you and up to 3 other players can complete for tank supremacy on your choice of 12 screens. There is no ending in this mode and if you have no friends you play against 3 computer opponents and will get 1st, 2nd or 3rd place after there is only one tank left, but there is no end- ing in this mode. It does keep a score count for you as you go but you can keep playing in this mode for as long as you feel like it. Now in MAIN MODE you will play through a mere 4 Stages of a tank shoot 'em up. Think Iron Tank for the NES with fun added to it. Actually, it did remind me more of the NES game Jackal now that I think of it. Anyway, there is a good sized boss at the end of each stage you must defeat. When you reach Stage 4 and get through the Stage you will eventually have to defeat all the bosses (and mini-bosses) all over again. When you get to the final boss you have to beat him several times, as he will move up off the screen and come back at you equipped with new wea- pons attached. When you finally destroy him a sign saying GIVE UP! will appear where he was and it will show a view of his huge base in the city blowing up. You are ejaculated from the exploding base and land far in the distance. The screen scrolls as the base ejects the main bad guy, as he lands on his head next to you. The final scene it switches to shows the bad guy chasing after you as the sun sets in the background and the words THE END appear. It will stay here until resetting. TRUE LIES (LJN) -This is a basic straight-forward action shoot em up that spans 6 unnumbered Stages. There are a few weapons you can get, like the Uzi, shotgun and gren- ades, that help you in your mission but the only downside is a lack of bosses. In fact, Aziz, the final boss, is the only boss in the game, unless you count the nuclear device right before him that you have to destroy. Anyway, blast your way through and when you get to the Office stage (Stage 6) fight through it and eventually you will have to destroy that nuclear device and then get to the roof top. Up there you will find Aziz standing on an airplane with your gal hanging from it. Just keep firing at Aziz, preferably with the Uzi, and he will eventually be knocked off the plane. You then get to watch some digitized pics. The first one shows a side view of the falling Aziz. The next one shows a top down view of the falling, screaming Aziz. The next one shows something blowing up, probably Aziz. And the last one shows Arnold holding the rescued girl. You then get a screen showing all of the BEAM PRODUCTION TEAM followed by the WHITE TEAM who produced the game for Acclaim. It then returns you to the title screen. A short ending for a short game. TUROK - BATTLE OF THE BIONOSAURS (Acclaim) -This is a decent action quest and is completely different than the Turok game for the N64. First off, you can choose from EASY, MEDIUM or HARD difficulty but these only affect the health that Turok starts with and will not affect the ending you get when finishing the game, so playing it on EASY will get you the same ending as playing it on HARD. The difficulty will also determine how many hits your enemies can withstand, so play it on EASY unless you like a challenge. There are a total of 8 Areas to explore. You must find 3 Keys in each Area which will allow you to enter the transporter to the next Area. There is a Hub area with all the transporters to each Area and you will notice that the transporters do not activate until you find the 3 Keys in an Area. Also, each Area has a piece of the Chronoscepter. These are vital to the game, as you can defeat the final boss, The Campaigner, with the completed Chronoscepter weapon. So when you get all the Keys in Area 7 and move on to Area 8 you will not need to find any more Keys since all the Areas are unlocked, but you will need to get the final Chronoscepter piece. You will find this after beating the toughest foe in the game, the giant T-Rex. After defeating the T-Rex and assembling your weapon, you will face off against The Campaigner. Now keep in mind that your Chronoscepter only has 3 shots for ammo. The Campaigner takes 2 shots to defeat, so you do not have a lot of room for error in this final battle. When you manage to defeat him he will explode and Turok will run to the right and leap into the water. He will swim off the screen and then it will show a screen with Turok watch- ing The Campaigner's fortress explode as the ACCLAIM CREDITS scroll by on the bottom of the screen. THE END appears and pressing start brings you back to the title screen. ULTIMA - RUNES OF VIRTUE (FCI) -This isn't your typical Ultima RPG. It is more of a cross between Legend of Zelda and Adventures of Lolo. Your goal is to go into 8 dungeons and recover the 8 Runes that have been scattered among them, 1 in each dungeon. There are weapons, items, armor, keys and other things you would find in a normal RPG, but this game is more action oriented. It has Lord British and you get to choose between 4 characters that Ultima fans are familiar with, but the game itself is not part of the Ultima canon. So go from dungeon to dungeon and when you need your last Rune it will be in the Great Stygian Abyss. In this dungeon you will have to battle several dragons, including 2 of them that guard the final Rune (in the room after a nasty arrow teleportation room). Do away with the dragon and hit the switches behind each of them to open the gate into the area with the Rune. It will be guarded by many in- visible enemies that will be shooting at you so make a run for that Rune and you will trigger the ending. It shows your character walking toward the Rune and then holding it up in the air followed by the following text: YOU HAVE RECLAIMED THE RUNE OF HUMILITY! It then goes to a screen with the following: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE FOILED THE BLACK KNIGHT, AND RETURNED THE EIGHT RUNES OF VIRTUE. LORD BRITISH SUMMONS YOU TO HIS THRONE ROOM TO BE KNIGHTED. The next screen shows Lord British sitting on his throne with a big ankh symbol on a banner on the wall as the character you played as walks into the room and kneels at the base of the throne. Lord British raises his hand to signify your becoming a knight and THE END appears on the screen. It then returns to the title screen. As an added bonus, where it gives you the option to JOURNEY ONWARD or to BEGIN A NEW GAME, if you select JOURNEY ONWARD and then speak to Lord British he will give you this message: CONGRATULAIONS! THOU HAST RETURNED THE EIGHT RUNES! After this you are free to wander around the world but your quest is over. Also of note, the ending does not change whether you played the game on Easy, Medium or Hard difficulty. UNIVERSAL SOLDIER (Accolade) -This is the same game as the Amiga/C64 game Turrican II: The Final Fight. The main difference is the programmers adding in 3 new levels and changing around some of the enemies and orders of the levels. Your mission is to track down and kill Andrew Scott, played by Dolph Lundgren in the movie. Your char- acter, a marine played by Jean-Claude Van Damme in the movie, has several different weapons and power-ups that can be obtained. There are a total of 10 Levels. According to the manual the layout of the Levels is as followed, even through there is no indication on what World or Level number you are playing: World 1 (2 Levels) World 2 (3 Levels) World 3 (3 Levels) World 4 (2 Levels) You obtain a passcode upon completing a Level, which I have submitted to the Gamefaqs site in case you actually want to use them. When you get to the end of World 4, Level 2, which consists of you riding lifts up towards the top of the area, you will fight a giant version of Andrew Scott (bigger than the one you fought earlier in the game). He comes at you slowly and when he reaches the edge of the screen he will use his jetpack to fly back towards you. Just wear him down, hopefully with some special weapons if you have them, but if not just keep hammering away at him with your weapon. When he is finally des- troyed he will disappear and THE END will appear on the screen in giant let- ters. Press a button and you will get the following scrolling message: YOU HAVE DESTROYED THE SERGEANT AND THE CORRUPT ORGANIZATION WHICH DID THIS TO YOU YOU HAVE SAVED ME AND HELPED ME TO FIND HAPPINESS YOU MUST NOW LEARN TO LIVE AGAIN IN PEACE It then shows the Code Monkeys and Accolade staff credits and will return to the title screen when you press a button. This is definitely a no frills, ba- sic ending. Also of note, you get the same ending whether you beat the game on EASY or HARD difficulty. The difficulty mode mainly affects the time you get to complete each Level. WARIO LAND - SUPER MARIO LAND 3 (Nintendo) -Wario's first solo adventure. You must make your way through 7 different lands which each having anywhere from 4 to 6 Courses, for a grand total of 40 Courses to play through. The 6 Courses in Sherbet Land are optional, so technically you do not have to play through all 40 Courses to finish the game. Now the ending will be determined based on how many coins you have collected throughout the game, as it keeps a running tally. There are also 15 secret treasures hidden throughout the game, each of which are worth anywhere between 1000-9000 coins a piece. When you get to Syrup Castle you will play through Courses 37-40. At the end of Course 40 you will encounter Captain Syrup. She will use her magic lamp to summon a genie who will go after you. The only way to beat him is to toss the magic lamp around until a puff of smoke comes out of it. Hop on the puff of smoke and ride it up to jump on the genie's head. Bop him a total of 6 times and he will be defeated. It will then show Wario in Captain Syrup's room. She runs off and throws a giant bomb at Wario, but he escapes before the castle crumbles, leaving the lost statue of Princess Toadstool in the rubble. Mario then appears in his helicopter and airlifts the statue away while Wario can only stand and watch. Wario then throws down the magic lamp and the genie reappears. Wario wishes for a castle and the genie asks him for his money bags he has collected. This is where it goes to the money tallying screen. It will tally up the last of the coins you got in Course 40 and then give you the coin value for each of the treasures you collected. The total amount of coins you have determines what kind of ending you will get. The following coin amounts are what Wilson Lau found in his great Wario Land guide: 300+ Coins gets you 1 Money Bag which grants you a Birdhouse 10072+ Coins gets you 2 Money Bags which grants you a Tree Trunk 40008+ Coins gets you 3 Money Bags which grants you a Log Cabin 70008+ Coins gets you 4 Money Bags which grants you a Pagoda 90008+ Coins gets you 5 Money Bags which grants you a Castle 99999+ Coins gets you 6 Money Bags which grants you a Planet After you Coins are tallied up Wario hands the genie however many Money Bags he got from his Coins and the genie grants him the appropriate home listed above. The credits will then roll underneath Wario and his new home and will finish with the message PLEASE RETRY! unless Wario got 99999+ coins and got the Planet. If he was able to do this it will say PERFECT GAME! instead. It will stay on this screen until you reset. WHEEL OF FORTUNE (GAMETEK) -This is a simple, watered-down version of the classic TV game show for the Game Boy. You can choose 1 Player, 2 Players or 1 Player vs Computer. The first 2 options are for fun so in order to "beat" this game you must play against the computer. There will be 3 Rounds to play. The first 2 Rounds are normal, where you take turns against the computer spinning the wheel and guessing letters until one of you solves the puzzle. In Round 3 you spin the wheel once, which determines what the value will be for all the guessed letters in this round. You then take turns (without spinning the wheel) guessing letters and trying to solve the puzzle until one of you gets it. If you have scored more points than the computer opponent you will go on to the final round, where you must try to guess a final puzzle by providing 5 consonants and one vowel. If you manage to guess the answer it will say in the area where the puzzle answer was: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE WON It will then go to a screen showing a pile of money and $25,000 written above it. That, my folks, was the ending screen. It will stay there until you press the Start button and when you do it will return you to the title screen. I told you this was a watered-down version, right down to the bad ending. WHO FRAMED ROGER RABBIT (Capcom) -An interesting game from Capcom, where you have to guide Roger Rabbit through 6 Scenes and defeat Judge Doom at the end. In each scene you have to find clues and items that will let you progress through the scene. You can wander around the city but cannot reach certain areas unless you have already achie- ved a certain task. In each Scene you have to defeat or catch one of the wea- sels (except in Scene 1) and they will give you a clue to let you move on to the next Scene. When you get to the end of Scene 6 you will enter Doom's place. There is a bit of a maze to find your way through but you will finally reach Doom (be careful not to fall in the hole in the center of the room where he taunts you for being too slow). Just keep punching him (or if you have any bullets left, shooting him) while avoiding the shots from his dip gun and you will finally defeat him. He sits in the corner waving the white flag and then it switches to Roger meeting Jessica in a room with this dialogue: JESSICA: OH, ROGER. YOU WERE SPECTACULAR. ROGER RABBIT: JESSICA DARLING! I WAS WORRIED SICK ABOUT YOU! I'M GLAD YOU'RE SAFE! YOU WANNA PLAY PATTY CAKE TONIGHT? (Hopefully he does more than that!). Eddie then enters the room: EDDIE VALIANT: I HATE TO BREAK UP THIS HAPPY REUNION, BUT DO YOU STILL HAVE THE WILL? JESSICA: SURE! RIGHT HERE! The screen changes to one where Jessica is holding Roger with hearts around them and more dialogue: EDDIE VALIANT: WELL, IT LOOKS LIKE TOONTOWN IS SAFE AT LAST. Next it shows the various scenes where you defeated the weasels throughout the game as well as Judge Doom, Benny the Cab, Jessica, Eddie Valiant and finally Roger Rabbit. The next screen shows a curtain closing on the words THE END and the next screen shows Roger saying THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING! and you are brought back to the title screen. Not a bad ending compared to a lot of the other Game Boy games I have finished. WIZARDS & WARRIORS CHAPTER X: THE FORTRESS OF FEAR (Acclaim) -This is a straight-forward action game and is linear, unlike the Wizards & Warriors games for the NES where you can do a bit of exploring. In this Game Boy version the level numbers are displayed on the screen while you are play- ing, which is much better for my tastes as opposed to a game like Gradius: The Interstellar Assault, where the stages just blend into each other. Anyway, there are a total of 17 stages to play through and here is the breakdown: Level 1-0, 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 Level 2-0, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4 Level 3-0, 3-1, 3-2, 3-3 Level 4-0, 4-1, 4-2 Level 5-0 Level 5-0 is a maze where you have to go through certain doors in order to reach the end. When you do you will face off against the wizard Malkil. He reminded me of the Emperor from Return of the Jedi with his robe and ability to shoot lightning out of his fingertips. He warps around the ledges you are standing on so you need to be alert and attack him the second he reappears. After hitting him enough times he will perish and you will get a nice little screen showing you holding your girlfriend with the following text: WELL DONE SIRE YOUR QUEST IS SUCCESSFUL THE EVIL MALKIL IS DEFEATED You will then be able to enter your initials on the SCROLL OF HONOUR and then it will return to the title screen. The three NES games were definitely better than this. I'm not sure why it is Chapter X in the subtitle but perhaps they thought they were going to release 6 more Wizards & Warriors titles for the NES before it was all said and done. Sadly the franchise never made it beyond the Game Boy and NES as far as I am aware. WORDZAP (Jaleco) -There is quite a bit to explain in this word-making game, as there are several games to choose from. The 2 main games are WORDHAI and WORDZAP. Each of these has several games within them as well, as follows: WORDHAI -Challenge Play -Free Play -Timed Turns WORDZAP -Any Letter (Solo) -Next Letter (Solo) -Any Letter (2 Player) -Next Letter (2 Player) Let's describe how to get the WORDHAI ending. I say ending because you only get an ending in CHALLENGE PLAY. FREE PLAY and TIMED TURNS are just practice games that you can play however you want. Now in WORDHAI CHALLENGE PLAY you can choose from 3 difficulty settings (1 being the easiest) but you will get the same ending no matter which one you choose. The object of CHALLENGE PLAY is to play through 6 Rounds, each Round having 4 levels for a total of 24 levels. After each Round is completed it will show the following famous landmark "blasting off": Round 1: Space Shuttle Round 2: Big Ben Round 3: Eiffel Tower Round 4: Statue of Liberty Round 5: Leaning Tower of Pisa Round 6: Sphinx of Giza Yes, they all take off and blast into space. Pretty amusing. When you finish Round 6-4 and watch the Sphinx of Giza blast into the sky you will get a screen showing the following: CHALLENGE PLAY CONGRATULATIONS! FOR YOUR WORLD TOUR, PRESS: SELECT, A, LEFT, A, DOWN, B, A, RIGHT FROM THE TITLE SCREEN! It will then bring you to the title screen when you press start where you can try the code or play again. Now for the WORDZAP game. There are 4 choices in WORDZAP but we won't describe the 2 Player options, so lets get into the 2 sub games, ANY LETTER and NEXT LETTER (both Solo). The object of ANY LETTER is to spell 7 words before the computer does. You can choose a difficulty from 1-5 and a Vocabulary of 1-3. Your ultimate goal is not to play to a particular Round, as they continue on and on (it actually goes to Round 99 and then flips to Round 0 and keeps showing Round 0 after this no matter how many Rounds you finish), but to win enough games to improve your ranking. If you start on the easiest difficulty you must win about 10 Rounds before reaching Rank 1 but if you start on the hardest difficulty you will start at around Rank 6. Here are the Ranks to attain: Rank 1: Word Nerd Class B Rank 2: Word Nerd Class A Rank 3: Word Master Rank 4: Word Hero Rank 5: Word Ace Rank 6: Word Maestro Rank 7: Word Guru Rank 8: Word Star Rank 9: Word Wiz Rank 10: Golden! Playing on Difficulty 1, Vocabulary 1, I reached Rank 10 at Round 43 (and that was winning every Round, so I'm not sure if you would reach it at a later Round if you lost some Rounds). The computer is playing extremely fast so getting the Golden Rank is very difficult. After you attain this Rank you will keep playing but there are no more Ranks to reach, so consider getting to Rank 10 as finishing WORDZAP ANY LETTER SOLO. As for WORDZAP NEXT LETTER SOLO, other than the fact that the gameplay itself is slightly different, the entire set-up that you had in WORDZAP ANY LETTER SOLO is the exact same set-up you have in WORDZAP NEXT LETTER SOLO, right down to having to attain the same exact 10 Rankings and the Round numbering not really mattering since your goal is to just get to Rank 10 Golden. Consider reaching Rank 10 in both ANY LETTER and NEXT LETTER your ultimate goal and you will be a WORDZAP (and WORDHAI) master. Unfortunately, the only real ending on the entire cartridge is getting the World Tour code screen after finish Round 6-4 in WORDHAI. WORLD BOWLING (Romstar) -This is a simple, straight-forward bowling game where you choose your char- acter (boy or girl), your ball weight and then dive right into the first match. You will see 6 countries listed with a number next to them. That num- ber is what you need to reach for a score to move on to the next country. If you do not reach that number or higher you go back to the title screen. The countries and their target score to reach are as follows: Japan 200 China 210 USA 220 Canada 230 France 240 England 250 You only get to bowl one string to beat the score. Once you get the hang of where to position your bowler on the screen you need to get used to the two meters. One controls direction of the ball thrown and the other controls the power behind your throw. As you see the countries have progressively higher scores to beat, so when you reach England you really need to be on your game throwing strikes and spares and even then it is hard to reach 250 points. If you manage to do that against England you will get the one screen ending that shows a picture of your character and a picture of what look like two Chinese guys on the bottom of the screen. The accompanying text says: CONGRATULATIONS YOU ARE GOOD PLAYER SCORE ### Pressing B will bring you to the title screen. That is pretty much all there is to this simple game, simple ending included. XENON 2 - MEGABLAST (Mindscape) -This isn't one of the better shooters for the Game Boy but at least it gives you the opportunity to buy better weapons in between levels and after boss battles. You can also choose between Easy, Medium and Hard difficulty. My first playthrough of the game was on Easy. There are a total of 5 levels to play through, each with decent sized bosses and mini-bosses to defeat. At the end of Level 5 you will face off against a large battleship. Take out all the turrets and gun placements all around it and it will be destroyed. Once you have obliterated it the alien shopkeeper will appear and say: THATS ALL FOLKS DONT FORGET TO TURN OFF YOUR SET The screen turns black like a TV turning off and then you get my least favor- ite message you can get after beating a game, GAME OVER. You are then plopped back into Level 1 with 1 life but with your score intact. If you play through the game again you will get the same exact ending. Now if you play the game on Medium or Hard difficulty you simply start with less lives but you will get the same exact crappy ending that you got when you beat the game on easy. Very disappointing ending for Xenon 2 (or Xenon II as it says in the opening screen of the game). YOGI BEAR IN YOGI BEAR'S GOLDRUSH (GameTek) -This is a really good, really underrated Game Boy platform game. The con- trols are crisp and there is enough hidden stuff to keep you replaying it for a long while. You must guide Yogi through 6 Stages. Each Stage has mul- tiple areas. There are also 2 endings to this game, a good ending and a bad ending. In order to get the good ending you must find 2 vaults in each Stage. Each vault has 25 coins in it, so that means 50 coins in each Stage. It will add up the coins when you finish the stage and for every 25 coins you col- lected you will earn a gold bar. The ultimate goal is finishing the game with 12 gold bars (from the 300 coins you collected from the 12 vaults). There are only 2 bosses in the game. One at the end of Stage 3 and the final boss at the end of Stage 6. When you defeat that final boss (a cloud with a cowboy hat...not sure if this is Evil Jake or not) you will get either the bad or the good ending. They are explained below. BAD ENDING It will show a picture of the JELLY STONE PARK gate with a lock on it and the following text will scroll by: YOGI YOU HAVE FOLLOWED THE MAP AND TRAVELLED THROUGH ALL THE LANDS BUT YOU HAVE FAILED TO FIND ALL TWELVE HIDDEN SAFES. YOGI YOU MUST RETRACE YOUR STEPS AND THIS TIME FIND ALL OF THE STOLEN MONEY IF JELLYSTONE PARK IS TO REMAIN OPEN THIS WINTER. The Yogi Bear staff credits then scroll by followed by THE END and it goes back to the title screen. GOOD ENDING If you managed to collect all 300 gold coins from the 12 vaults it will show a screen with Boo Boo sitting by an open treasure chest reading a parchment with the following text scrolling by: WELL DONE YOGI YOU HAVE FOUND ALL OF THE HIDDEN SAFES AND RECOVERED ALL OF THE STOLEN MONEY FROM EVIL JAKES CLUTCHES. THANKS TO YOU JELLYSTONE PARK CAN STAY OPEN ALL WINTER. YOGI YOU REALLY ARE SMARTER THAN THE AVERAGE BEAR. The Yogi staff credits then scroll by followed by THE END and then back to the title screen. A special thanks goes out to ninjabearhug for his awesome youtube video showing where all the hidden vaults were located. ZEN - INTERGALACTIC NINJA (Konami) -This version is much more straight-forward than the NES game of the same name. You control Zen and must play through 5 Areas of pollution in order to rid the world of some of its nastiest pollution perpetrators. When you start you get to choose from 4 Areas to play through in any order you want. They are Oil Area, Dam Area, Smog Area and Dust Area. Once you play through these (and the bonus rounds at the end of each Area) you get to play a 5th and Fi- nal Area. Get through this and you will reach the nasty Lord Contaminous. He sits up on his throne holding his skull staff while the boy you are trying to rescue, Jeremey, is trapped inside some kind of pod that is floating across the top of the room and attacking you. Attack this pod continuously, as you will never actually have to go after Lord Contaminous at all. Once the pod is ruptured, Jeremy will come out and Zen will toss the crystal to him. Jeremy then zaps Contaminous with the crystal as he looks around in disbelief and then crumbles to the ground. The next screed shows a view of Zen's spaceship with Earth below it as Zen zaps himself up into space and into his ship. The next screen shows Zen, Jeremy and 5 of the creatures who appeared in the game at one point or another (mostly in the bonus rounds if you got 100% in them) and the following message scrolls by: LORD CONTAMINOUS IS DESTROYED. THE EARTH IS SAVED, BUT THE OTHER CONTAMINOUS MAY COME BACK. THEN, CAN WE MEET ZEN AGAIN? YOU ARE THE ONE WHO SAVED THE EARTH. It then shows Zen at the controls of his ship as the STAFF credits flash by on the screen before him. It ends on the 1992 KONAMI ALL RIGHTS RESERVED screen and stays here until you reset. ==================== B. NON-USA RELEASES ==================== 2ND SPACE (Sachen) -This is a Pac-Man like action game found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6 multicart. The objective of the game is to fill in all the black spots on the screen while avoiding the enemies chasing you. When you fill in all the black spots around one of the background picture pieces it will show you what that piece of the picture looks like and any enemy travelling over it at the time will be destroyed. When you start you can choose between Slow and Fast modes. You are very sluggish in Slow mode and you get the same ending when you fin- ish either mode, so I recommend Fast. There are a total of 20 Stages. When you finish every 5th stage it reveal the picture you were uncovering in the previous 5 stages. When you finish Stage 20 it will show you the picture you uncovered (this one is a guy taking a corner on a motorcycle) and then bring you to the ending sequence. This consists of a screen showing a archway with 3 flags blowing on either side of it and a gateway will open in front of it. The 10 enemies from the game will exit from the gateway one by one followed by your character. He stops in the middle of the screen and CONGRATULATIONS! will appear at the top. It then shows 7 various staff credits and ends on a screen that says THE END PRESENT BY 1993 SACHEN before returning to the title screen. A-FORCE (Sachen) -The game is known as A-Force but the title screen says Armour Force, so you might see it called that. It is available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6 mul- ticart and is a decent side-scrolling shooter, kind of like the side-scroll- ing stages of Legendary Wings for the NES (but obviously not as good). You start on Stage 1 and when you finish that you get the choice of which Stage to play next, between Stages A, B and C. It really doesn't matter which one you choose as this is the only time you get an option and you will still have to play through the other 2 after you finish the one you chose (if you chose Stage C it is called Stage 4 and when you finish that you will play Stage 2 and then Stage 3). Once you finish the first 4 Stages you will play a final Stage 5 (Final Combat). It is a regular stage like the rest and you will face the final boss at the end of it, which looks like a core ship boss right out of the Gradius/Life Force series but without the walls you have to blast out to get to the core. Wear this ship down for awhile and you will eventually destroy it. It will go to a screen showing your fighter floating around and you will get the following text, rife with spelling errors: AD4058, SEPTEMBER- THE ARMOR-CLAD WERE BEATING THE MAINFORCE OF THE WESTERN REPUBLIC WITH SUPER HIGH- TECK WEAPON- A-FORCE. UNTIL NOVEMBER, WESTERN REPUBLIC DECIDED TO GIVE UP THE INVASION AS THEY WERE LOSING. A TREATY WAS SIGNED BY BOTH SIDES IN 4059JTOREFRAIN FORM INVADING TO EACH OTHER AND GUARANTEED THE PEACE OF THE WHOLE GALAXY. It then shows a pic of a babe kissing your character with a couple other space jockeys in the shot as the staff credits flash beneath it. THE END appears and it goes back to the title screen. ADVENTURES OF LOLO (HAL/Nintendo) -This is the European version of Lolo for the Game Boy. There was no version of Lolo released in the USA for the Game Boy, only this one and a Famicom version that is similar but slightly different. It is also a Super Game Boy enhanced cartridge. There are a total of 125 puzzles to play through. When you start up the game you choose between the Simulation game and the Inter- mediate game. Simulation is really basic and is just a learning seminar for those unfamiliar with the Lolo series, so the game really starts when you start playing the Intermediate stages. There are a total of 16 Stages. The first 5 Stages are musical based stages and each have 14 puzzles. The rest of the Stages only have 5 puzzles each and are based around an amusement park storyline. Here is the breakdown: Stage 1 - Hula - 14 puzzles Stage 2 - Oriental - 14 puzzles Stage 3 - House - 14 puzzles Stage 4 - Flamenco - 14 puzzles Stage 5 - Ballet - 14 puzzles After Stage 5 you get a message saying you have cleared the Intermediate level and are moving on to the Advanced level, which takes place in the amusement park Gentryland and consists of the following: Stage 6 - Merry-Go-Round - 5 puzzles Stage 7 - Coffee Cup - 5 puzzles Stage 8 - Row Boat Depot - 5 puzzles Stage 9 - Haunted House - 5 puzzles Stage 10 - Food Zone - 5 puzzles Stage 11 - Souvenir Photo - 5 puzzles Stage 12 - Flying Rocket - 5 puzzles Stage 13 - Roller Coaster - 5 puzzles Stage 14 - Castle of Egger - 5 puzzles Finish Stage 14 and you get what seems like the ending message but then the King of Eggerland appears and tells you that you need 5 more keys to watch the Gentry Parade: Stage 15 - Gentry Parade - 5 puzzles When you finish all 5 puzzles in Stage 15 it will show a picture Lolo's son Lulu with the following dialogue: LULU: HOORAY, THANKS DADDY! LOLO: AHEM! KING: OH DEAR ME! WHAT HAS HAPPENED! LOLO: STOP ALL YOUR EVIL DEEDS! KING: I PROMISE I WILL! LULU: OK THEN! LET'S ALL PLAY TOGETHER! It then shows a giant Lolo scrolling sideways across the screen holding a CONGRATULATIONS! banner with the castle on top of the screen and Lolo, Lala and Lulu at the bottom of the screen. Fireworks appear as the staff credits flash by. After the credits the 3 of them walk off the screen and a robot walks onto the screen and the words THE END appear above it. This seems like the end but if you press a button the word PRO appears on the screen. You will now be able to play the PRO stage! The 5 PRO stage puzzles are very dif- ficult to beat but if you finish these you have beaten the entire game. When I exited PRO stage Puzzle 5 the emulator froze, so if anyone knows if any- thing happens here let me know, but since you got an ending after finishing Stage 15 I am guessing it just returns you to the title screen. ARCTIC ZONE (Commin/Sachen) -This is basically a filler game on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5 multicart. I suppose if you like frantic, Tetris-style action with repetitive music, then you may find a place in your heart for this, but I was glad to be done vet- ting it for an ending. You control some kind of polar critter who must throw what are probably ice blocks to the left of the screen at the incoming geo- metrical shapes. Once you fill in one of these shapes it will disappear but there are always more shapes coming at you. You have the luxury of throwing a wave at these shapes that will wipe out all of them on the screen at once but you are limited to just 4 of these in game. However, I made a Game Shark code that give you an unlimited supply (010496C0). I ramble on here because there is no ending to write about. As you progress the Level number on the screen will get higher and the shapes will come at faster and faster. When you reach Level 15 they will be coming at you so fast that if you were play- ing this without the cheat code you more than likely would succumb and if so much as one of the shapes touches you it is game over. Anyway, if you can make it past Level 15's ridiculous speed it goes to Level 00 and the speed returns to how it was at the beginning of the game, deathly slow. So you can consider the Level number resetting back to 00 as finishing this game. This may have been a hit in arcades in the early 80s but for a 90s release it is a turd. BANISHING RACER (Jaleco) -This is a fun little side scrolling action game by Jaleco that reminded me of City Connection by Jaleco for the NES even though the gameplay really isn't that similar. Even though it says "Race" in the title, there is no racing against other cars in this game, just straight forward controlling your car like it was an action hero, jumping on other cars and making it to the end of the stage. In all there are 5 Stages, each with 3 levels. At the end of Stages 1-3, 3-3 and 5-3 you will have to fight a boss (there are no bosses at the end of Stages 2 and 4). The bosses are defeated by bopping them on the head several times. When you finish Stage 5-3 you will face off against the final boss. Bop him a couple times and since he gets taller each time you bop him, you will need to jump off the projectiles he shoots at you to get enough height to bop him the last couple times. If you manage to do this you will get to view the ending. It shows the usual fireworks going off after beating a boss and then shows a scene with your car riding along in front of the New York skyline and arriving at the angel that he met up with at the end of each Stage. He jumps in the air with his fist extended (yes, I said fist), but then the angel seems to explode to his wide-eyed chagrin. One of the angel's sparks floats into the newly revealed Statue of Liberty in the background as your car putters off. The car then oddly flies up and off, disappearing into space as the screen scrolls back down to Lady Liberty, who then fades away and is replaced by the girl (the angel?) holding her arm in the air like the Statue. The car then appears and winks at her and something is said in Japanese and then the staff credits flash beneath them and finish up with PRESENTED BY JALECO where it stays until you reset. Also, this game was only released in Japan and did not come out in the USA. BATTLE OF OLYMPUS, THE (Imagineer) -This Game Boy version of the game was only released in Europe and is almost identical to the NES version with the exception of a few item prices and how many hits certain enemies take to defeat, among other things. In your quest you must guide the hero (you get to name him and the girl you must rescue) through 9 different areas of Ancient Greece in search of items and weapons that will enable you to make it to the island of Tartarus and defeat the final boss, Hades. Along the way you will need to use an Ocarina to summon a dolphin who will bring you to previously unreachable areas and must collect Olives (the game's currency) to trade for items and weapons. The final item you must obtain is the Moon Orb which you got from Artemis in Phyrgia. When you work your way through Tartarus you will eventually find your girlfriend but she is turned to stone. In the next room you will encounter Hades, but he is invisible. Use the Moon Orb to make his shadow appear so you can locate him then hit him a few times and he will appear in full. Hit him a few more times and he will be defeated. Go back to the room where your girlfriend was and she will be back to normal again and tell you the following: OH, [HERO]! YOU'VE BEATEN HADES. YOU'VE SURVIVED THROUGH UNCOUNT- ABLE HARDSHIPS JUST FOR ME, AND I'D LIKE TO EXPRESS MY SIN- CERE GRATITUDE. BEING ABLE TO SEE YOU AGAIN IS LIKE A DREAM COME TRUE. LET'S RETURN TOGETHER TO THE PEACEFUL VILLAGE OF ELIS. It then shows a picture of you holding your girl in front of a temple with LICENSED BY NINTENDO at the bottom. After about 20 seconds or so you get a credits screen saying GAME BOY VERSION BY RADICAL ENTERTAINMENT DEVELOPED BY: DAVID ROBERTS IAN VERCHERE PAUL WILKINSON DAVE DAVIS It then goes back to the previous screen and stays there until you reset. BEAST FIGHTER (Sachen-unlicensed) -One of the more interesting Game Boy games, not only because it is one of the few unlicensed games out there for the system, but because it not only has an ending, but actually has 5 separate endings for each of the 5 fighters you can play as. The game itself is a basic side-scrolling action game where you play as one of the 5 aliens that crash landed on Earth (yes, there is even a story line to this game if you are patient enough to watch it before pressing start to get to the title screen). Each fighter landed in a specific spot on Earth so whichever one you play as you will have to fight through the other fighter's stages, so you only have to play through 4 stages to finish the game. Here is a list of the 5 Stages and the alien that landed there (complete with Sachen's misspellings): America (Beevan) Iceland (Kuskli) Igypt (Bill) China (Dalael/Dalaea/Dalaf) - misspelled 3 different ways Frence (Dackla) So if you play as Beevan, since he landed in America you do not have to fight through the America stage as him. He will only have to play through Iceland, Igypt, China and Frence, in that order. At the end of each Stage you will have to do battle with the fighter from that Stage, so Beevan will have to face off against Dackla in Frence at the end of Stage 4 to finish the game. As I mentioned, when you finish all 4 Stages you will get a personalized end- ing for the fighter you played as followed by a strange staff credit sequence which I will describe after. Here are the individual endings: It will show a news anchor at the desk for COMIN NEWS and he introduces each of the fighters: BEEVAN WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL. WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It then shows Beevan standing in front of the Statue of Liberty holding flowers and the anchor says: BEEVAN THE GREAT PRO- POSES TO THE STATUE OF LIBERTY WITH ONE THOUNSAND [sic] ROSES EVERYDAY. OH, BOY! KUSKLI WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL. WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It will go to a picture of Kuskly warming his hands in front of a fire and the anchor says: BEING WITH PENGUINS FOR A LONG TIME, KUSKLI HAS A COLD! BILL WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL. WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It shows a picture of Bill lying in the sun and the anchor says: THE SUN WORTHIPER [sic], BILL IS LYING AGAINST THE PYRAMID, TAKING A BIG, COZY NAP. DALAEL/DALAEA/DALAF WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL. WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It then shows a picture of him pounding something into the ground and the anchor says: AFTER THE LONG FIGHT DALAF NOW WORKING ON A FARM. WHAT A LIFE! DACKLA WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL. WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It will show a comical picture of the Godzilla- like Dackla stuck under a buidling as the anchor says: DACKLA GOT STUCK IN ARC OF TR-UMPH [sic] WHEN HE WAS ROAMING IN PARIS NOW THE POLICE ARE RESCUING HIM. After you get the ending story for your fighter it goes to the anchor again who says something funny about each of the STAFF members in the game. Here is what he says: NOW I AM GOING TO INSTRODUCE [sic] THE STAFFS OF THE GAME. LOOK HERE. DO NOT LOOK AROUND. PRODUCER ------------ DICK LIN BORN IN MAR. 18, 1883. SINGLE. BUT HAS A HAPPY LIFE. - ART EDITOR ------------ H. J. J. INFORMATION. INCOMPLETE SELLING TOLIET [sic] PAPERS NOW - PROGRAMMER ------------ SUNNY CHEN YOUNG IDOL. SEEKING FOR PALS. SINGLE. TEL#???? - MUSIC ------- AMADEUS L. WANG SINGLE. INTERESTED IN YOUNG GIRLS WHOSE THREE MEASUREMENTS ARE 36, 25, 38 - SOUND EFFECT -------------- STONE CHEN MARRIED. INSTRODUCTION [sic] DISPENSABLE. - TESTER ------------ SUZUKI K.K.CHEN EI-JOW YANG WANG.BS LOOK AT ME! GIVE ME A CLOSE UP - ART DESIGNER -------------- LIN CHEN NAN WHOSE IS THIS ONE ? - DIRECTOR ------------ ANDY CHEN TURN UP THE LIGHT. - SPECIAL THANKS -------------- H. J. J. JAMES CHEN AND YOU! HELLO! DO NOT TURN OFF THE POWER.............................. THE END appears and it goes to the title sequence. BLACK FOREST TALE (Sachen) -This action game is from the Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6 multicart. In it you con- trol a girl who must travel through the eerie Black Forest. There are a total of 10 Stages to play through. You can select any of the first 9 Stages but can only play Stage 10 once you finish all of the first 9. In each Stage your goal is to buy the key in the shop, which always costs $20. Once you have the key a black demon will appear near the exit. Hit him with your wand and the exit door will open allowing you to finish the stage. The game is pretty straight-forward but there are a couple tricky parts where you have to turn the enemies into rocks and push them into the water to clear a path for you to get into a new area. Once you finish Stages 1-9 you will automatically appear next to the giant tree in the upper left corner of the map, which you could not get to before. Play through this last stage and when you exit out the door you will get the following message: WE TRULY ADMIRE YOUR WIT AND REACTION. THANK YOU FOR PLAYING THIS GAME. YOUR SCORES ARE ###### The staff credits start scrolling by, lead off by the DIRECTOR JACK CHEN. I am guessing the name Sachen comes from this guy. There is also a MACBEAR CHEN in the credits. Anyway, the credits are followed up by THE END and you are returned to the title screen. Also of note is that there are 3 difficulty modes to choose from: Easy, Normal & Hard. You get the same ending for all 3 of them. BLOCK KUZUSHI GB (POW-Planning Office Wada) -This is a Japanese only Game Boy release (Super Game Boy Enhanced also) and is an Arkanoid/Breakout clone. There are 2 Game modes to choose from (3 if the 3rd selection is for a Game Boy linking option, but I cannot translate the Japanese). The first mode is NORMAL mode which I will get into in a moment. The second mode is ENDLESS mode, which is just that, endless. The screen will scroll down on you and you must break all the blocks before the screen hits the bottom. This mode is just what the name implies, endless, and you play it strictly for scoring purposes. The main mode in the game is NORMAL mode and it consists of 48 Stages. There is a boss fight every 6th Stage and eventually you will reach the final boss, Kuwar, at Stage 48. Since the game is in Jap- anese only, I found a youtube video for a different version of the game that gave a little back story. You basically assembled Kuwar's parts and when you finally got him back together he turned on you, so you have to defeat him to collect the bounty on him. Anyway, bounce the ball into Kuwar a bunch of times and eventually you will just be fighting his head. Now bounce the ball into his head a bunch more times and he will be defeated. He will explode and then the STAFF credits will roll and finish up with THE END. Press Start and you can enter your initials on a "CONGURATULATION!" screen. It will show your RANKING, score and time and then bring you back to the title screen. BOMB DISPOSER (Sachen/Commin) -This Dr. Mario clone is fun to play and is actually a quality unlicensed game by Sachen subsidiary Commin. It is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6 multicart. There are a total of 25 Levels (0-24) to play through. You can start at any Level from 0 through 20 but must finish 21-24 in sequence. You can also pick the speed you want the bombs to drop at: LOW, MID or HI. The ending you get is the same no matter what Level you started playing at or what speed you chose. When you finish Level 24 you will get a screen showing what I am guessing is you and your military leader standing at a podium with 4 soldiers sitting 2 on each side. The leader puts a medal over your head and the following text accompanies this: V CITY IS REBUILT BECAUSE OF YOUR GREAT PERFORMANCE. The game then seems to glitch and returns to the title screen. I'm not sure if this is normal or if there should have been credits but it was nice of Commin to program this much of an ending into the game anyway. BOMB JACK (Infogrames) -This Tecmo arcade classic was reprogrammed by Infogrames for the Game Boy and was only released in Europe. Unlike the arcade version, the GB version very surprisingly has an ending! There are a total of 60 Levels to play through. The backgrounds alternate between 5 places (Egypt, Rome, Germany, New York and California). In the arcade version California was only in the rotation for the first 30 levels and then never appeared again, but in the GB version it keeps alternating with the other cities. When you finish Level 60 you will get the following message: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE SUCCEEDED IN FINISHING THE GAME YOUR FINAL SCORE IS [#######] The next screen says GAME OVER (a personal pet peeve of mine since I associate "Game Over" with losing) and then you get to enter your initials on the BOMB JACK high scorers screen. Do this and then it will show a final screen with the game's copyright information and a few staff credits then it goes back to the title screen. Also of note is that you can choose Easy, Normal or Hard difficulty but you will get the same ending regardless of the difficulty. BURNING PAPER (LOZC G. Amusements) -This very unique puzzle/shooter game was released in Japan only. The goal of each Stage is to eliminate the number of bugs shown in the upper left corner. They crawl up from the bottom of the screen and you need to carve out pieces of the wall with your laser so they fall on the bugs. There are lots of spec- ial items to get to help along the way. There are 4 Stages, each consisting of 6 sub stages. They are numbered as 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4 and 1-5 and then the 6th sub stage is always a boss fight, but it is unnumbered. After you finish Stage 4-5 you will go on to fight the Monster Butterfly. In this battle, like all the other boss battles, you just try to fry the boss with your weapon while avoiding him and and shots or other enemies that are coming at you. If you manage to defeat the Monster Butterfly he will fall of the screen and you will get the STAGE 4 CLEAR! screen. Your character walks off the screen and then the ending shows him walking through the forest while the BURNING PAPER STAFF credits scroll under him. The backgrounds will change as he walks to a mountainy area, a desert, a city and finally the home of the scientist from the beginning. The last screen shows you standing with the scientist and a couple of the robotic helpers from the game and a banner lowers that says: THE END YOURE SCORE [sic] PRESENTED BY LOZC G. AMUSEMENTS CO., LTD. It will stay here until you reset. Not much of an ending for a fairly diffi- cult game but at least we got something from a company I had never heard of. CAPTAIN KNICK-KNACK (Sachen) -There's a good chance you have not heard of this game, as I had not until I was browsing through codes on gamehacking.org and spotted this one. It was released somewhere in Asia in 1999 and is a shooter where you control this big block of a ship that can also turn into a ball if you press the A button. It is not a quality game, as most Sachen games were not, but it is not total- ly horrible either. There are 5 Stages all together, each with their big boss at the end. When you get to the end of Stage 5 you will fight what looks like one of those slimes from Dragon Warrior, except this thing is a giant slime. Hammer away at it and if you manage to destroy it you will get this text: AFTER ALL THE PERILS PINOLT FINALLY FOUND OUT THE CAUSE OF AB- NORMAL PHENOMENA IN MARDY STAR, AND PASS THE CRISIS. It then shows a giant turtle flying across the screen with a big gun (appar- ently you were a turtle and not a giant block) with the words ALL STAGE CLEAR above you. You then fly off the screen, but wait, there's more. On the next screen the staff credits scroll by as your turtle character is doing a funny yet delightful dance on top of his turtle shell. The turtle then blows you kisses as it goes to the next screen that says THE END, shows the HI SCORE and YOUR SCORE and then says TRY HARD MODE. Whoa, I failed to mention that I played through the game on EASY MODE. I never thought Sachen would have an ending like this, nevermind a different ending for playing through on HARD MODE. So go ahead and play through the game on HARD MODE. You will get the same exact message about Pinolt and the Abnormal Phenomena and get to watch him fly across the sky again with his big gun. The credits roll as they did before and you get to watch Pinolt get jiggy on his shell again. After the credits roll it shows the score screen with THE END on it but unfortunately instead of the TRY HARD MODE message there is no message at all. Then it goes back to the title screen. A little disappointing, but who actually expected any kind of a decent end to this game anyway? This game is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart. CHALVO 55 (Japan System Supply) -This is an odd action/puzzle game where you control a robot who turns into a bouncing ball. I'd say it is more action than puzzle, but the later Stages definitely have more puzzle elements. There are a total of 8 Stages. In each Stage you must collect 5 Diamonds. Once all 5 are collected you are able to enter the boss's chamber. If you find the chamber before you collect the 5 Diamonds it will be blocked. Once you collect the 5 Diamonds and gain access to the chamber you have a Mega Man style hallway to walk through and then you will fight the Stage boss. Defeat him and you are on to the next Stage. There are a total of 8 Stages. When you manage to get through the confusing Stage 8 (one of the rooms is like the Lost Woods area from Legend of Zelda in that the room seems to keep repeating, but it is really 3 rooms repeating) and do battle with the boss tank guy just jump on his head 4 times while avoiding being crushed. He will explode and you will get the STAGE 8 CLEAR!! screen. It then shows you bouncing down the exploding hallway and out into space. The next screen shows you landing next to what I assume is your creator (a fat, balding Dr. Light kind of guy with a tool apron). He holds out his arms for you and you run to him for the hug as the screen fades (actually it bright- ens). The staff credits then flash by and it ends on the 1997 JAPAN SYSTEM SUPPLY screen and goes back to the title screen. Two things of note: I beat the game using the English translation patch created by LameBoyAdvance. The other thing is that there is a hidden Stage 9 you can only access with a password. I made a Game Shark code to get there: 010818C8. Do not activate this code until the title screen appears. Start a game and once you are in Stage 9 you can deactivate the code. That code also works as a general stage select code, as you can change the 08 digits to 00-07 to play your desired stage. CHOPLIFTER III (Ocean) -This game is very similar to Choplifter II for the Game Boy but the levels are actually different, despite seeming almost identical to the levels in its predecessor. There are also the same exact number of Levels, 15, divided between 3 Sectors. However, in Choplifter III instead of playing through all 5 Levels in a Sector one right after another like in Choplifter II, you play through the Level 1 mission in each Sector until you finish all 5 of them, then you tackle all the Level 2 missions in each Sector (you start the game in Sector 1, Level 1, then it goes to Sector 2, Level 1, then Sector 3, Level 1 and so forth. When you finish Sector 5, Level 3 it will tally up any bonus points you got and then give you an end of the game COMPLETION BONUS by giv- ing you 1000 points for every life you have remaining. After this it goes to the screen where you chopper flies between the levels and it returns to the area where you started the game. You then get a screen showing a closeup of your pilot gazing straight into your soul with the word CONGRATULATIONS at the bottom of the screen. Hitting a button goes to the ENTER YOUR NAME screen and then to the HIGH SCORE screen, then returns you to the title screen. Note that Choplifter III was only released for the Game Boy in Europe and never made it to the USA. CRAZY BURGER (Sachen) -This odd, yet fun game is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 9 multicart. In it you must play through 15 stages (called "Places") and in each stage you must gather a pre-determined amount of boxes and bring them to the fire to dispose of them. However, you can only carry 3 boxes at a time and on top of this, the more boxes you carry the slower you move. Another cool thing about the game is that when an enemy hits you it does not kill you but rather it adds to your weight. If you get to fat you die. Seriously. There is a weightlifting station in each stage you can get to and press A to lose some weight, so as you can see the game play techniques are pretty unique for an unlicensed game such as this. Anyway, collect all the boxes in each stage and burn them and you will move on to the next. When you finish Place 15 it will actually give you an ending scene! It shows a city street with a couple of buildings around it as well as the burger joint and you get the following message scrolled onto the screen: FOR THE SACRIFICE OF GREAT HAMBURGER BURGER TOWN FINALLY RETURNS TO TRANGUIL [sic]. HAMBURGER STORES CLOSE DOWN FOR LACK OF RAW MATERIAL. Here it will show the burger joint crumbling into the ground, kind of like how the castle crumbles into the ground when you beat Castlevania. Once the building is gone you will see the odd-looking townsfolk walking around and you get this scrolling message: AND PEOPLE NOW CAN WALK ON THE STREET FEARLESSLY, THEY DON'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT THE ATTACK OF MAD HAMBURGERS. HOWEVER, THE FAT ARE STILL FAT. THE ONLY THING CHANGED IS THAT NO ONE IN BURGER TOWN DARES TO EAT FAST FOOD ANY MORE. YOu then get a white screen with GAME OVER on it and it goes back to the title screen. A pretty good ending for an unlicensed game, especially com- pared to some of the other Game Boy titles released around the same time. DAN LASER (Sachen) -This simplistic shooter comes to you from the infamous unlicensed company Sachen and is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 7 multicart. In it you control a ship that must blast its way through 7 Missions. At the title screen you get to select from NORMAL MODE and CRAZY MODE. NORMAL MODE is, well, normal. CRAZY MODE is the same as NORMAL MODE with the main exception being that you can destroy the backgrounds of the missions with your giant laser, which is actually pretty cool, considering this was programmed by an unlicensed game company not known for their quality work. So you will get the same ending in both modes. There are no bosses in the game at all, so your goal is just to make it to the end of each Mission. When you reach the end of Mission 7 it will say ALL MISSION CLEAR and then it will switch to a screen with a black, starry background with the following scrolling message: THANKS FOR PLAYING DAN LASER HOT KEY: SELECT-START-A-B It will show several programmer credits and say THE END and then the ending message will scroll by again, infinitely. As for that code you got in the end- ing, you have to enter it at the title screen. Press and hold Select, then press and hold Start (while still holding Select), then press and hold A (while still holding Start AND Select) then finally press B (while holding Start AND Select AND A). It brings you to TEST MODE SELECT STAGE where you can select any of the 7 missions, the ending or a strange message. DEEP - FINAL MISSION (Sachen) -There really isn't much good to say about this game. It plays like a horrible undersea version of Space Invaders with poor hit detection, absolutely slug- gish gameplay and zero fun to be had. You control an undersea craft that is limited to just moving right and left at the bottom of the screen and have to shoot your pea shooter weapon that can only have one projectile on the screen at a time. The only power-ups you can get are the abililty to shoot two mis- siles out at once and also a big missile that is a single-use missile that will take out the enemies in the vicinity of its explosion. As for levels, there aren't any. You just play on this one screen until you die. This game isn't an officially licensed Game Boy game and is made by the Asian company Sachen, who isn't know for their game quality. So there is no ending to speak of. There is a preset game score of 25,000 points and if you get a TOP 5 HI score you can enter a 5-digit name on the HI scorer's screen. You can flip the score back to 0 after getting to 999,999 points but you will never feel the need to do such a thing. This plays like a really bad old school arcade game and I feel bad for anyone who wasted money on this for gameplay and not just a collector's piece. Also, the game is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 9 multicart. EXPLOSIVE BRICK 94 (Sachen-unlicensed) -This is Sachen's version of Breakout/Arkanoid and it isn't that bad for an unlicensed game. There are a few powerups to be had and each Stage has an explosive brick that will destroy all the other bricks in the Stage and let you move on to the next one. There are a total of 34 Stages to play through. If you somehow manage to destroy all the bricks on a Stage *except* the explosive brick you will skip ahead 3 Stages. When you manage to play through and finish Stage 34 it will tally up your score and go to a scren with a banner with the word COMPETENT moving back and forth on the screen with your SCORE and the TOPSCORE on the bottom of the screen. After a few seconds the credits will scroll onto the screen and then off of it and you will return to the title screen. Nice to see Sachen throw an ending on this. Also of note is that this game is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart. FIRE DRAGON (GYY-Game Unlock Team) -This is an unlicensed Chinese Game Boy game where your goal in each stage is to collect all the fireballs. When you grab a fireball the next one will ap- pear somewhere in the immediate vicinity. Also, the fireball is added to the end of your dragon, making it longer. You can select the amount of fireballs you need to collect in each stage on the options screen. There are a total of 50 Stages. When you get to Stage 50 you have a couple enemies bouncing around the screen as well as some tight spaces to move around in, so you need to be really quick to not only avoid crashing into the walls but to avoid crashing in to your ever increasingly long tail as you collect the fireballs. If you can finish Stage 50 you will actually get an ending screen which shows your weird looking dragon giving the thumbs up while several terrified fireballs look on (including one on the end of your dragon's fork). The STAFF credits will roll beneath this wonderful image and conclude with THE END. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen. Gotta love an unlicensed pirate game giving you an ending screen when several other regular Game Boy games couldn't be bothered with one. FIRE FIGHTER (Mindscape) -This game was only released in Europe. A US release was rumored but unless the game appears in prototype form, the Euro version is the only one out there. There are a total of 10 Levels. In each Level you must rescue a set number of people from the burning buildings. Babies, women and even a fellow fire fighter are among the people you must rescue. When you get to Level 10 things are changed up a bit. You only have to rescue one person (the afore- mentioned fire fighter) who is at the top of the burning building. However, you cannot climb up through the building but must find ladder icons on each floor to bring back to the firetruck to make the ladder bigger so you can get to the next floor up to find another ladder piece. There are a total of 10 floors to the Level 10 building. Once you get to the top, rescue the fire fighter and jump back down to your truck to save him and finish the game. After the usual screen where it tallies up your points it will go to a screen showing the TEENYTOWN HALL (Teeny Weeny programmed this game) and the follow- ing message will scroll across the bottom: CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE SUCCESSFULLY RESCUED ALL THE PEOPLE. THE MAYOR IS SO PLEASED WITH YOUR PERFORMANCE HE AWARDS YOU TEENY WEENY CITYS HONORARY MEDAL FOR BRAVERY SHOWN BEYOND THE CALL OF DUTY. CAN YOU IMPROVE ON YOUR SCORE AND SAVE THE VICTIMS OF THE NEXT CITY. THIS GAME HAS BEEN BROUGHT TO YOU BY THE "TEENY WEENY GAMES" TEAM. IN CHARGE OF PRODUCTION "ANGELA SUTHERLAND" PRO- GRAMMING BY "PAUL JOHNSON" ARTWORK BY "JOHN CASSELLS" MUSIC BY "BEAM SOFT- WARE". COPYRIGHT TEENY WEENY GAMES LTD. 1992. The message keeps repeating until you press start. It then goes to a screen where you can enter your name (up to 7 letters) and then shows the HIGH SCORES then goes back to the title screen. GANSO!! YANCHA MARU (Irem) -This is the Japanese version of Kid Niki for the Game Boy. It plays similar to the NES version but is much shorter. There are a total of 3 stages, each with 3 levels. At the end of each stage you will fight a boss. When you reach the end of Stage 4-3 you will do battle with the final boss, the rabbit ninja known as Konkio. Defeat him while dispatching of the smaller enemies he throws at you and you will be rewarded with the final scroll. Now here is the part I am confused about. After getting the scroll it will say WONDERFUL! 20000 PTS at the top of the screen and you will walk to the right. An enemy will push your girlfriend off the top of the building. Two things can happen here. You will catch her as she is falling or you will not catch her as she is falling. You cannot control Kid Niki during this so it is either completely random or perhaps there is something that will trigger what happens here during the boss battle. I thought if you caught the scroll after the battle you would catch the girl but I had a save state right before beating the boss and tried multiple things, like catching the scroll, not catching it, having the timer end in an odd or even number, but whether you catch her seems to be random. If she falls into the crack it will show Niki with a very sad look on his face and say SORRY KURUMIHIME on the screen as he looks into the crack. Now if you do manage to catch her she will give you a big kiss and it will say THANK YOU YANCHAMARU on the screen. The rest of the ending is the same whe- ther you caught her or not. An enemy will run past you, closing and then open- ing the curtain and then you will be inside the building with your girl and it will show all the enemies in the game with their name above them. When the final boss is shown that same enemy as before will shut and reopen the cur- tain and it will show you, Kurumihime, the final boss and a few of the other enemies standing as if they are actors on the stage as your and your girl bow to the imaginary audience. Curtain guy runs across again but now it will say GAME END in front of the curtain. Pressing start will bring you back to the title screen. If anyone knows what determines the ending, please let me know. HUGO 2 (Laguna) -Hugo 2 is a unique game (unlike Hugo for the Game Boy which was The Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle 2 with Hugo characters substituted in) which was only released for the Game Boy in Germany. It is a fun action game where you have to guide Hugo through 5 levels in search for his girlfriend that the witch locked up. The first 4 levels are always selected for you at random and when you finish them you will play the final level, called HEXENENDSPIEL. Also, in 3 of the levels (WALD, SNOWBOARD and SCHWIMMER) you need to make sure you collect as many gold bags as you can, otherwise you will have to replay the level. It will tell you how many to get at the beginning of each level. For the level titled EISHOHLE you must jump around on platforms, making sure not to stay on any one platform too long or you will be shot at, and collect the 3 trophies when they appear. When you grab one it will show you a symbol... remember this symbol. When you grab 3 trophies hop up to the window to es- cape. You will then have to pick 3 locks using the 3 symbols you got from the trophies. The final stage (HEXENENDSPIEL) takes place on a grid with the witch throwing lightning bolts at the floor. Your goal is to grab the key and avoid stepping on any of the tiles she has hit with a bolt. Make it to the door without falling through and you will go into another room with a door. It gives you 5 seconds to memorize the keyhole pattern. It will then put you in a room with 8 different keys. Pick the key that fits the keyhole and you will get the ending. Did I mention there are 3 different endings? You get an ending based on what difficulty you were playing the game on. The 3 diffi- culties are: LEICHT (easy), NORMAL and SCHWER (hard). The SCHWER difficulty really is hard, as there are more gold bags to collect and you have a timer going against you in the EISHOHLE level. Now here are the endings you get: --LEICHT (easy) DIFFICULTY-- After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following: TOLL! DU HAST HUGO BEFREIT. VERSUCHE JETZT EINEN HOEHEREN SCHWIERIGKEITSGRAD. This is basically telling you you did great but need to try a higher diffi- culty. It will then show the goofy looking Hugo out in a field giving you the thumbs up and will go back to the title screen when you press a button. --NORMAL DIFFICULTY-- After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following: SUPER! DU HAST HUGO BEFREIT. VERSUCHE JETZT EINEN HOEHEREN SCHWIERIGKEITSGRAD This pretty much says that you are free and to now try a higher difficulty. It will then show Hugo and his woman out in the same field Hugo was in in the Leicht ending and will go back to the title screen when you hit a button. --SCHWER (hard) DIFFICULTY-- After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following: SPITZENKLASSE! DU HAST ALLE LEVEL GEMEISTERT. DU BIST DER CHAMPION! Roughly translated this says, "Top class! You've mastered all levels. You are the champion." The picture you get for this ending shows Hugo and his lady holding hands on a beach in front of a nice black & white sunset with birds flying in the air and a heart coming from them. As an added bonus when you press a button the Laguna staff credits will roll by and when they are fin- ished it will say HAPPY END, then you can press a button to get back to the title screen. It's nice to be rewarded for beating the game on the hardest difficulty, especially in an obscure, foreign (to me) game I had never heard of before playing it. JANKENMAN (NCS) -This is a typical action/platform game with a not-so-typical twist. Instead of fighting bosses at the end of each stage you will play a game of Janken against them, or Rock-Paper-Scissors as we call it in the USA. There are a total of 5 Stages. You can choose any of the first 4 stages to play and can even play through them again after beating them for more points. When you finish all 4 Stages the 5th and final stage will unlock. In each Stage there are 2 doors you can go through to play Janken against an old man. These games against the old man will be a best of 5 series, so whoever wins 3 games first wins the match. When you get to the end of the stage and play Janken against the boss (same guy for all 5 stages) you have to beat him at least 5 times, but if he beats you it takes away one of your wins, so you need to keep playing him until you fill up all 5 stars at the top of the screen. When you beat him in the first 4 Stages it will release one of your friends from the top of the screen that he was holding captive. When you defeat him on the final stage he will run of the screen and you will do your victory dance. It will then show the score screen and how much time you had left and then will go to a sequence showing the hero walking at the top of the screen as blocks of text scroll by below him, from right to left. When this is done it simply returns you to the title screen. This ending text is completely in Japanese, so if anyone knows what it says feel free to drop me an email. So as you have probably surmised, this was a Japanese only Game Boy release. KLAX (Hudson) -The Hudson version of Klax is the Japanese (J) release. It is a completely different Klax game than the Mindscape released North American version. The differences are visually apparent even though they are basically the same game. In this version you have to get the horizontal, vertical and diagonal Klaxes, same as in all version of Klax, with the occasional point scoring goal every 5 stages. In this version there are 100 Waves to play through, 1 more than in the North American version. The screen right before Wave 100 says: WAVE: 100 YOU MUST GET 250000 POINTS HINT: THIS IS THE LAST WAVE OF KLAX. GOOD LUCK! SCORE ####### Finish Wave 100 and you get the following screen: YOU WON 1000000 PTS BONUS THANK YOU FOR PLAYING KLAX! SCORE ####### Pressing a button will bring you back to the title screen. At least you get an ending in this Japanese version of Klax. Also of interest, the programmers left an easy to find cheat in this game if you press Select during gameplay. LAWNMOWER MAN, THE (The Sales Curve) -This game gave me a headache. The Lawnmower Man was released in Europe and did not make it overseas to the USA. It was released under the name Virtual Wars in Japan. The stages in this game are not numbered but are separated by the different modes of play found in the game. I am going to divide the game into 6 stages. Stage 1 is a sidescroller where you must go through 5 levels. Each level has a warp gate you must activate and you will have to go through a warp zone where the action turns into first person view as you must get through the zone. When you defeat the killer gas pumps you will move on to Stage 2. Here you must fly through a tunnel, avoiding dots along the way that sap your strength. The dots have a pattern and you can try to navigate through the tight spaces between dots. At the end of Stage 2 you will have to battle a giant head but if you can shoot the 5 or 6 warps behind the boss while doing battle against him you will move on to Stage 3. Stage 3 just has you driving a car, but at least you can see your distance meter at the bottom to see how far you need to go to finish the stage. Stage 4 is very similar to the Sega game Space Harrier. You have to fight through 4 waves of enemies and you will even- tually reach Stage 5. Stage 5 is called "The Shop" and is similar to Stage 1. Just like in Stage 1 you must find the warp to activate in each level. When you beat the boss at the end and jump into the warp you will go to Stage 6, the final battle against Doomplayer. This stage is like your typical shooter, where you must dodge spiked balls and take your shots at Doomplayer when you can. Powerups float by that you can grab and you will need them to outlast the guy. As you shoot Doomplayer he will loose his legs and then his arms. When he no longer has any limbs left just keep hammering away at him and you will finally put this difficult game out of its misery. Defeat Doomplayer and it goes to a victory screen that says the following: THE DOOMPLAYER IS DEFEATED! CONGRATULATIONS DR ANGELO.. VIRTUAL SPACE IS UNDER YOUR CONTROL AGAIN. OR IS IT ..? PRESS START. Go ahead and press Start. The next screen says: GAME OVER 100% COMPLETED. YOUR SCORE: 00192980 (my score) A NEW HIGH SCORE! PRESS START Pressing Start again brings you back to the title screen. Normally I hate get- ting a GAME OVER message after beating a game but I was so glad to finally put this game out of its misery I didn't care what kind of ending it gave me. This game had potential with the different modes of play, but it was just too hard for the average player. MAGIC MAZE (Sachen/Commin) -This is an unlicensed game by Sachen, released under the name Commin...kind of like how Ultra released NES games even though they were really Konami. Yeah, not really the same, but you get the idea. Anyway, this game is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart (along with Captain Knick-Knack, Flea War and Explosive Brick). There are a total of 50 Stages to play through and recover all the gems in each Stage. Strangely, you can select any of the 50 Stages to play at any time. When you finish Stage 50, whether you started there or played through all 50 Stages, it will simply loop back to Stage 1. This is what you would expect from a Sachen ending, even though a few of the games they put out had decent endings. MAGICAL TOWER (Sachen) -This game would have been a hit on the Game Boy if one of its actual licen- sees had released it. You play as a hand that must go around a screen and get rid of the other hands. The fun part is that if you are familiar with the game Janken aka Rock-Paper-Scissors you will discover that if your hand is in rock form then you can eliminate any of the enemy hands that are in scissor form but the paper hands will kill you (the enemy rock hands will just bounce off you). If your hand is showing paper then you can eliminate the rock hands and if your hand is in scissors form you can defeat the paper hands. Once you clear a Floor of hands you go on to the next one. Your hand will change form if you touch an enemy (that doesn't kill you) or grab a fist symbol when it appears. There are a total of 25 Floors. When you finish Floor 25 it will show your hand (in scissors form) in a throne room. Some type of spectral being lowers onto the throne and then it goes to a screen showing your hand and what looks like a wizard and he says the following: MY SPELL IS BROKEN BY YOUR COURAGE. THE SPELL CAST ON YOU WILL VANISH WHEN THE SUN RISE. IS IT TRUE.... YES. MY BRAVE SON. MAY YOUR COURAGE BRING YOU FORTUNE SO LONG. It was cool that Sachen had the ending programmed in English even though the game was released in Asia. Anyway, the next screen shows the hand turning back into human form, complete with t-shirt with a scissors hand on it. The screen then shows the MAGICAL TOWER logo and several STAFF credits flash by ending with THE END PRESENT BY 1993 SACHEN. This was a decent ending, better than a lot of licensed game endings for the Game Boy. For those looking for this game it is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5 multicart. MAKAI MURA GAIDEN - THE DEMON DARKNESS (Capcom) -This is the sequel to Gargoyle's Quest, which only saw a Game Boy release in Japan. It is the same game as Gargoyle's QUest II for the NES. Some web sites say there were a couple levels added to the Japanese Game Boy version of the game but I played through using an NES walkthrough and it played out step-by-step to the NES version. I also used a translation patch created by Bailli so the ending message you will be reading below is what the ending said in English according to his translation. This game plays just like the original Gargoyle's Quest. You must defeat bosses and talk to characters and kings in order to get items, new weapons and jump/flying upgrades. It plays like a combination of action/RPG but it the quest is quite linear, with the exception of having to go back to a few areas to get items you could not get previously. The story is that an evil guy named Goza has brought back the nemesis from the original game, Breager. Once Firebrand (your character) is strong enough he can go into Breager's castle to do battle. You will run into Goza first, who is difficult to defeat but can be done in with repeated shots to the head. Once he is done you will go after Breager. To defeat him you must also go for his head while avoiding his shots and the orbs he sends after you. Having gotten Bereal's Wings helps tremendously at this point in the game, as you have infinite flying power. Once Breager is defeated he will say the following (translated by Bailli): I CANNOT BELIEVE THIS! I NEVER DREAMED MY PLOT WOULD BE THWARTED BY YOU, RED BLAZE. BUT REMEMBER, SOMEDAY I WILL REVIVE AND DESTROY YOU! Breager disappears and you are warped to the throne room of King Lethe where his retainers and subjects praise you if you decide you want to talk to them. Go talk to the King and he will say the following: I APPRECIATE YOUR EFFORT, FIREBRAND. I NEVER DREAMED. YOU WERE THE LEGENDARY RED BLAZE. BY THE WAY, I HEARD OF A VERY BEAUTIFUL LAND CALLED THE HUMAN WORLD. IT IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION. EXPLORE THE LAND AND IF YOU LIKE IT, TAKE IT OVER AND BE THE KING. FIREBRAND, LEAVE FOR THE HUMAN LAND NOW! The screen then goes white and you get the following scrolling message: WHEN FIREBRAND DEFEATED KING BREAGER, FIREBRAND RELEASED ALL OF HIS POWER. THE GHOUL REALM WAS ENVELOPED IN FLAMES AND THE BLACK LIGHT WAS SWEPT AWAY TOGETHER WITH THE KING OF DESTRUCTION'S ARMY. THUS THE GHOUL REALM RETURNED TO ITS PEACEFUL STATE AND FIREBRAND FULFILLED THE LEGEND OF THE RED BLAZE. AND HIS LEGEND WAS HANDED DOWN FROM GENERATION TO GENERATION. It then shows a gallery of all 7 bosses and then shows Firebrand then goes to the CAPCOM PRESENTS THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING screen where it stays until you reset. MASTER KARATEKA (Bandai Shinsei/Broderbund) -This is a remake of the classic PC game Karateka with some slight changes. It was also only released for the Game Boy in Japan. The first choice you get to make when you start is what difficulty level you want to play. You have 3 to choose from, with 1 being the easiest and 3 being the hardest. When you choose the difficulty you then get to allocate some points to either your power, life or speed attributes. After this you start Stage 1. Defeat the lone enemy and you get a cut scene showing Evil Master Karateka Akuma order- ing one of his soldiers to attack. The next part of Stage 1 has you fighting off a wave of attackers before you finish the stage and get to see that the Princess is being held captive. Stage 2 is set up the same. When you get to the end you have to get past the infamous gate. Get close to it, do a couple kicks and it will come crashing down. If you are under it it is game over for you. When it comes down just keep kicking and when it goes all the way up you should be able to walk under it to complete the Stage. Stage 3 is in Akuma's castle. Go through a few rooms, defeating the enemies along the way, and when you open a door and an eagle comes at you you will know you are entering Akuma's room. I'm not 100% sure what method to use to beat him, as I've got- ten to him and beaten him easily and other times I've gotten to him and could not register a hit. Regardless, I made a Game Shark code that lets you always have the throwing star weapon (011D16C2), which can inflict great damage on him if he doesn't block it. Anyway, once you defeat Akuma and his eagle you can walk into the room where Princess Mariko is being held captive. If you played the game on difficulty level 1 or 2 you will simply walk to her and she will embrace you, kicking her leg back in the air as you hug. It will then go to a screen that says THE END with your SCORE and then go back to the title screen when you press start. If you played the game on difficulty level 3 you get a the same ending, except when you approace the Princess it will show a close up of the Princess' face before you hug her. It's not a major difference but I was actually surprised that a game like this rewarded you with something extra for beating the hardest difficulty. By the way, if the movement of your character reminded you of Prince of Persia's character it is because that game and this one were created by the same guy, Jordan Mechner. MINESWEEPER - SOUKAITEI (Pack-In-Video) -This classic PC time waster was released for the Game Boy only in Japan. It plays exactly like the old PC versions but has 3 modes. In PLAY MODE you just choose between 3 Levels to play and can play these Levels at 10 different difficulties (10 being the Hardest). When you finish playing the board you chose you simply play it again. So finishing a Level 3 board on 10 difficulty is the hardest option but you get no ending, so it is just basically a free play mode. The meat of this game is the 7-MISSIONS mode. In this mode you "travel" to 7 different geographical areas and must com- plete 10 boards in each area. The missions are: Mission 1: S-PACIFIC Mission 2: N-PACIFIC Mission 3: S-ATLANTIC Mission 4: N-ATLANTIC Mission 5: INDIA Mission 6: ARCTIC Mission 7: ANTARCTIC You do move around on a map between Missions but it is just cosmetic, as the gameplay screen is no different in the different areas. When you fin- ish each Mission you will get a 3-digit password for the next Mission. Now when you have played through the game and get to the 10th board in the ANTARCTIC (Mission 7) and finish it, you will get the same CONGRATULATIONS! screen that you get after each Mission but this one says CLEAR! ANTARCTIC. When you PUSH START as directed you do not get an ending but simply get sent back to the password screen. A horrible non-ending here, but notice that you have the password 1NT on the screen. Press Start and play the game using that password and you will be able to unlock rocks in the 3rd mode of the game, EDIT MODE. All this mode consists of is making your own boards but at least you got a tiny bit of something from playing through the 70 boards in 7-MISSIONS mode. MONTEZUMA'S RETURN! (TAKE-2 INTERACTIVE) -This is a European-only Game Boy release. It gives you the option of playing in English, French, Dutch, Spanish or Italian, so they covered their bases for their target audience. As for the game itself, it reminded me a bit of the NES game Super Pitfall, in that you are an explorer having to blindly play through rooms not knowing exactly where to go or what your main object- ive is. Well, I played this for quite awhile and I am 99% certain I know how I got to the ending. If you press Select during play you will see that you are in a giant pyramid, which spans 19 rooms wide at its base and 10 rooms high at its peak. If you press right or left on this Select screen you will see there are several other areas of the pyramid to explore, but luckily they are not as vast as the 1st area. Your ultimate goal in this game is to defeat 2 of the Montezuma statues. They are located in the bottom left area of the pyramid in the 1st big pyramid area and another is located in the 3rd area of the pyramid. To defeat these statues you must collect the knife items that are located nearby the statues and jump through the statues head. You will know you registered damage when its eyes turn white. The statue in the 1st area takes around 8 hits while the one in the 3rd area takes 12 hits. You will actually have to leave the room to grab more knives, but at least it keeps track of how many times you have hit them when you leave the room. When I beat the 2nd statue I thought the game would end but it did not. I had no idea what to do so I figured that you had to collect all the gems scattered throughout the game, but luckily this was not the case. If you go back to the 1st area of the pyramid (the big one) there is a room located at x10, y4 (these are my own coordinates, not the game's, using x as the horizontal axis and y as the vertical axis) that you enter from the room below it. It will have a total of 6 gates, 3 to either side of your character. You only need to open 3 of the gates to get into the room, so hopefully you have those key types left over. I climbed to the center of the room where the torch was and it triggered the ending. I believe if you do this before you have defeated the statues nothing will happen, but I did not get into this room until I had beaten both statues, so when I touched the torch it flashed 4 separate pass- words (NNM2-WSY, NNM2-WJ8, NNM2-V?9 and NNM2-V2?) and then the ending screen appeared. This screen shows your character in a treasure room with a chest, diamond and coins all around him while he is holding a rapier up in victory. The text on the screen says: CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE DEFEATED KING MONTEZUMA When you press a button you get to ENTER NAME on a screen and then it shows the HIGH SCORES then pressing a button again returns you to the title screen. I checked the passwords I was given when finishing the game and they start you at various points in the pyramid, including one where you start right after defeating one of the Montezuma statues. PALAMEDES (Takara) -This game was only released in Europe and Japan for the Game Boy. It plays almost identical to the NES version. It's basically Tetris with dice. There are 3 options at the title screen: 1 PLAYER GAME, 2 PLAYER GAME or TOURNA- MENT. If you play the 1 PLAYER GAME you get to choose between 5 Difficulty levels, with Level 5 being the hardest. You get the same ending no matter which one you choose unfortunately. In 1 PLAYER GAME you will have to play through a total of 20 Stages (same in each of the 5 Difficulties). When you finish Stage 20 it will go to a screen showing the boy and the girl standing on a raised platform. They slowly move towards each other and she rests her head on his shoulder. That is the entirety of the 1 PLAYER GAME ending. In the 2 PLAYER GAME you just play against a friend who has a Game Boy, so this is just for fun and isn't accessible playing on a lone Game Boy. Now for TOURNAMENT mode, you will have to choose between 3 SET, 5 SET or 7 SET. All this does is determine how many matches you will have to play against each opponent in the bracket. Whichever one you choose, you will have to play through each bracket, which will consist of you beating 4 different opponents. When you win the final match you will go to the top of the brack- et and then go to a screen where you are standing on that raised platform again with the girl and several people looking on as fireworks go off. She walks over to you and hands you flowers then gives you a kiss and the word CHU with a small heart appear above you as your eyes bulge. A dog then runs by and snatches the flowers from you and you fall over as the girl chases the dog to get the flowers back. The staff credits flash by on the bottom of the screen and finally it goes to a screen showing the faces of you and the girl smiling and you flashing the peace sign with THE END at the bottom. PARODIUS (Palcom) -Another cool Konami game (they released their games in Europe under the Pal- com title) that was not released in the USA. It is a whimsical Gradius clone very similar to the Famicom version of Parodius, with a lot of the same bosses and characters. In this version you can play as 4 different characters: the Vic Viper, the Octopus, Twin Bee and Pentarou. There are also 3 difficulty settings: Easy, Normal & Difficult. However, no matter what combination of character and difficulty you choose, you will get the same exact ending, with just 1 tiny exception that I will get into in a bit. There are a total of 8 Stages but they do not stop and restart, but rather bleed into the next one. The first 2 Stages have multiple bosses but you will know when a new Stage starts because of the usual music that accompanies the beginning of every Stage and the usual 4 enemy sets that come at you from the beginning. When you reach the 8th Stage you will eventually get to the final boss, a giant Octopus with its tentacles hanging from rings on the top of the bottom of the screen. Simply blast at the rings and they will eventually break, bringing defeat upon the boss (this is actually the same boss as the Famicom version). It will then go to a screen showing the planet, which is a living organism, twitch a couple times and then let out a giant sneeze as birds fly around its dazed face. This scene is a parody (get it?) of the planet blowing up at the end of Gradius. As the planet cries, your character, depending on which one of the 4 you chose, escapes and flies by in front of the planet. This is the small difference I mentioned earlier, as it does ending does distinguish which character you used. About 8 staff credits will flash by at the bottom of the screen followed by the message: WE LOVE GRADIUS1 TOO PRESENTED BY KONAMI appears and then pressing start will restart you at Stage 1 with your score intact. You can play through the game but will still get the same ending you got on your first playthrough. It would have been nice to get slightly different endings playing the different difficulties, but at least we got something. PENTA DRAGON (Yanoman/Japan Art Media) -This is an interesting hybrid of action shooter/adventure as you guide a dragon/girl mixed character through 7 Stages on a quest to free her mother from the Penta Dragon. The game is entirely in Japanese, therefore being a Japan-only Game Boy release, but a group called HTI made a translation patch for the game and I will be using that to write up the ending text. As for the Stage layout, each Stage has several sections to play through, with the exception of Stages 2 & 4, which both consist of one large land mass you have to find your way through rather then the normal segmented stages. Each Stage has a big boss at the end of it and while you are playing the game you will encounter random mini-boss battles throughout the stages. You can run from these mini-bosses but you will not be able to use a warp crystal until you defeat them (or as I encountered in the later stages, a string of them). So when you finally defeat the boss at the end of Stage 7 you will have some dialogue with the final boss, the Penta Dragon, and then you will face off against him. The battle is tough, as he takes away a slew of damage by just touching him, so keep blasting him when you can and make liberal use of the powerups you have left in reserve. When you finally deal enough damage to him he will explode. Your mother will then appear on the screen, complete with her missing eye, and you will exchange the following dialogue with her: LISA: "MY DAUGHTER...YOU'VE ARRIVED!" "I'VE NEVER BEEN SO HAPPY! A SUITABLE SUCCESSOR HAS BEEN FOUND!" SARA: "MOTHER... I..." LISA: "SARA...YOU DON'T HAVE TO SAY ANYTHING..." "NOW YOU WILL TEND THE HEAVENLY LAND AND AWAIT ITS NEXT SUCCESSOR." "SOON I WILL DIE. THEN I WILL LEAVE THIS WORLD AND GO TO HEAVEN." "AND WHILE I'M THERE...MAYBE I'LL BECOME A GODDESS..." "I MUST GO NOW...I KNOW YOU'LL GROW UP TO BECOME A FINE ADULT." "GOODBYE...I LOVE YOU, SARA...MY DAUGHTER..." SARA: "MOTHER...THANK YOU..." "DON'T WORRY, I WON'T LET YOU DOWN." "...MOTHER? M...MOTHER! PLEASE, WAIT A LITTLE LONGER! MOTHER!!!" It then shows several screens of staff credits followed by END and goes back to the starting story. Some reviews compare the game to Zelda, but I really didn't see any similarities and thought it felt more like a Gauntlet game at times. POP'N TWINBEE (Konami) -This Game Boy version of the popular Famicom/Super Famicom/NES/SNES game is short and sweet. There are only 6 stages to play through (you can select the order you want to play through the first 4 stages at a start menu) and they all scroll vertically, unlike the NES version (Stinger) which alternates horizontal and vertical scrolling stages. At the end of Stage 5 you will have to defeat 5 (!) bosses which have appeared in previous TwinBee games. Do this and you will go on to the 6th/Final Stage, which is a final boss battle with Cyber Poppo (full name: Super Delicious Ultra Cyber Poppo). This odd looking bird/vulture takes a bunch of hits to beat but do it and it will explode in great glory. The next screen shows your ship escaping from the floating island as it explodes and crashes to the ground. It then goes to a STAFF credits screen in the clouds where a curtain raises as characters drive by in the TwinBees revealing the staff names behind them. After this the KONAMI logo fills the screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen. Not much of an ending to this one but better than nothing. Not that this game was not released in the USA and this ending description is for the European release. POPEYE (Sigma) -This game was released in Japan only and is completely different from the Game Boy game Popeye 2 or the original Popeye arcade game for that matter. You must guide Popeye through a maze and need to do a few things to exit each stage. You have to find Olive Oil (make sure you don't run into Brutus or you will lose her and have to find her again), grab all the hearts, get Wimpy a burger by grabbing spinach, then a burger, then running into Wimpy and fin- ally you must find the Baby (Sweet Pea) to exit the stage. At the options screen you can choose between 3 Courses: A COURSE, B COURSE and C COURSE. Each Course has 5 Stages you must finish. When you finish all 5 Stages in COURSE A and COURSE B it will bring you back to the title screen. However, when you finish Stage 5 on COURSE C you actually get an ending screen! It shows Popeye and Olive Oil walking down a path between rows of trees with a church in the background as wedding music plays and hearts rise from the happy couple. Olive puckers her lips at Popeye as he looks at her lustily. After 30 seconds or so it returns to the title screen. I did not think there would be an ending to this but was glad to see one at the end of COURSE C. R-TYPE II (Irem) -I'm pretty sure this sequel to R-Type was only released for the Game Boy in Europe but I am not 100% sure of this. For this game ending, I used the Euro version to play through as I could not find a USA version. This plays similar to the original R-Type, as you get to charge your weapon before you fire it, but there are a couple different weapons you can get and there are only 5 stages in the sequel as opposed to 6 in the original. When you get to the final boss at the end of Stage 5 (its name is Uom) it is wise to go after the guns shooting at you before you after the two weird like fetuses rotating around inside of it. Once you destroy the entire unit it will disappear and you will get the following message: THE BATTLE IS OVER. THE BYDO EMPIRE WHICH WAS ATTEMPTING TO EXPAND ITS TERRITORY OVER THE GALAXY COLLAPSED HERE. MANY PLANETS WERE INVADED BY THE EVIL EMPIRE AND TURNED INTO DEATH STARS BUT ARE RECOVERING TO THEIR ORIGINAL SHAPES. THUS THE UNIVERSE IS RESTORED TO PEACE. THANK YOU FOR SAVING US. As this message scrolled by several other ships appeared on screen with yours and sped off at the end of the message. The short credits then scroll by and it says PROGRAMMED IN WALES (which leads me to believe this was released in Europe only) followed by the message RUN SILENT RUN DEEP. I have no idea what this means. Pressing start lets you enter your initials on a high scorers screen then you are brought back to the title screen. Now a cool thing about the original R-Type for the Game Boy was that you could hold Down and press Select at the title screen and it would bring up an options screen that would let you select HARD difficulty (which was the same as the 2nd Quest you would have to play through after beating the game once) and when you beat the game on HARD (or played through the 2nd Quest) you would get a better ending mes- sage. Well, R-Type II also lets you access an options screen by pressing Down and Select at the title screen. You will be able to choose from EASY, MEDIUM and HARD here (MEDIUM is the default setting you normally play) but unfortun- ately you will get the same exact ending no matter which of the 3 difficulty levels you choose, which is too bad since HARD mode is extremely tough. RAINBOW PRINCE (Gowin) -This is an unlicensed game by Gowin that was released in 93-94. I had no idea what the game was about other than it being a rare unlicensed Game Boy release. I was impressed immediately by the scene after the title screen where a demon steals a girl and flies off with her. It goes to another screen showing what appears to be a kind and queen begging you, I assume the Rainbow Prince, to go save her. This is followed by a 3rd opening scene showing the Rainbow Prince brimming with power. Anyway, start a game and you are greeted by a giant mer-man face that opens its mouth and has a 1 in it. This face will greet you at the beginning of each Stage with the stage number in its mouth. So the game starts up...and its a shooter?? Not only is it a shooter but it is a pretty damn good Twinbee/Stinger clone. Clouds will appear every so often and you can shoot a bell object out of it that can be shot repeated- ly like the bells in Twinbee to give you a power up, like a spread shot for instance. So this ends up being a decent shooter, though the background graphics for the stages are a bit cheesy, but the boss fights at the end of each stage are good quality boss battles, complete with learnable enemy pat- terns and everything. So battle your way to Stage 5 where you will eventually face two posts with skulls on them. Destroy the skulls and you will go on to fight the devilish looking demon that stole the girl. He sits on a throne and his head will pop off at times and go after you. Just keep hammering at him and eventually he will be defeated. It will then show a scene with your char- acter, the Rainbow Prince (looking like a certain North Korean dictator just a bit) walking towards the girl he just rescued. She plants a kiss on him, he smiles, hearts appear above them and THE END appears below them. It will stay here until you press start. This is probably one of the best unlicensed Game Boy games out there and could definitely have gotten the Nintendo seal of approval. SAGAIA (Taito) -This Japanese only release game for the Game Boy is part of the Darius series and is one of the best, if not THE best, shooter for the Game Boy. You control a ship in this under water themed shmup and have to battle through a total of 8 Zones. Not only do you have to defeat a boss at the end of each Zone but in Zones 4 & 8 you have to battle against newer versions of the previous bosses you already defeated. At the end of Zone 8, after defeating three mini-bosses, you will face off against the final boss, GREAT THING. He has apparently been a boss in several other Darius games and here he is the leader in the portable version. Blast away at this fiend, hitting his weak spots and his mouth when it is open, and eventually he will be toast. It then shows you flying through what looks like an asteroid field and your ship will suddenly transform into a phoenix or some sort of bird and fly off the screen. It then shows a close up of your pilot's face and the STAFF credits roll. The TAITO logo shows up and it brings you back to the title screen. However, for you ending freaks like myself, there is a little variation on the ending you get. On the opti- ons screen you can pick between EASY, NORMAL and HARD difficulty settings. The endings for all 3 are the same, but with one exception. In the ending description above I played through the game on NORMAL and it show's a close up of the pilot. It was a male pilot. If you finish the game on the EASY set- ting, the ending will be the same, except it will show a female pilot. Now for the weird one, when you finish the game on HARD difficulty it shows you turn- ing into the phoenix like the other 2 difficulties, but instead of it showing the pilot's face it shows a weird object floating over a planet. Not sure if this is a piece of the final boss or a strange looking ship, but it looks like a hand holding a sickle. If anyone can clear this up for me, please do. The STAFF credits roll as usual after this, so the only difference in the 3 end- ings is the pic it gives you. SKY ACE (Sachen) -Let me preface this write-up by saying I "finished" this game on an emulator. Visual Boy Advance to be exact. I mention this because when I reached the 1st boss of the game it was unhittable...ghost-like in fact. Your bullets go right through the enemy plane and do not register any damage. If you happen to be in the 0.00073% of the people reading this guide to see what the ending to this game is like, I only know because nolberto82 made 3 Game Genie codes that allow you to skip the boss battles and go on to the next Mission. The crappy part is, none of the bosses take any damage. If you happen to be play- ing this game on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 7 multicart that this game is found on I would love to know if the actual cart has this glitch. If it does, then this ending description is pretty much useless and only for the novelty of reading an ending for an unbeatable game. The game itself isn't bad, as it is a shooter in the vein of the 1942/1943 series. The object of each Mission is to shoot enough enemy planes to reach the set % of planes shot down to make the boss appear. In Mission 1 that percentage is 80%. Reach that number and the unbeatable boss will appear. For the record, there are a total of 5 Mis- sions in the game. If you were able to beat the final boss at the end of Mis- sion 5 it goes to a screen showing an illustration of 3 fighter planes tak- ing flight from an aircraft carrier then it goes back to the title screen. FOr those interested, here are the 3 Game Genie codes created by nolberto82 that allow you to skip boss fights when you reach the goal percentage of en- emies shot down in each Mission: 56B-9AB-E65 FAB-99B-3B2 CDB-98B-4C1 I really have no idea how he figured these out but the guy is known for mak- ing unbelievable codes, like walking through walls, jump anywhere and hit anywhere codes, so I probably shouldn't be surprised by these. SMURFS NIGHTMARE, THE (Infogrames) -This game is also known as Smurfs 3 and was only released in Europe. You get to choose between 4 different languages, which you can do in the other 2 Game Boy Smurf games, but this 3rd installment is a bit different from the others. It has the typical platform scenes like the others, but there is an element of adventure to this game. You start the game in the Smurf village and there is a strip of 6 Smurf houses as well as a few other areas of inter- est, like a mole looking for his glasses, a well and a rabbit looking for a carrot. Each of the houses needs a key to get into it. There is a visible key next to the first house. Get the key, go into the house and you will be in the 1st Level, called The Kitchen of Danger 1. Play through this platform level and also Kitchen of Danger 2 right after it and you will come out of the house with the carrot. Bring it to the rabbit for a single side-scrolling level where you are riding the rabbit. Make it to the end and you get the key for the next house. Keep going through the game like this and eventually you will reach the very last house, which contain The Laboratory of Hell 1 & 2. All total there are 16 Levels to play through. When you defeat the final boss at the end of The Laboratory of Hell 2 level go through the door and it will tally up your score. It then shows your Smurf talking to Papa Smurf between 2 Smurf houses and he says the following: WELL DONE! YOU HAVE RESCUED ALL THE SMURFS. GARGAMEL DESERVES TO BE TAUGHT A LESSON! HE S GOING TO BE SMURFED INTO HIS WORST NIGHTMARES... Sparkles start coming out of the flask that Papa Smurf is holding and then it goes to a screen showing the sleeping Gargamel (with Azrael beside him) dreaming of a few of the enemies you encountered during the game and then the staff credits scroll by followed by THE END and then it dumps you back into the title screen. You get the same ending whether you finish the game on EASY or HARD difficult, even though HARD is definitely an increased challenge over EASY. SMURFS TRAVEL THE WORLD, THE (Infogrames) -This is The Smurfs 2 for the Game Boy and was a European release, unavailable in the USA. In this version of the game you control either Inquisitive Smurf or Smurfette and have to travel to various parts of the world to collect the pieces of the magic crystal that they broke. These are the 6 places you will be travelling to: AFRICA NORTH POLE ASIA NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA AUSTRALIA Each of these 6 places has 3 stages, making it a total of 18 stages to play through. The stages have anywhere from 3 to 9 crystals you must find to finish a stage and sometimes they are hidden in plain sight and other times you have to defeat an enemy to get it. Most of the stages are similar but there are 2 that are different. The second stage in North America scrolls automatically as Gargamel's cat Azrael chases you. If he touches you, you are doomed. You only need 3 crystals in this stage and they are all at the very end. The other odd stage is the very last one you will play, the third stage in Australia. It is a pretty difficult stage as you must have great jump timing and need to swing from snake vines and jump off flies to reach platforms. You only need 3 cry- stals in this stage and they are all at the end as well. When you collect the 3 at the end of this last Australian stage you will get the ending. It shows the map screen with the 6 locations X'd off and the words WELL DONE!!! at the bottom. It then shows a picture of Inquisitive Smurf and Smurfette appearing back at the Smurf Village with these words at the bottom: WHAT A RELIEF TO BE HOME AFTER SUCH A LONG TRIP! You then get a CONGRATULATIONS! screen with your FINAL SCORE and the staff credits flash by before returning to the title screen. Also of note, there are 2 difficulty settings: EASY and HARD. You get the same exact ending for both of these. The game also has 4 languages to choose from, so the ending message will be in whatever language you chose. SPACE INVADERS (Taito) -This ending description is for the version of Space Invaders released in Japan only and not the Super Game Boy compatible version of Space Invaders that was released in the USA. This Japan-only version is very simplistic. There are a total of 30 old school Rounds of Space Invaders to play through. When you finish Round 10 you will get a COFFEE BREAK! intermission screen, complete with a crudely drawn cup of hot coffee with the words LET'S START THE NEXT GAME! under it. Now finish Round 20 and you will get another COFFEE BREAK screen, this time showing a flying saucer blasting away from a planet. Finally, finish Round 30 and you will get the ending screen, which shows a black background with what looks like the surface of the moon on the bot- tom and a view of a shaded Earth in the center with THE END above it. It will stay here until you press Start. Not much of an ending, but not too many versions of Space Invaders even had one. The funny thing about this game even having an ending is that when it was released 4 years later in the USA with Super Game Boy compatibility and game linking ability, they removed both the intermission scenes and the ending and gave you an endless game. Ouch. STREET RIDER (Commin/Sachen) -This unlicensed Sachen game was released on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multi cart. You control a car that must go through 8 Levels trying to capture a pre-set amount of flags to clear a level. You only start with 3 lives and have to worry about your oil running out, so it is not an easy challenge. The good news is there is an actual ending. When you finish Level 8 it will go to a white screen that says ....STREET.RIDER and then the staff credits will scroll by underneath that. The SPECIAL.THANK category of the credits thanks "MY.MATHER, MY.WIFE and MY.BABY" which is pretty cool thinking that some Sachen (or Commin, an offshoot of Sachen) employee's baby is immortalized in the credits of an obscure unlicensed game). Anyways, it ends with ....THE.END and goes back to the title screen. SUPER CHINESE LAND (Culture Brain) -This is the Japanese version of Ninja Boy. There are a total of 8 Stages, each with 4 Levels. Sometimes there are bosses on the 4th Level of the Stage and sometimes there are not. There are also various warps throughout the game, so you don't necessarily have to play through all 32 Levels of this game. Also, the NES version of this game is Kung Fu Heroes and it is almost the same game. When you reach Stage 8-4 you will do battle with the final boss. Defeat him and go through the door and you will be greeted by a girl who says the following: THANK YOU JACK YOU ARE KUNG-FU HERO The next screen shows you and the girl looking out at the land you just traveled through and the enemy skull castle explodes and then fireworks fill the sky. END eventually shows up on the screen and then pressing the Start button brings you to Stage 9-1, which is the same as Stage 1-1 but your score is still intact. You will get the same ending playing through the game again. TRAP & TURN (Sachen/Commin) -This Othello clone can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multicart. In it you have to play the classic board game Othello against 4 different oppo- nents. In Level 1 you play against Sanjo, Level 2 against Robin, Level 3 ag- ainst Sylen and Level 4 against Picro (he is that black and white face in the middle of the board on the title screen). If you can win 3 matches against the opponent you go on to the next Level (or you can just choose to start on any of the 4 opponents/levels after you pick your name. Now for the bad news. There is no ending. If you defeat Level 4's Picro in 3 matches it says that YOU WON but you will just keep facing Picro, so consider beating Picro in 3 matches as beating this game. It was a nice touch to give the opponents faces but I would have rather gotten an ending for my troubles. TRIP WORLD (Sunsoft) -This game is very similar to Sunsoft's Mr. Gimmick game, but is extremely short and much easier. It was not released in the USA, only in Japan and Europe. This ending is for the European version. There are only 5 Worlds and they are all fairly short. The each conclude with a boss battle and a few of the worlds have mini-bosses within them. The gameplay and music is great, which makes one wonder why the game was so short and simple. Your ultimate goal is to retrieve the stolen Maita Flower. When you defeat the final boss at the end of World 5 he will sink into the ground and the King of Mirror Land pops out of it (story from the game's wikipedia page). Apparently he was possessed by an evil flower. The next scene shows the Queen of Mirror Land breaking the through a wall where she had hidden the Flower of Maita. It shows a close-up of the flower and then the flower on the King's head disap- pears and he returns to his old self. Your character's grandfather appears and the flower floats up to him. It then shows the flower returning to the top of the holy mountain and shows you standing with the King and Queen in front of a bunch of flowers. The TRIP TEAM staff credits then scroll by fol- lowed by PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT THE END and then you return to the title screen. Sunsoft cranked out some great games like Blaster Master, Ufouria, Mr. Gim- mick and many others and this is no exception, but it definitely could have had more substance. VEX BLOCK (Commin/Sachen) -This game plays like Klax and is actually quite fun. It can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multicart. There are 3 difficulty modes to choose from: Easy, Normal and Hard. The main difference is that on Easy mode you will get only a handful of different blocks of the same type that drop. On Hard mode there are at least 10 different types, making it hard to accomplish your goal for the Stage/Wave. Each Stage/Wave has a random goal. You either have to do some horizontal, vertical or diagonal matching. In some Stages/Waves you just have to hit a target score. In others you have to simply get a certain number of any type of match. The worst part about the game is that there is no end- ing. It tells you the Stage # before you start the Stage, but while you are playing it is called a Wave. The interesting part of this is that once you finish Stage/Wave 9, it will say you are going on to Stage A but it will say Wave 0 on the screen. After you finish Stage A/Wave 0 it goes to Stage B/Wave 1 and so forth. After you finish Stage F/Wave 5 the Stage # resets to 0 but the Wave # continues to Wave 6. I played through the second set of Stages (0 through F) and it went back to Stage 0 again, so I can only assume this is an endless loop, seeing how some of the goals start getting next to impossible to finish, like getting 30 Diagonal matches in a Stage/Wave. If I had to set a goal for beating this game I would say finishing Stage F and then Stage 0 after it would be considered beating it...on Hard mode of course. VOLLEY FIRE (Toei Animation) -This is an interesting shooter comprised of 8 Areas to play through. Each Area, other than Paria Planet, has 4 Stages, with the last Stage of each being a boss battle. You are on a map and start at ELZA PLANET then when you finish that you go back to the map screen and have options of where to go next, depending on which Area is nearby. You do not have to finish all the Areas to finish the game. Your goal is to make it to PARIA PLANET in the upper left corner of the map. The 8 Areas on the map are as follows: ELZA PLANET RID QUASAR MILIO ASTEROID TRAN PLANET DYNE STAR DUST TWIN PLANET MISTY BASE PARIA PLANET As I mentioned, you do not have to play through each Area to finish the game and it will not affect the ending if you take a direct path to PARIA PLANET. when you do reach PARIA PLANET things are a bit different. Instead of the usual 4 Stages there will be 8 Stages and they are boss battles ag- ainst the bosses of the other 7 Areas and a final battle against the PARIA PLANET final boss. When you defeat this final boss it will show an ending screen consisting of your character standing next to his ship with a city in the far background and CONGRATULATION!! at the top of the screen. The STAFF credits will appear at the bottom of the screen and wrap up with PRESENTED BY TOEI ANIMATION. It will stay on this screen until you reset. This game was released in Japan only for the Game Boy. WATERWORLD (Ocean) -This game was released in Europe only and was primed to be released in the USA but wound up being canceled. The movie was a dismal flop and the game is nothing great, but it's also not that bad. There are a total of 7 Levels to play through. The Level layout is as follows: Level 1 - 6 Stages (platform) Level 2 - 3 Stages (sailing) Level 3 - 4 Stages (platform) Level 4 - 3 Stages (sailing) Level 5 - 6 Stages (platform) Level 6 - 3 Stages (sailing) Level 7 - 5 Stages (platform) As you can see, the Levels alternate platform and sailing stages. The plat- form stages consist of jumping, running and some swimming. The sailing stages have you sailing your small boat past explosives and enemies on jet skis and the goal of these stages is to find the exit, which is always on the far right side of the stage and is fairly easy to find. Your biggest problem in the platform stages is running out of time but there will also be some difficult jumps to make in the later stages. When you reach the final area, Level 7, Stage 5 you will fight the final boss, The Deacon (played in the movie by legendary actor Dennis Hopper). There is ammo to be found all around your battle so keep blasting away at him and grabbing more ammo and eventually you will defeat him. you get the usual LEVEL COMP- LETED graphic and it shows a picture of the atoll where you defeated him with the following text: FINALLY YOU HAVE DEFEATED THE DEACON... The next screen shows you in a hot air ballon and says: AND MANAGED TO DECRYPT ENOLA'S TATTOO... The next screen shows Kevin Costner's character with the 2 kids and says: WHICH ENABLES YOU TO FIND DRYLAND. The next screen starts the STAFF roll but there is an incredible (for Game Boy standards) digitized screen shot of the Deacon followed by other really nice digitized shots from the movie accompanying the credits. It ends on a PRODUCED BY POWER AND MAGIC DEVELOPMENT screen and goes back to the title screen. WORM VISITOR (Sachen) -This unlicensed Frogger wannabe can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5 mutlicart. You control a worm who must make their way through traffic, over water and past other obstacles to get to the goal at the top of the screen. There are several powerups to be found, one of which makes you faster and another which will stop all movement on the screen for a limited time. This game can be played on the NES on a Sachen 8-in-1 cart (I have an ending writ- ten up for it in my NES endings guide) and the NES version ends when you fin- ish Stage 30, so I was expecting that in the Game Boy version as well, since they are almost identical. When you finish Stage 30 the game keeps going so I thought it may keep repeating, but I was very happy when I finished Stage 40 and got a proper ending. It will show a picture of your worm celebrating with all his friends he rescued from the game, including the butterfly, snail and a couple other wormy looking guys. An ending message then scrolls onto the screen that says: CATERPILLAR FINALLY COMPLETED HIS LONG AND HARD VISITS TO HIS FRIENDS. THOUGH THE JOURNEY WAS DANGEROUS, YOUR HELP MADE HIM SUCCEED. THANK YOU AGAIN FOR PLAYING THE GAME. WISH YOU HAPPINESS !! The staff credits then scroll, including other names found in Sachen games like Macbear Chen, Amadeus Wang, Bor Sen Wang and Jack Chen, among others, then it says THE-END BYE BYE and stays here until you reset. ZIPBALL (Sachen) -This Sachen title is an action/puzzle game where you control a cursor that controls a ball. You control which direction it goes in by how you release the ball. The goal in each Section is to get the ball to the key then to get the ball to the E (Exit) symbol. There are a total of 10 Sections, each hav- ing 5 levels. The further you get the more obstacles, enemies and annoying features you will run into, like the ? symbols. Run over one of these with the ball and suddenly the controls reverse, making it difficult to adjust on the fly. This game gets difficult, but it is actually really good and would have easily gotten Nintendo's seal of approval. The game even has a password feature. If you manage to finish Section 10-5 you will get the cool ending, which shows a Game Boy on the screen and then the Zipball comes bouncing out of it. The word CONGRATULATION appears on the bottom of the screen and then it goes to a cute scene showing the Sachen girl running through town with the Zipball chasing after her with a set of lips appearing on it and a heart coming from it. The staff credits show on the bottom followed by THE END and it stays here until you reset. This game can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 9 multicart. ZOO BLOCK (Sachen) -This decent Tetris-style game can be found on the unlicensed Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 7 multicart. You control a hammer at the top of the screen and will be given various animal faces to pound down to the bottom of the screen to knock out the matching animal face. You switch what the animal face is by pressing A or B then you press down to hammer it downwards. There are a to- tal of 15 Levels to play through. The row of faces at the bottom of the screen move up quicker the higher the Level. In Level 1 you only need to knock out 5 of the faces (called Blocks) but in Level 2 this absurdly jumps to 90 faces to knock out, but this number gradually decreases the higher the level but the rows of faces will move towards you faster. You can choose any Level from 1 to 10 to start at. If you manage to finish Level 15 you will get an ending screen that shows the animals from the game watching a sunset as the snake from the game slithers up to join them. Sachen staff credits start appearing at the bottom of the screen and when these are finished it will say THE END above the animals and SACHEN below them, then return to the title screen. ============== C. PROTOTYPES ============== ADVENTURES OF PINOCCHIO (Bit Managers/Infogrames) -This game exists only as an unreleased prototype and is a completely differ- ent game and made by a completely different company than the Game Boy game Disney's Pinocchio. This game is similar to the NES game Solstice, in that your goal is to get to the exit of each room without dying, except in this game there are no items to collect along the way. There are a total of 100 Rooms. The exit to each Room is marked with a black arrow. Touch the exit and you are on to the next Room. Since this is a prototype there are certain feat- ures that were still present in it that probably would not have been in a fin- ished version of the game, such as not losing a life when you die and the coolest feature, being able to skip through Rooms. When you pause the game you can press up or down to change the Room number. So play through all the Rooms and when you finish Room 100, which is justifiably the most difficult Room in the entire game, you will go to Room 101, which is not a playable Room but a cool little scene which shows Pinocchio finally meeting up with his father Geppetto. They hop on a platform and ride it to the wall. It then cuts to a scene showing the whale surfacing from the water and says the following: CONGRATULATIONS !! YOU HAVE SAVED GEPPETTO NOW YOU WILL BE A BOY AND WILL LIVE WITH GEPPETTO The whale then blinks a few times then sneezes and out come Pinocchio and Geppetto. The next screen shows the BIT MANAGERS team that created the game along with a pic of Geppetto and his boy Pinocchio. Pressing any button will give you the dubious GAME OVER screen and then back to the title screen. Not a bad little ending for a game that never saw the light of day until the ROM was luckily dumped by someone. =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= IV. MISCELLANEOUS =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= This section will be used to give thanks to anyone who helped contribute to this guide. I do all the endings myself, but once in awhile if I get stuck I will definitely credit whoever helps me pull myself out of the muck. I also should make a list of people who made codes to help me beat some of the games but I'll save that for another time. Thanks to everyone who has made a code for a Game Boy game that has helped me reach the ending so I could chronicle it, especially nolberto82, who this guide is dedicated to and everyone else at gamehacking.org. Thanks to Rey Esteban and all his game ending pics at vgmuseum.com. Thanks to anyone at gamefaqs.com who has made a thorough guide that has gotten me through a game and to the ending. There are quite a few games I may not have made it through without a good guide to tell me what to do. =-=-=-=-=-=-= V. DISCLAIMER =-=-=-=-=-=-= This FAQ is not endorsed by Nintendo or anyone in particular. The informa- tion contained within this document is provided without guarantee. All copy- rights and trademarks are recognized. This FAQ may be reprinted, posted in newsgroups, or placed on web sites, as long as the proper credit is given to the author. The most recent version of this walkthrough can be found at: www.gamefaqs.com ©2013-2014 Adam Lamontagne